POS AM

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2013

Registration No. 333-188277

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

ASPEN GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	8200	27-1933597
(State or other jurisdiction of	(Primary Standard Industrial	(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)	Classification Code Number)	Identification No.)

720 South Colorado Boulevard, Suite 1150N

Denver, CO 80246

(303) 333-4224

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Michael Mathews

720 South Colorado Boulevard, Suite 1150N

Denver, CO 80246

(303) 333-4224

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Michael D. Harris, Esq.

Brian S. Bernstein, Esq.

Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A.

1645 Palm Beach Lakes Boulevard, Suite 1200

West Palm Beach, FL 33401

(561) 686-3307

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: þ

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨	Smaller reporting company	þ

This combined prospectus includes the prospectuses contained in Registration Statements on Form S-1 (File Nos. 333-188277, 333-187798 and 333-186576).

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or date(s) as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

Explanatory Note: Aspen Group, Inc., or Aspen Group, previously filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-186576) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, on March 25, 2013, which was declared effective on April 4, 2013, or the “March Registration Statement.” The March Registration Statement registered 23,546,397 shares of common stock for resale by selling shareholders named therein.

Aspen Group also previously filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187798) with the SEC, on April 8, 2013, which was declared effective on April 12, 2013, or the “April Registration Statement.” The April Registration Statement registered 2,421,429 shares of common stock for resale by selling shareholders named therein.

Aspen Group also previously filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188277) with the SEC, on May 1, 2013, which was declared effective on May 6, 2013, or the “May Registration Statement.” The May Registration Statement registered 2,572,823 shares of common stock for resale by selling shareholders named therein.

Pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act of 1933, the prospectus included in this registration statement is a combined prospectus.

All filing fees payable in connection with the March Registration Statement, April Registration Statement and May Registration Statement were previously paid.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of which this prospectus is a part becomes effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Dated August 8, 2013

ASPEN GROUP, INC.

PROSPECTUS

28,540,649 Shares of Common Stock

This prospectus relates to the sale of up to 28,540,649 shares of Aspen Group, Inc. common stock which may be offered by the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares of our common stock by the selling shareholders named on page 62.

Our common stock trades on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol “ASPU”. As of the last trading day before the date of this prospectus, the closing price of our common stock was $0.22 per share.

The common stock offered in this prospectus involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

The selling shareholders are offering these shares of common stock. The selling shareholders may sell all or a portion of these shares from time to time in market transactions through any market on which our common stock is then traded, in negotiated transactions or otherwise, and at prices and on terms that will be determined by the then prevailing market price or at negotiated prices directly or through a broker or brokers, who may act as agent or as principal or by a combination of such methods of sale. The selling shareholders will receive all proceeds from the sale of the common stock. For additional information on the methods of sale, you should refer to the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined whether this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is ________, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY	1
RISK FACTORS	4
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	19
USE OF PROCEEDS	20
CAPITALIZATION	21
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK	21
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	22
BUSINESS	32
MANAGEMENT	50
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	53
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS	60
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS	62
RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS	65
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES	67
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	68
LEGAL MATTERS	70
EXPERTS	70
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	70

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. The selling shareholders are not offering to sell or seeking offers to buy shares of common stock in jurisdictions where offers and sales are not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully including the section entitled “Risk Factors” before making an investment decision. In March 2012, Aspen Group, Inc., or Aspen Group, and Aspen University Inc., a privately held Delaware corporation, or Aspen, entered into a merger agreement whereby Aspen became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aspen Group. We refer to the merger as the “Reverse Merger.” All references to “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Aspen Group and its subsidiaries (including Aspen), unless the context otherwise indicates. In referring to academic matters, these words refer solely to Aspen University.

Our Company

Aspen is an online postsecondary education company. Founded in 1987, Aspen’s mission is to become an institution of choice for adult learners by offering cost-effective, comprehensive, and relevant online education. We are dedicated to helping our students exceed their personal and professional objectives in a socially conscious and economically sensible way. Aspen’s mission in fact is to help students achieve their long-term goals of upward mobility and long-term economic success through providing superior education, exerting financial prudence, and supporting our students’ career advancement goals. Aspen is dedicated to providing the highest quality education experiences taught by top-tier professors - 67% of our adjunct professors hold doctorate degrees.

Corporate Information

Our corporate headquarters are located at 720 South Colorado Boulevard, Suite 1150N, Denver, Colorado 80246 and our phone number is (303) 333-4224. Our corporate website can be found at www.aspen.edu/investor-relations. The information on our website is not incorporated in this prospectus.

Risks Affecting Us

Our business is subject to numerous risks as discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this Prospectus Summary. In particular, our business would be adversely affected if:

● we are unable to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements to which our business is subject, including Title IV of the Higher Education Act, or Title IV, and the regulations under that act, state laws and regulations, accrediting agency requirements, and our inability to comply with these regulations could result in our ceasing operations altogether;

● we are unable to raise enough money or generate sufficient revenue to meet our future working capital needs;

● our marketing and advertising efforts are not effective;

● we are unable to develop new programs and expand our existing programs in a timely and cost-effective manner;

● we are unable to increase our class starts by existing students and increase new enrollments;

● our new monthly payment plan is unsuccessful;

● we are unable to attract and retain key personnel needed to sustain and grow our business; or

● our reputation is damaged by regulatory actions or negative publicity affecting us or other companies in the for-profit higher education sector.

For a discussion of these and other risks you should consider before making an investment in our common stock, see the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 of this prospectus.

1

THE OFFERING

Common stock outstanding prior to the offering:	59,190,366 shares
Common stock offered by the selling shareholders:	20,582,633 shares of common stock, all of which are outstanding as of the date this prospectus
Common stock offered by the selling shareholders upon exercise of warrants:	7,958,016 shares
Common stock outstanding immediately following the offering:	67,148,382 shares
Use of proceeds:	Except for the proceeds we receive upon the exercise of warrants, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 20.
Stock symbol:	OTCBB: ASPU

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding prior to and after this offering excludes:

● a total of 9,110,592 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options;

● a total of 189,408 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan;

● a total of 2,159,302 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants, which does not include the warrants referred to above; and

● a total of 1,357,143 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of notes.

2

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary of our financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Statements of Operations Data

	Four Months Ended April 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2012			2011
					(Unaudited)
Revenue	$	1,229,096		$	745,656		$	2,684,931		$	2,346,238
Loss from continuing operations	$	(1,291,055	)	$	(2,361,632	)	$	(6,147,044	)	$	(2,593,139	)
Net loss per common share, allocable to common stockholders (basic and diluted)	$	(0.03	)	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.14	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)		56,089,884			21,135,361			35,316,681			15,377,413

Balance Sheet Data

	April 30, 2013			December 31, 2012
Cash and cash equivalents	$	724,982		$	577,238
Working capital (deficit)	$	(301,669)		$	106,222
Total assets	$	3,401,685		$	3,497,198
Total current liabilities	$	1,935,860		$	1,630,426
Accumulated deficit	$	(12,740,086	)	$	(11,337,104	)
Total shareholders’ equity	$	594,375		$	801,755

3

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following Risk Factors before deciding whether to invest in Aspen Group. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations or our financial condition. If any of the events discussed in the Risk Factors below occur, our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the value and marketability of the common stock could decline.

Risks Relating to Our Business

If we are unable to generate positive cash flows from our operations or we are unable to raise capital, our ability to continue as a going concern is in doubt.

We incurred a net loss of approximately $1.4 million for the four months ended April 30, 2013, $6 million in 2012 and $2.1 million in 2011 (using our then fiscal year of December 31^st). Beginning in September 2012, we closed equity financings totaling gross proceeds of approximately $4.6 million, which has provided working capital necessary because of these losses. Additionally, in July 2013, Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, loaned us $1 million and we issued him a $1 million Promissory Note due December 31, 2013. Aspen Group believes that it will begin generating positive cash flows from operations by the end of fiscal 2014. We are planning to conduct a future offering to raise up to $4 million from the sale of equity securities in a private placement offering.  These proceeds will be used to meet cash flow deficits and to accelerate the growth of the business. We cannot assure you that this plan will result in the consummation of a successful offering. In the event that we are not successful at generating positive cash flows or we are unable to raise capital, we will be required to reduce our operating expenses which will limit our ability to grow our business. Additionally, our audited consolidated financial statements contain a going concern opinion. This going concern opinion may affect our ability to obtain DOE permanent certification for Title IV purposes.

If we are unable to raise sufficient enough capital, we may have to scale back our operations, reduce our marketing spend and may encounter regulatory restrictions, any of which will adversely affect our results of operations.

Investors are subject to substantial risk if we do not raise enough capital through the contemplated offering described in the Risk Factor above or by other means. Because of the continued volatility and disruption in worldwide capital and credit markets, potential deteriorating conditions in the U.S., ongoing financial issues in Europe, and difficulties which microcap companies have in raising capital, the lack of available credit for companies similar to us and our stock price, we may be hampered in our ability to raise the necessary working capital. As a result, we cannot give you any assurance that we will be successful in raising capital, and even if successful, we cannot give you assurance that it will be on terms favorable to us. If we do not raise the necessary working capital and if we do not generate sufficient revenues, we may not be able to remain operational or we may have to scale back our operations including our marketing spend which will adversely affect our future enrollments. Moreover, we operate in a regulated environment and are required to meet capital requirements set by the DOE and the DETC. If we fail to meet these requirements, we will be unable to offer federal loans to students and may be precluded from continuing in business.

Because our management team has been in place for two years, it may be difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risk of success or failure of our business.

Our management team began the process of taking control of Aspen from its then Chairman in May 2011 and embarked upon changes in Aspen’s business model including adopting a new tuition plan effective upon receiving regulatory approval, revamping Aspen’s marketing approach, substantially increasing marketing expenditures, and upgrading Aspen’s technology infrastructure. While the results to date are very encouraging, the limited time period makes it difficult to project whether we will be successful.

4

Our business may be adversely affected by a further economic slowdown in the U.S. or abroad or by an economic recovery in the U.S.

The U.S. and much of the world economy are experiencing difficult economic circumstances. We believe the economic downturn in the U.S., particularly the continuing high unemployment rate, has contributed to a portion of our recent enrollment growth as an increased number of working students seek to advance their education to improve job security or reemployment prospects. This effect cannot be quantified. However, to the extent that the economic downturn and the associated unemployment have increased demand for our programs, an improving economy and increased employment may eliminate this effect and reduce such demand as fewer potential students seek to advance their education. We do not know whether the gradually reduced unemployment rate will reduce future demand for our services, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Conversely, a worsening of economic and employment conditions could adversely affect the ability or willingness of prospective students to pay our tuition and our former students to repay student loans, which could increase our bad debt expense, impair our ability to offer students loans under Title IV, and require increased time, attention and resources to manage defaults.

If we cannot manage our growth, our results of operations may suffer and could adversely affect our ability to comply with federal regulations.

The growth that we have experienced after our new management began in May 2011, as well as any future growth that we experience, may place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our management information and reporting systems and financial management controls. If growth negatively impacts our ability to manage our business, the learning experience for our students could be adversely affected, resulting in a higher rate of student attrition and fewer student referrals. Future growth will also require continued improvement of our internal controls and systems, particularly those related to complying with federal regulations under the Higher Education Act, as administered by the DOE, including as a result of our participation in federal student financial aid programs under Title IV. If we are unable to manage our growth, we may also experience operating inefficiencies that could increase our costs and adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.

Because there is strong competition in the postsecondary education market, especially in the online education market, our cost of acquiring students may increase and our results of operations may be harmed.

Postsecondary education is highly fragmented and competitive. We compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year brick and mortar colleges as well as other for-profit schools, particularly those that offer online learning programs. Public and private colleges and universities, as well as other for-profit schools, offer programs similar to those we offer. Public institutions receive substantial government subsidies, and public and private institutions have access to government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions that create large endowments and other financial resources generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly, public and private institutions may have instructional and support resources that are superior to those in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors, including both traditional colleges and universities and online for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including established colleges and universities that have not previously offered online education programs. Recently, major brick and mortar universities have advertised their online course offerings.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures including price pressures that could adversely affect our business or results of operations and reduce our operating margins. These competitive factors could cause our enrollments, revenues and profitability to decrease significantly.

In the event that we are unable to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs and specializations on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner, our results of operations may be harmed.

The updates and expansions of our existing programs and the development of new programs and specializations may not be accepted by existing or prospective students or employers. If we cannot respond to changes in market requirements, our business may be adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as our competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program, we may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state and accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, a new academic program that must prepare students for gainful employment must be approved by the DOE for Title IV purposes if the institution is provisionally certified, which we are through September 30, 2013. If we are unable to respond adequately to changes in market requirements due to financial constraints, regulatory limitations or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our financial results could suffer.

5

Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing programs may require us to make investments in management and faculty, incur marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. If we are unable to increase the number of students, or offer new programs in a cost-effective manner, or are otherwise unable to manage effectively the operations of newly established academic programs, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Because our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising efforts, if those efforts are unsuccessful we may not be profitable in the future.

Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon our media performance, including our ability to:

●

Create greater awareness of our school and our programs;

●

Identify the most effective and efficient level of spending in each market and specific media vehicle;

●

Determine the appropriate creative message and media mix for advertising, marketing and promotional expenditures; and

●

Effectively manage marketing costs (including creative and media).

Our marketing expenditures may not result in increased revenue or generate sufficient levels of brand name and program awareness. If our media performance is not effective, our future results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Although our management is spearheading a new marketing and advertising program, it may not be successful.

Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, has developed a new marketing campaign designed to substantially increase our student enrollment. While initial results have been as anticipated, there are no assurances that this marketing campaign will continue to be successful. Among the risks are the following:

●

Our ability to compete with existing online colleges which have substantially greater financial resources, deeper management and academic resources, and enhanced public reputations;

●

the emergence of more successful competitors;

●

factors related to our marketing, including the costs of Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;

●

limits on our ability to attract and retain effective employees because of the new incentive payment rule;

●

performance problems with our online systems;

●

our failure to maintain accreditation;

●

student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;

●

adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors or online or for-profit education generally;

●

a decline in the acceptance of online education;

●

a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive from our programs;

●

potential students may not be able to afford the monthly payments; and

●

potential students may not react favorably to our marketing and advertising campaigns, including our new monthly payment plan.

If our new marketing campaign is not favorably received, our revenues may not increase. Moreover, in June 2013, we launched a monthly payment plan designed to encourage students to enroll in courses without borrowing. It is too soon to know if this plan will increase our revenues.

If student enrollment declines or does not increase in reaction to our new monthly installment payment plan, we may not be successful.

Effective June 1, 2013, we began implementing a new monthly installment tuition payment plan. This plan is designed to increase enrollment and encourage students to reduce or eliminate student loans. We do not know if this plan will be successful. If it is not, we may experience a decline in enrollment or a failure to grow our revenues.

6

If we incur system disruptions to our online computer networks, it could impact our ability to generate revenue and damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.

In 2011, 2012 and 2013, we spent approximately $1.5 million to update our computer network primarily to permit accelerated student enrollment and enhance our students’ learning experience. We expect to spend $250,000 in capital expenditures over the next 12 months. The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of our online classroom, damaging our reputation and could cause a loss in enrollment. Our technology infrastructure could be vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities and telecommunications failures.

Although one of our directors has pledged shares of common stock to secure payment of a receivable, it is possible that the future market price of our common stock will decline in which case we will incur an adverse impact to its future operating results and financial condition.

In March 2012, one of our directors pledged a total of 117,943 shares of personally owned Aspen common stock (now shares of Aspen Group). The shares were pledged (in addition to shares pledged by Aspen's former Chairman and his company) to secure payment of a $772,793 accounts receivable. The Stock Pledge Agreement provides that the shares will be cancelled at the rate of $1.00 per share in the event that we are unable to collect this receivable which is due in 2014. Because of sales of common stock below $1.00 per share, the receivable in total was reduced to $270,478 as of December 31, 2012 and April 30, 2013. If we are unable to collect on this receivable, we will suffer a number of consequences, including a failure to collect a material amount of cash and if our stock price is below $0.35, we will sustain a non cash loss.

If we experience any interruption to our technology infrastructure, it could prevent students from accessing their courses, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students and could require us to incur additional expenses to correct or mitigate the interruption.

Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, personal information about our students or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.

Because we rely on third parties to provide services in running our operations, if any of these parties fail to provide the agreed services at an acceptable level, it could limit our ability to provide services and/or cause student dissatisfaction, either of which could adversely affect our business.

We rely on third parties to provide us with services in order for us to efficiently and securely operate our business including our computer network and the courses we offer to students. Any interruption in our ability to obtain the services of these or other third parties or deterioration in their performance could impair the quality of our educational product and overall business. Generally, there are multiple sources for the services we purchase. Our business could be disrupted if we were required to replace any of these third parties, especially if the replacement became necessary on short notice, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we or our service providers are unable to update the technology that we rely upon to offer online education, our future growth may be impaired.

We believe that continued growth will require our service providers to increase the capacity and capabilities of their technology infrastructure. Increasing the capacity and capabilities of the technology infrastructure will require these third parties to invest capital, time and resources, and there is no assurance that even with sufficient investment their systems will be scalable to accommodate future growth. Our service providers may also need to invest capital, time and resources to update their technology in response to competitive pressures in the marketplace. If they are unwilling or unable to increase the capacity of their resources or update their resources appropriately and we cannot change over to other service providers efficiently, our ability to handle growth, our ability to attract or retain students, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

7

Because we rely on third party administration and hosting of open source software for our online classroom, if that third party were to cease to do business or alter its business practices and services, it could have an adverse impact on our ability to operate.

Our online classroom employs the Moodle learning management system which is an open source learning platform and is supported by the open source community. The system is a web-based portal that stores and delivers course content, provides interactive communication between students and faculty, and supplies online evaluation tools. While Moodle is an open source learning platform, we rely on third parties to host and help with the administration of it. We further rely on third parties, the Moodlerooms, Inc. agreement and the open source community as well as our internal staff for ongoing support and customization and integration of the system with the rest of our technology infrastructure. If Moodlerooms or the open source community that supports it were unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with service, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required for our online classroom or updating it for future technological changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would have an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation and limit our ability to attract and retain students.

Because the personal information that we or our vendors collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of these factors could adversely affect our reputation and operations.

Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. Aspen uses a third party to collect and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our students and their families, including social security numbers, tax return information, personal and family financial data and credit card numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Some of this personal information is held and managed by certain of our vendors. Errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. Possession and use of personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breaches, restrict our use of personal information, and cause us to lose our certification to participate in the Title IV programs. We cannot guarantee that there will not be a breach, loss or theft of personal information that we store or our third parties store. A breach, theft or loss of personal information regarding our students and their families or our employees that is held by us or our vendors could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and results of operations and result in liability under state and federal privacy statutes and legal or administrative actions by state attorneys general, private litigants, and federal regulators any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Because the CAN-SPAM Act imposes certain obligations on the senders of commercial emails, it could adversely impact our ability to market Aspen’s educational services, and otherwise increase the costs of our business.

The Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or CAN-SPAM Act, establishes requirements for commercial email and specifies penalties for commercial email that violates the CAN-SPAM Act. In addition, the CAN-SPAM Act gives consumers the right to require third parties to stop sending them commercial email.

The CAN-SPAM Act covers email sent for the primary purpose of advertising or promoting a commercial product, service, or Internet website. The Federal Trade Commission, a federal consumer protection agency, is primarily responsible for enforcing the CAN-SPAM Act, and the Department of Justice, other federal agencies, State Attorneys General, and Internet service providers also have authority to enforce certain of its provisions.

The CAN-SPAM Act’s main provisions include:

●

Prohibiting false or misleading email header information;

●

Prohibiting the use of deceptive subject lines;

●

Ensuring that recipients may, for at least 30 days after an email is sent, opt out of receiving future commercial email messages from the sender;

●

Requiring that commercial email be identified as a solicitation or advertisement unless the recipient affirmatively permitted the message; and

●

Requiring that the sender include a valid postal address in the email message.

The CAN-SPAM Act also prohibits unlawful acquisition of email addresses, such as through directory harvesting and transmission of commercial emails by unauthorized means, such as through relaying messages with the intent to deceive recipients as to the origin of such messages.

8

Violations of the CAN-SPAM Act’s provisions can result in criminal and civil penalties, including statutory penalties that can be based in part upon the number of emails sent, with enhanced penalties for commercial email companies who harvest email addresses, use dictionary attack patterns to generate email addresses, and/or relay emails through a network without permission.

The CAN-SPAM Act acknowledges that the Internet offers unique opportunities for the development and growth of frictionless commerce, and the CAN-SPAM Act was passed, in part, to enhance the likelihood that wanted commercial email messages would be received.

The CAN-SPAM Act preempts, or blocks, most state restrictions specific to email, except for rules against falsity or deception in commercial email, fraud and computer crime. The scope of these exceptions, however, is not settled, and some states have adopted email regulations that, if upheld, could impose liabilities and compliance burdens in addition to those imposed by the CAN-SPAM Act.

Moreover, some foreign countries, including the countries of the European Union, have regulated the distribution of commercial email and the online collection and disclosure of personal information. Foreign governments may attempt to apply their laws extraterritorially or through treaties or other arrangements with U.S. governmental entities.

Because we use email marketing, our requirement to comply with the CAN-SPAM Act could adversely affect Aspen's marketing activities and increase its costs.

If we lose the services of key personnel, it could adversely affect our business.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Our future also depends on the continued services of Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, who is critical to the management of our business and operations and the development of our strategic direction and would also be difficult to replace. We have a $3 million key man life insurance policy on Mr. Mathews. The loss of the services of Mr. Mathews and other key individuals and the process to replace these individuals would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

If we are unable to attract and retain our faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel, we may not be able to support our growth strategy.

To execute our growth strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel. Competition for hiring these individuals is intense, especially with regard to faculty in specialized areas. If we fail to attract new skilled personnel or faculty or fail to retain and motivate our existing faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel, our business and growth prospects could be severely harmed. The DOE’s revised incentive payment rule, which took effect July 1, 2011, may affect the manner in which we attract, retain, and motivate new and existing employees.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be harmed.

In the ordinary course of our business, we develop intellectual property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of copyright, trademark, service mark, trade secret or other protections. This intellectual property includes but is not limited to courseware materials, business know-how and internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the requirements of operating and various education regulatory agencies. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names, agreements and registrations to protect our intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the U.S. to protect our rights to the mark "ASPEN UNIVERSITY" as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content developed by faculty members and other third party content experts. We cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the U.S. or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content, and offer competing programs to ours.

In particular, third parties may attempt to develop competing programs or duplicate or copy aspects of our curriculum, online resource material, quality management and other proprietary content. Any such attempt, if successful, could adversely affect our business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development by our competitors of competing courses and programs.

9

We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party.

If we are subject to intellectual property infringement claims, it could cause us to incur significant expenses and pay substantial damages.

Third parties may claim that we are infringing or violating their intellectual property rights. Any such claims could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages and prevent us from using our intellectual property that may be fundamental to our business. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding the intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

If we incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online during our class discussions, it may affect our future operating results and financial condition.

In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third party content on class discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online for class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. As a result we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages.

Because we are an exclusively online provider of education, we are entirely dependent on continued growth and acceptance of exclusively online education and, if the recognition by students and employers of the value of online education does not continue to grow, our ability to grow our business could be adversely impacted.

We believe that continued growth in online education will be largely dependent on additional students and employers recognizing the value of degrees and courses from online institutions. If students and employers are not convinced that online schools are an acceptable alternative to traditional schools or that an online education provides value, or if growth in the market penetration of exclusively online education slows, growth in the industry and our business could be adversely affected. Because our business model is based on online education, if the acceptance of online education does not grow, our ability to continue to grow our business and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

As Internet commerce develops, federal and state governments may draft and propose new laws to regulate Internet commerce, which may negatively affect our business.

The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services have led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the U.S. and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

If there is new tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce, this may adversely affect the commercial use of our marketing services and our financial results.

Due to the growing budgetary problems facing state and local governments, it is possible that governments might attempt to tax our activities. New or revised tax regulations may subject us to additional sales, income and other taxes. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose taxes on commerce over the Internet. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales or use taxes, would likely increase the cost of doing business online which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

10

Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry

If we fail to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for our business, we could face penalties and significant restrictions on our operations, including loss of access to Title IV loans.

We are subject to extensive regulation by (1) the federal government through the DOE and under the Higher Education Act, (2) state regulatory bodies and (3) accrediting agencies recognized by the DOE, including the DETC, a “national accrediting agency” recognized by the DOE. The U.S. Department of Defense and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs regulate our participation in the military’s tuition assistance program and the VA’s veterans’ education benefits program, respectively. The regulations, standards and policies of these agencies cover the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability to add new or expand existing educational programs and to change our corporate structure and ownership.

Institutions of higher education that grant degrees, diplomas, or certificates must be authorized by an appropriate state education agency or agencies. In addition, in certain states as a condition of continued authorization to grant degrees and in order to participate in various federal programs, including tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, a school must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution submits to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and purposes of the institution. The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies recognized by the DOE to review and monitor many aspects of an institution's operations and to take appropriate action when the institution fails to comply with the accrediting agency's standards.

Our operations are also subject to regulation due to our participation in Title IV programs. Title IV programs, which are administered by the DOE, include loans made directly to students by the DOE. Title IV programs also include several grant programs for students with economic need as determined in accordance with the Higher Education Act and DOE regulations. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education, and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. Our growth strategy is partly dependent on enrolling more students who are attracted to us because of our continued participation in the Title IV programs.

The regulations, standards, and policies of the DOE, state education agencies, and our accrediting agencies change frequently. Recent and impending changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations, standards, or policies, or our noncompliance with any applicable laws, regulations, standards, or policies, could have a material adverse effect on our accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, activities, receipt of funds under tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, our ability to participate in Title IV programs, receipt of veterans education benefits funds, or costs of doing business. Findings of noncompliance with these regulations, standards and policies also could result in our being required to pay monetary damages, or being subjected to fines, penalties, injunctions, limitations on our operations, termination of our ability to grant degrees, revocation of our accreditation, restrictions on our access to Title IV program funds or other censure that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we do not maintain authorization in Colorado, our operations would be curtailed, and we may not grant degrees.

Aspen is headquartered in Colorado and is authorized by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates. If we were to lose our authorization from the Colorado Commission on Higher Education, we would be unable to provide educational services in Colorado and we would lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs.

Our failure to comply with regulations of various states could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues, and results of operations.

Various states impose regulatory requirements on education institutions operating within their boundaries. Several states assert jurisdiction over online education institutions that have no physical location or other presence in the state but offer education services to students who reside in the state or advertise to or recruit prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent among states and not well developed in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements change frequently and, in some instances, are not clear or are left to the discretion of state regulators.

11

State laws typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational matters. To the extent that we have obtained, or obtain in the future, additional authorizations or licensure, changes in state laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations by the applicable regulators may limit our ability to offer education programs and award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the DOE. If we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If we fail to comply with state requirements to obtain licensure or authorization, we may be the subject of injunctive actions or penalties. Loss of licensure or authorization or the failure to obtain required licensures or authorizations could prohibit us from recruiting or enrolling students in particular states, reduce significantly our enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We enroll students in all 50 states, as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. We have sought and received confirmation that our operations do not require state licensure or authorization, or we have been notified that we are exempt from licensure or authorization requirements, in three states. We, through our legal counsel, are researching the licensure requirements and exemption possibilities in the remaining 47 states. It is anticipated that Aspen will be in compliance with all state licensure requirements by June 2014. Because we enroll students in all 50 states, as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, we may have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in the future.

Under DOE regulations, if an institution offers postsecondary education through distance education to students in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, the institution must have met any state requirements for it to be legally offering postsecondary distance education in that state. A federal court has vacated such requirement, and an appellate court affirmed that ruling on June 5, 2012, though further guidance is expected. Should the requirement be upheld or otherwise enforced, however, and if we fail to obtain required state authorization to provide postsecondary distance education in a specific state, we could lose our ability to award Title IV aid to students within that state.

The DOE’s new requirement could lead some states to adopt new laws and regulatory practices affecting the delivery of distance education to students located in those states. In the event we are found not to be in compliance with a state’s new or existing requirements for offering distance education within that state, the state could seek to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit students from that state, and we may have to cease providing service to students in that state. In addition, under the DOE’s regulation regarding state authorization and distance education, if and when the regulation is enforced or re-promulgated, we could lose eligibility to offer Title IV aid to students located in that state.

If we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation, we would lose our ability to participate in the tuition assistance programs of the U.S. Armed Forces and also to participate in Title IV programs.

Aspen is accredited by the DETC, which is a national accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of Education for Title IV purposes. Accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Secretary of Education is required for an institution to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV programs as well as in the tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces. DETC may impose restrictions on our accreditation or may terminate our accreditation. To remain accredited we must continuously meet certain criteria and standards relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources and financial stability. Failure to meet any of these criteria or standards could result in the loss of accreditation at the discretion of the accrediting agency. The loss of accreditation would, among other things, render our students and us ineligible to participate in the tuition assistance programs of the U.S. Armed Forces or Title IV programs and have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

Because we have only recently begun to participate in Title IV programs, our failure to comply with the complex regulations associated with Title IV programs would have a significant adverse effect on our operations and prospects for growth.

We have only recently begun to participate in Title IV programs. Compliance with the requirements of the Higher Education Act and Title IV programs is highly complex and imposes significant additional regulatory requirements on our operations, which require additional staff, contractual arrangements, systems and regulatory costs. We have a limited demonstrated history of compliance with these additional regulatory requirements. If we fail to comply with any of these additional regulatory requirements, the DOE could, among other things, impose monetary penalties, place limitations on our operations, and/or condition or terminate our eligibility to receive Title IV program funds, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.

12

Because we are only provisionally certified by the DOE, we must reestablish our eligibility and certification to participate in the Title IV programs, and there are no assurances that DOE will recertify us to participate in the Title IV programs.

An institution generally must seek recertification from the DOE at least every six years and possibly more frequently depending on various factors. In certain circumstances, the DOE provisionally certifies an institution to participate in Title IV programs, such as when it is an initial participant in Title IV programs or has undergone a change in ownership and control. On September 28, 2012, the DOE notified us that following our application for change of control, it extended our provisional certification until September 30, 2013. Pending this approval, we delivered a $264,665 letter of credit to the DOE. Furthermore, DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final program participation agreement that it may issue, including growth restrictions or limitation on the number of students who may receive Title IV aid. The DOE could also decline to finally certify Aspen, otherwise limit its participation in the Title IV programs, or continue provisional certification.

If the DOE does not ultimately approve our permanent certification to participate in Title IV programs, our students would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. In addition, regulatory restraints related to the addition of new programs could impair our ability to attract and retain students and could negatively affect our financial results.

Because the DOE may conduct compliance reviews of us, we may be subject to adverse review and future litigation which could affect our ability to offer Title IV student loans.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government. If the results of compliance reviews or other proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties, including the requirement to make refunds. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation, even if such claims and lawsuits are without merit.

If our competitors are subject to further regulatory claims and adverse publicity, it may affect our industry and reduce our future enrollment.

We are one of a number of for-profit institutions serving the postsecondary education market. In recent years, regulatory investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against several companies that own for-profit educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices and non-compliance with DOE regulations. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media, regulatory and legislative focus has been primarily on the allegations made against specific companies, broader allegations against the overall for-profit school sector may negatively affect public perceptions of other for-profit educational institutions, including Aspen. In addition, in recent years, reports on student lending practices of various lending institutions and schools, including for-profit schools, and investigations by a number of state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies have led to adverse media coverage of postsecondary education. Adverse media coverage regarding other companies in the for-profit school sector or regarding us directly could damage our reputation, could result in lower enrollments, revenues and operating profit, and could have a negative impact on our stock price. Such allegations could also result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the DOE, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental authorities with respect to all for-profit institutions, including us.

Due to new regulations or congressional action or reduction in funding for Title IV programs, our future enrollment may be reduced and costs of compliance increased.

The Higher Education Act comes up for reauthorization by Congress approximately every five to six years. When Congress does not act on complete reauthorization, there are typically amendments and extensions of authorization. Additionally, Congress reviews and determines appropriations for Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and appropriations process. There is no assurance that Congress will not in the future enact changes that decrease Title IV program funds available to students, including students who attend our institution. Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV programs or the ability of our school or students to participate in these programs would require us to arrange for other sources of financial aid and would materially decrease our enrollment. Such a decrease in enrollment would have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. Congressional action may also require us to modify our practices in ways that could result in increased administrative and regulatory costs and decreased profit margin.

13

We are not in position to predict with certainty whether any legislation will be passed by Congress or signed into law in the future. The reallocation of funding among Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in such programs, or the substitution of materially different Title IV programs could reduce the ability of students to finance their education at our institution and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

If our efforts to comply with DOE regulations are inconsistent with how the DOE interprets those provisions, either due to insufficient time to implement the necessary changes, uncertainty about the meaning of the rules, or otherwise, we may be found to be in noncompliance with such provisions and the DOE could impose monetary penalties, place limitations on our operations, and/or condition or terminate our eligibility to receive Title IV program funds. We cannot predict with certainty the effect the new and impending regulatory provisions will have on our business.

Investigations by state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies regarding relationships between loan providers and educational institutions and their financial aid officers may result in increased regulatory burdens and costs.

In the past few years, the student lending practices of postsecondary educational institutions, financial aid officers and student loan providers were subject to several investigations being conducted by state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies. These investigations concern, among other things, possible deceptive practices in the marketing of private student loans and loans provided by lenders pursuant to Title IV programs. Higher Education Opportunity Act, or HEOA, contains new requirements pertinent to relationships between lenders and institutions. In particular, HEOA requires institutions to have a code of conduct, with certain specified provisions, pertinent to interactions with lenders of student loans, prohibits certain activities by lenders and guaranty agencies with respect to institutions, and establishes substantive and disclosure requirements for lists of recommended or suggested lenders of private student loans. In addition, HEOA imposes substantive and disclosure obligations on institutions that make available a list of recommended lenders for potential borrowers. State legislators have also passed or may be considering legislation related to relationships between lenders and institutions. Because of the evolving nature of these legislative efforts and various inquiries and developments, we can neither know nor predict with certainty their outcome, or the potential remedial actions that might result from these or other potential inquiries. Governmental action may impose increased administrative and regulatory costs and decreased profit margins.

Because we are subject to sanctions if we fail to calculate correctly and return timely Title IV program funds for students who stop participating before completing their educational program, our future operating results may be adversely affected.

A school participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days after the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under recently effective DOE regulations, institutions that use the last day of attendance at an academically-related activity must determine the relevant date based on accurate institutional records (not a student’s certificate of attendance). For online classes, “academic attendance” means engaging in an academically-related activity, such as participating in class through an online discussion or initiating contact with a faculty member to ask a question; simply logging into an online class does not constitute “academic attendance” for purposes of the return of funds requirements. Because we only recently began to participate in Title IV programs, we have limited experience complying with these Title IV regulations. Under DOE regulations, late return of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in connection with the institution's annual compliance audit constitutes material non-compliance. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to repay Title IV funds, post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE or otherwise be sanctioned by the DOE, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations. This may have an impact on our systems, our future operations and cash flows.

14

Because our consolidated financial statements are not unqualified, Aspen may lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or be required to post a letter of credit in order to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE, or post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions, such as additional reporting requirements or regulatory oversight, on its participation in Title IV programs. Our financial statements are qualified on our ability to continue as a going concern, which means the DOE may determine that we are not financially responsible under DOE regulations. The DOE may also apply its measures of financial responsibility to the operating company and ownership entities of an eligible institution and, if such measures are not satisfied by the operating company or ownership entities, require the institution to meet the alternative standards described under “Regulation” on page 11 herein. Any of these alternative standards would increase our costs of regulatory compliance. If we were unable to meet these alternative standards, we would lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. If we fail to demonstrate financial responsibility and thus lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, our students would lose access to Title IV program funds for use in our institution, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.

If we fail to demonstrate “administrative capability,” we may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in Title IV programs. If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or comply with any other DOE regulations, the DOE may require the repayment of Title IV funds, transfer the institution from the "advance" system of payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring status or to the "reimbursement" system of payment, place the institution on provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs. If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE's "administrative capability" requirements we could be limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV program funding, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.

Because we rely on a third party to administer our participation in Title IV programs, its failure to comply with applicable regulations could cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

We have been eligible to participate in Title IV programs for a relatively short time, and we have not developed the internal capacity to handle without third-party assistance the complex administration of participation in Title IV programs. A third party assists us with administration of our participation in Title IV programs, and if it does not comply with applicable regulations, we may be liable for its actions and we could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. In addition, if it is no longer able to provide the services to us, we may not be able to replace it in a timely or cost-efficient manner, or at all, and we could lose our ability to comply with the requirements of Title IV programs, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operation.

If we pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities, we will be subject to sanctions.

A school participating in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based, directly or indirectly, on success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV program funds. If we pay a bonus, commission, or other incentive payment in violation of applicable DOE rules, we could be subject to sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Effective July 1, 2011, the DOE abolished 12 safe harbors that described permissible arrangements under the incentive payment regulation. Abolition of the safe harbors and other aspects of the new regulation may create uncertainty about what constitutes impermissible incentive payments. The modified incentive payment rule and related uncertainty as to how it will be interpreted also may influence our approach, or limit our alternatives, with respect to employment policies and practices and consequently may affect negatively our ability to recruit and retain employees, and as a result our business could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, the General Accounting Office, or the GAO, has issued a report critical of the DOE’s enforcement of the incentive payment rule, and the DOE has undertaken to increase its enforcement efforts. If the DOE determines that an institution violated the incentive payment rule, it may require the institution to modify its payment arrangements to the DOE’s satisfaction. The DOE may also fine the institution or initiate action to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in the Title IV programs. The DOE may also seek to recover Title IV funds disbursed in connection with the prohibited incentive payments. In addition, third parties may file “qui tam” or “whistleblower” suits on behalf of the DOE alleging violation of the incentive payment provision. Such suits may prompt DOE investigations. Particularly in light of the uncertainty surrounding the new incentive payment rule, the existence of, the costs of responding to, and the outcome of, qui tam or whistleblower suits or DOE investigations could have a material adverse effect on our reputation causing our enrollments to decline and could cause us to incur costs that are material to our business, among other things. As a result, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

15

If our student loan default rates are too high, we may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

DOE regulations provide that an institution’s participation in Title IV programs ends when historical default rates reach a certain level in a single year or for a number of years. Because of our limited experience enrolling students who are participating in these programs, we have no historical default rates. Relatively few students are expected to enter the repayment phase in the near term, which could result in defaults by a few students having a relatively large impact on our default rate. If Aspen loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs because of high student loan default rates, our students would no longer be eligible to use Title IV program funds in our institution, which would significantly reduce our enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Increased scrutiny of accrediting agencies by the Secretary of Education and the U.S. Congress may result in increased scrutiny of institutions, we may lose our ability to participate in Title IV programs.

Increased regulatory scrutiny of accrediting agencies and their accreditation of universities is likely to continue. While Aspen is accredited by the DETC, a DOE-recognized accrediting body, if the DOE were to limit, suspend, or terminate the DETC’s recognition, we could lose our ability to participate in the Title IV programs. While the DOE has provisionally certified Aspen through September 30, 2013, there are no assurances that we will remain certified following that date. If we were unable to rely on DETC accreditation in such circumstances, among other things, our students and our institution would be ineligible to participate in the Title IV programs, and such consequence would have a material adverse effect on enrollments, revenues and results of operations. In addition, increased scrutiny of accrediting agencies by the Secretary of Education in connection with the DOE’s recognition process may result in increased scrutiny of institutions by accrediting agencies.

Furthermore, because the for-profit education sector is growing at such a rapid pace, it is possible that accrediting bodies will respond to that growth by adopting additional criteria, standards and policies that are intended to monitor, regulate or limit the growth of for-profit institutions like us. Actions by, or relating to, an accredited institution, including any change in the legal status, form of control, or ownership/management of the institution, any significant changes in the institution’s financial position, or any significant growth or decline in enrollment and/or programs, could open up an accredited institution to additional reviews by the DETC.

If Aspen fails to meet standards regarding “gainful employment,” it may result in the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

The DOE’s regulations on gainful employment programs became effective July 1, 2012. Should a program fail the gainful employment metrics three times within a four year period, the DOE would terminate the program’s eligibility for federal student aid (i.e., students in the program would immediately lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs), and the institution would not be able to reestablish the program’s eligibility for at least three years, though the program could continue to operate without Title IV funding. The earliest a program could lose eligibility under the gainful employment rule will be 2015, based on its 2012, 2013, and 2014 performance under the metrics. Because the DOE’s gainful employment rules will be implemented over several years and are based at least in part on data that is unavailable to us, it is not possible at this time to determine with any degree of certainty whether these new regulations will cause any of our programs to become ineligible to participate in the Title IV programs. However, under this new regulation, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV funding is at risk due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the actual or deemed income level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for calculating discretionary income, changes in the percentage of our former students who are current in repayment of their student loans, and other factors. In addition, even though deficiencies in the metrics may be correctible on a timely basis, the disclosure requirements to students following a failure to meet the standards may adversely impact enrollment in that program and may adversely impact the reputation of our educational institutions.

If we fail to obtain required DOE approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation, it could materially and adversely affect our business.

Under the DOE regulations, an institution must notify the DOE at least 90 days before the first day of class when it intends to add a program that prepares students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. The institution may proceed to offer the program, unless the DOE advises the institution that the DOE must approve the program for Title IV purposes. In addition, if the institution does not provide timely notice to the DOE regarding the additional program, the institution must obtain approval of the program for Title IV purposes. If the DOE denies approval, the institution may not award Title IV funds in connection with the program. Were the DOE to deny approval to one or more of our new programs, our business could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, compliance with these new procedures could cause delay in our ability to offer new programs and put our business at a competitive disadvantage. Compliance could also adversely affect our ability to timely offer programs of interest to our students and potential students and adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues. As a result, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

16

If we fail to comply with the DOE’s substantial misrepresentation rules, it could result in sanctions against us.

The DOE may take action against an institution in the event of substantial misrepresentation by the institution concerning the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges or the employability of its graduates. Under new regulations, the DOE has expanded the activities that constitute a substantial misrepresentation. Under the DOE regulations, an institution engages in substantial misrepresentation when the institution itself, one of its representatives, or an organization or person with which the institution has an agreement to provide educational programs, marketing, advertising, or admissions services, makes a substantial misrepresentation directly or indirectly to a student, prospective student or any member of the public, or to an accrediting agency, a state agency, or to the Secretary of Education. The final regulations define misrepresentation as any false, erroneous or misleading statement, and they define a misleading statement as any statement that has the likelihood or tendency to deceive or confuse. The final regulations define substantial misrepresentation as any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to the person’s detriment. If the DOE determines that an institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the DOE may revoke an institution’s program participation agreement, impose limitations on an institution’s participation in the Title IV programs, deny participation applications made on behalf of the institution, or initiate a proceeding against the institution to fine the institution or to limit, suspend or termination the institution’s participation in the Title IV programs. We expect that there could be an increase in our industry of administrative actions and litigation claiming substantial misrepresentation, which at a minimum would increase legal costs associated with defending such actions, and as a result our business could be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with the DOE’s credit hour requirements, it could result in sanctions against us.

The DOE has defined “credit” hour for Title IV purposes. The credit hour is used for Title IV purposes to define an eligible program and an academic year and to determine enrollment status and the amount of Title IV aid that an institution may disburse in a payment period. The final regulations define credit hour as an institutionally established equivalency that reasonably approximates certain specified time in class and out of class and an equivalent amount of work for other academic activities. The final regulations also require institutional accreditors to review an institution’s policies, procedures, and administration of policies and procedures for assignment of credit hours. An accreditor must take appropriate actions to address an institution’s credit hour deficiencies and to notify the DOE if it finds systemic noncompliance or significant noncompliance in one or more programs. The DOE has indicated that if it finds an institution to be out of compliance with the credit hour definition for Title IV purposes, it may require the institution to repay the amount of Title IV awarded under the incorrect assignment of credit hours and, if it finds significant overstatement of credit hours, it may fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its participation in Title IV programs, as a result of which our business could be materially and adversely affected.

The U.S. Congress recently conducted an examination of the for-profit postsecondary education sector that could result in legislation or additional DOE rulemaking that may limit or condition Title IV program participation of proprietary schools in a manner that may materially and adversely affect our business.

In recent years, the U.S. Congress has increased its focus on for-profit education institutions, including with respect to their participation in the Title IV programs, and has held hearings regarding such matters. In addition, the GAO released a series of reports following undercover investigations critical of for-profit institutions. We cannot predict the extent to which, or whether, these hearings and reports will result in legislation, further rulemaking affecting our participation in Title IV programs, or more vigorous enforcement of Title IV requirements. To the extent that any laws or regulations are adopted that limit or condition Title IV program participation of proprietary schools or the amount of federal student financial aid for which proprietary school students are eligible, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Other Risks

Because our common stock is subject to the “penny stock” rules, brokers cannot generally solicit the purchase of our common stock which adversely affects its liquidity and market price.

The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. The market price of our common stock on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board, or the Bulletin Board, will be substantially less than $5.00 per share and therefore we are considered a “penny stock” according to SEC rules. This designation requires any broker-dealer selling these securities to disclose certain information concerning the transaction, obtain a written agreement from the purchaser and determine that the purchaser is reasonably suitable to purchase the securities. These rules limit the ability of broker-dealers to solicit purchases of our common stock and therefore reduce the liquidity of the public market for our shares.

17

Moreover, as a result of apparent regulatory pressure from the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a growing number of broker-dealers decline to permit investors to purchase and sell or otherwise make it difficult to sell shares of penny stocks like Aspen Group.  The “penny stock” designation may continue to have a depressive effect upon our common stock price.  

Because of their share ownership, our management may be able to exert control over us to the detriment of minority shareholders.

Our executive officers and directors own approximately 15% of our outstanding common stock. These shareholders, if they act together, may be able to control our management and affairs and all matters requiring shareholder approval, including significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing our change in control and might affect the market price of our common stock. For more information see page 61.

If our common stock becomes subject to a “chill” imposed by the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, your ability to sell your shares may be limited.

The DTC acts as a depository or nominee for street name shares that investors deposit with their brokers. Until the fourth quarter of 2012, our stock was not eligible to be electronically transferred among DTC participants (broker-dealers) and required delivery of paper certificates as a result of a “chill” imposed by DTC. As a result of becoming “DTC-Eligible”, our common stock is no longer subject to a chill. However, DTC in the last several years has increasingly imposed a chill or freeze on the deposit, withdrawal and transfer of common stock of issuers whose common stock trades on the Bulletin Board. Depending on the type of restriction, a chill or freeze can prevent shareholders from buying or selling shares and prevent companies from raising money. A chill or freeze may remain imposed on a security for a few days or an extended period of time (in at least one instance a number of years). While we have no reason to believe a chill or freeze will be imposed against our common stock again in the future, if it were your ability to sell your shares would be limited. In such event, your investment will be adversely affected.

Due to factors beyond our control, our stock price may be volatile.

Any of the following factors could affect the market price of our common stock:

●

Our failure to generate increasing material revenues;

●

Our failure to become profitable;

●

Our failure to raise working capital;

●

Our public disclosure of the terms of any financing which we consummate in the future;

●

Disclosure of the results of our monthly tuition plan;

●

Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations including class starts by existing student and new enrollments;  

●

Announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new services, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

●

The loss of Title IV funding or other regulatory actions;

●

Our failure to meet financial analysts’ performance expectations;

●

Changes in earnings estimates and recommendations by financial analysts;

●

The sale of large numbers of shares of common stock which we have registered;

●

Short selling activities; or

●

Changes in market valuations of similar companies.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted. A securities class action suit against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s time and attention, which would otherwise be used to benefit our business.

Because we may issue preferred stock without the approval of our shareholders and have other anti-takeover defenses, it may be more difficult for a third party to acquire us and could depress our stock price.

Our Board may issue, without a vote of our shareholders, one or more additional series of preferred stock that have more than one vote per share. This could permit our Board to issue preferred stock to investors who support us and our management and give effective control of our business to our management. Additionally, issuance of preferred stock could block an acquisition resulting in both a drop in our stock price and a decline in interest of our common stock. This could make it more difficult for shareholders to sell their common stock. This could also cause the market price of our common stock shares to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.

18

An investment in Aspen Group may be diluted in the future as a result of the issuance of additional securities.

If we need to raise additional capital to meet our working capital needs, we expect to issue additional shares of common stock or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into common stock from time to time, which could result in substantial dilution to investors. Investors should anticipate being substantially diluted based upon the current condition of the capital and credit markets and their impact on small companies.

Because we may not be able to attract the attention of major brokerage firms, it could have a material impact upon the price of our common stock.

It is not likely that securities analysts of major brokerage firms will provide research coverage for our common stock since these firms cannot recommend the purchase of our common stock under the penny stock rules referenced in an earlier risk factor. The absence of such coverage limits the likelihood that an active market will develop for our common stock. It may also make it more difficult for us to attract new investors at times when we require additional capital.     

Since we intend to retain any earnings for development of our business for the foreseeable future, you will likely not receive any dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have not and do not intend to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future, as we intend to retain any earnings for development and expansion of our business operations. As a result, you will not receive any dividends on your investment for an indefinite period of time.

If we do not successfully defend the pending litigation brought by our former chairman and large shareholder, we may incur material damages.

In February 2013, our former Chairman and a company he controls sued us, certain senior management members and our directors in state court in New York seeking damages arising from losses and other matters incurred in the operation of Aspen’s business since May 2011, our filings with the SEC and the DOE where we stated that he and his company borrowed $2.2 million without board authority and our failure to use our best efforts to purchase certain shares of common stock from him following the April Agreement. See page 67 below.  While we have been advised by our counsel that the lawsuit is baseless, we cannot assure you that we will be successful. Defending the litigation will be expensive and divert our management from Aspen’s business. If we are unsuccessful, the damages we pay may be material. See page 48 below for a further description of the litigation.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements including statements regarding liquidity, anticipated marketing spending, capital expenditures and planned financings. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial position, liquidity, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “could,” “target,” “potential,” “is likely,” “will,” “expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors which could adversely affect our business and financial performance. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any risk factor, or combination of risk factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise required by applicable laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or the risk factors described in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this prospectus.

DILUTION

Except for the shares underlying the warrants, the shares of common stock to be sold by the selling shareholders are issued and outstanding. Accordingly, there will be no dilution to our existing shareholders except to the extent warrants are exercised.

19

PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

From March to July 2012, we sold approximately $1.7 million of secured convertible notes, or Notes, and approximately 1.3 million warrants to purchase our common stock from which we received approximately $1.4 million in net proceeds. The Notes converted into Aspen Group's common stock at $0.3325 per share, which we refer to as the “Conversion Price”. The warrants are exercisable over a five-year period and are exercisable at the Conversion Price. Additionally, 202,334 shares and 50,591 warrants were issued in connection with accumulated interest accruing as of the conversion date.

In September 2012, we sold $2,757,000 of units. The units contained 7,877,144 shares of common stock and 3,938,570 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share.

In December 2012, we sold $715,000 of units. The units contained 2,042,857 shares of common stock and 1,021,432 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share.

In February 2013, we sold $315,000 of units. The units contained 900,000 shares of common stock and 450,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share.

In March 2013, we sold $250,000 of units. The units contained 714,286 shares of common stock and 357,143 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share.

In April 2013, we sold $600,328 of units. The units contained 1,715,217 shares of common stock and 857,606 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share.

This prospectus covers the offer and sale of the common stock (including the shares underlying the warrants) issued in the offerings described above.

We used the proceeds from the private placements to support our growth and for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds upon the sale of shares by the selling shareholders. We will however receive proceeds from the exercise of the warrants. We plan on using these proceeds received from shareholders who exercise their warrants to support our growth and for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

20

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of April 30, 2013. The table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein:

	As of April 30, 2013
Cash and cash equivalents	$	724,982
Restricted Cash		265,173
Debt:
Convertible notes (includes $600,000 to related parties)		800,000
Line of Credit		250,000
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock		58,573
Treasury stock		(70,000	)
Additional paid-in capital		13,345,888
Accumulated deficit		(12,740,086	)
Total shareholders’ equity	$	594,375

The table above does not include a $1,000,000 note issued to Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, in connection with a loan of $1,000,000 which was made in July 2013.  The note is due December 31, 2013.   

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

Our stock trades on the Bulletin Board, under the symbol “ASPU.” Since March 31, 2011, Aspen Group’s common stock has been quoted on the Bulletin Board. The last reported sale price of our common stock as reported by the Bulletin Board on August 7, 2013 was $0.22. As of that date, we had approximately 250 record holders of our common stock and we believe that there are substantially more beneficial owners than record holders.

The following table provides the high and low bid price information for our common stock for the periods our stock was quoted on the Bulletin Board. For the period our stock was quoted on the Bulletin Board, the prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and does not necessarily represent actual transactions. Our common stock does not trade on a regular basis.

		Prices (1)(2)
Year	Period Ended	High		Low
2013	April 30	$	0.55	$	0.26
	January 31	$	0.80	$	0.50
2012	October 31	$	3.75	$	0.75
	July 31	$	3.75	$	3.75
	April 30	$	6.50	$	3.28
	January 31	$	6.50	$	6.50
2011	October 31	$	6.50	$	6.50
	July 31	$	6.50	$	0.05
	April 30	$	0.05	$	0.05

———————

(1)	All prices give effect to a 12-for-1 forward stock split effected in June 2011.
(2)	All prices give effect to a 1-for-2.5 reverse stock split effected in February 2012.

Dividend Policy

We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not plan to pay such dividends in the foreseeable future. Our Board will determine our future dividend policy on the basis of many factors, including results of operations, capital requirements, and general business conditions.

21

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the other sections contained herein, including the risk factors and the consolidated financial statements and the related exhibits contained herein. The various sections of this discussion contain a number of forward-looking statements, all of which are based on our current expectations and could be affected by the uncertainties and risk factors described throughout this prospectus as well as other matters over which we have no control. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including but not limited to those set forth in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Company Overview

Founded in 1987, Aspen’s mission is to become an institution of choice for adult learners by offering cost-effective, comprehensive, and relevant online education. One of the key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profit universities is that a majority of our full-time degree-seeking students are enrolled in a graduate degree program (master or doctorate degree program). According to publicly available information, Aspen enrolls a larger percentage of its full-time degree-seeking students in graduate degree programs than its publicly-traded competitors. As of April 30, 2013, 1,875 students were enrolled as full-time degree seeking students with 1,625 of those students or 87% in a master or doctoral graduate degree program. In addition, a further 951 students are engaged in part time programs, such as continuing education courses and certificate level programs. Therefore, Aspen’s student body totaled 2,826 as of April 30, 2013.

Among online, for-profit universities, Aspen ranks among the leaders relative to the closely analyzed industry metrics such as high student graduation rates, high student course completion rates and high student satisfaction rates. During 2012, Aspen had a student graduation rate of 58%, a student course completion rate of 90% and a student satisfaction rate of 95% (calculated in accordance with DETC guidelines which is the average completion and satisfaction rate of students in our top 10 most popular courses).

Student Population

Aspen’s degree-seeking student body increased by 12% during the four month period ending April 30, 2013, or the 2013 Transition Period, from 2,024 to 2,266 students. Among Aspen’s degree seeking programs, the Master of Nursing program grew 41% during the 2013 Transition Period from 265 students to 373 students. When compared to the number of students in the Master of Nursing program at April 30, 2012 to April 30, 2013, the program grew from 110 students to 373 or 239%. As of April 30, 2013, Aspen’s School of Nursing now represents 20% of the full-time, degree-seeking student body.

In April 2013, Aspen terminated its relationship with CLS 123, LLC, or CLS, which referred Verizon certificate and military students, a step allowing Aspen to focus its efforts on its core business of building a predominantly graduate student body. Under the terminated partnership agreement, there is a 120-day exit period ending on August 3, 2013. For 2013, Aspen management expects the total student body growth rate to lag that of the full-time degree-seeking student population as new certificate and Military students referred by CLS to wind down over the 120-day period. CLS results are reported as Discontinued Operations.

Results of Operations

For the Four Months Ended April 30, 2013 Compared with the Four Months Ended April 30, 2012

Revenue

Revenue from continuing operations for the 2013 Transition Period increased to $1,229,096 from $745,656 for the four months ended April 30, 2012, or the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of 65%. The increase is primarily attributable to the growth in Aspen student enrollments and the increase in average tuition rates from approximately $500 to $700 for the comparable periods. Of particular note, revenues from Aspen’s Nursing degree program increased to $287,902 during the 2013 Transition Period from $107,640 during the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of 167%.

22

Our 2013 Transition Period and 2012 Transition Period revenues were impacted by the 2011 (and previous years) pre-payment tuition plan, or the Legacy Tuition Plan, which was discontinued on July 15, 2011. The Legacy Tuition Plan had students pre-paying tuition for a degree program’s first four courses ($675/course) and a steeply discounted tuition rate for the program’s eight course balance ($112.50/course). Specifically, the Legacy Tuition Plan produced immediate cash flow, but unsustainably low gross profit margins over the length of the degree program. As of April 30, 2013, 709 of our full-time degree-seeking students were still enrolled under the Legacy Tuition Plan. However the contribution from Legacy Tuition Plan students to overall Aspen revenue and profits diminished steadily over the course of the past 12 months as the population of full-time degree-seeking students paying regular tuition rates increased to 68% of the population and the population of Legacy Tuition Plan students fell to 32%. Accordingly, much as 2012 was affected negatively by the lingering impact of the Legacy Tuition Plan, future revenue should demonstrate a dramatically diminished effect from the Legacy Tuition Plan and a much greater contribution from the growing number of regular rate students. In fact, Aspen Group expects Legacy Tuition Plan students’ contribution to financial results to be immaterial for the full year 2014, and on a quarterly basis to be immaterial no later than the second quarter of 2014.

Cost of Revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

The Company’s cost of revenues consist of instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs which were previously reported separately.

Instructional Costs and Services

Instructional costs and services for the 2013 Transition Period rose to $345,727 from $266,682 for the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of $79,045 or 30%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher faculty cost due to the increase in overall student course completions. As student enrollment levels increase, instructional costs and services should rise proportionately. However, as Aspen increases its full-time degree-seeking student enrollments, the higher gross margins associated with such students should lead to the growth rate in instructional costs and services to significantly lag that of overall revenues growth.

Marketing and Promotional

Marketing and promotional costs for the 2013 Transition Period was $404,203 compared to $598,728 for the 2012 Transition Period, a decrease of $194,525 or 32%. These expenses are primarily attributable to marketing efficiency – specifically Aspen’s cost per exclusive lead has decreased by 33% year-over-year for the Transition Period, from an average cost per exclusive lead of $78.27 for the 2012 Transition Period to $58.66 for the 2013 Transition Period. Moreover, Aspen’s vertically-integrated strategy of proprietary lead generation marketing has effectively allowed the Company to drop the marketing spend by 32% year-over-year, while achieving 63% more new full-time, degree-seeking enrollments year-over-year. If Aspen accelerates its growth, it is highly likely that these expenditures will increase in 2013 over 2012 levels as enrollment continues to grow. Factors that may mitigate the expected increase include the economies realized in cost per lead as well as the yield realized in terms of higher enrollments per unit of marketing and promotional spending and potential organic growth opportunities.

Costs and Expenses

General and Administrative

General and administrative costs for the 2013 Transition Period were $1,670,812 compared to $2,123,685 during the 2012 Transition Period, a decrease of $452,873 or 21%. The decrease is comprised of two major components – payroll costs and professional fees. Payroll costs decreased by approximately $225,000 and professional fees decreased by approximately $276,000 primarily related to legal and accounting fees. Included in the 2012 amounts were professional fees associated with the reverse merger regulatory filings with the DOE and the DETC, post-reverse merger regulatory filings with the DOE, the filing of the Super 8-K and activities for Aspen’s capital raising activities. Professional fees declined during the 2013 Transition Period, particularly as a result of a reduction of these one-time costs and Aspen Group’s auditors agreeing to a flat-fee arrangement. Stock based compensation included in general and administration expense increased by $72,457 or 89% as a result of the implementation of, and stock option grants under, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

Overall general and administrative costs are expected to experience moderate growth in fiscal 2013 from 2012 as the cost associated with state regulatory compliance and DOE reporting requirements on topics such as gainful employment standards will increase in 2013.

23

Receivable Collateral Valuation Reserve

A non-cash valuation reserve of $502,315 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 to reflect the drop in the collateral supporting the related accounts receivable. No additional reserve was required during the 2013 Transition Period.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization costs for the 2013 Transition Period rose to $159,269 from $121,812 for the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of 31%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher levels of capitalized technology costs as Aspen continues the infrastructure build-out initiated in 2011.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income for the 2013 Transition Period increased to $59,860 from $3,618 in the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of $56,242. The increase is primarily attributable to a tax credit received in Canada related to our technology infrastructure build out.

Income Taxes

Income taxes expense (benefit) for the 2013 and 2012 Transition Periods was $0 as Aspen Group experienced operating losses in both periods. As management made a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets stemming from these losses, there was no tax benefit recorded in the statement of operations in both periods.

Net Loss

Net loss allocable to common stockholders for the 2013 Transition Period was ($1,402,982) as compared to ($2,213,119) for the 2012 Transition Period, a decrease of $810,138 or approximately 58%. The decrease is primarily attributable to the absence of the one-time costs in general and administrative cost and the gross profit improvements discussed herein.

Discontinued Operations

As of March 31, 2013, Aspen Group discontinued business activities related to its agreement with CLS. See Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements contained herein. The following table details the results of the discontinued operations for the 2013 Transition Period and 2012 Transition Period:

	For the Four Months
	Ended April 30,
	2013			2012
Revenues	$	140,732		$	1,077,875
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue		126,659			929,362
General and Administrative		126,000			-
Total costs and expenses		252,659			929,362
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	(111,927	)	$	148,513

Non-GAAP – Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis includes both financial measures in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, as well as non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed as supplemental to, and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, operating income, and cash flow from operating activities, liquidity or any other financial measures. They may not be indicative of the historical operating results of Aspen Group nor are they intended to be predictive of potential future results. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation or as substitutes for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

24

Our management uses and relies on Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization),non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that both management and shareholders benefit from referring to the following non-GAAP financial measures in planning, forecasting and analyzing future periods. Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in evaluating its financial and operational decision making and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparison. Our management recognizes that the non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations because of the described excluded items.

Aspen Group defines Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (or loss) from continuing operations before preferred dividends, interest expense, income taxes, collateral valuation adjustment, bad debt expense, depreciation and amortization, and amortization of stock-based compensation. Aspen Group excludes the charges from collateral valuation adjustment, bad debt expense and stock based compensation because they are non-cash in nature. The preferred dividends were derived from Aspen. Upon the closing of the Reverse Merger in 2012, Aspen preferred stock was exchanged for Aspen Group common stock and dividends will not accrue in the future. Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of our operating performance because it allows management, investors and analysts to evaluate and assess our core operating results from period-to-period after removing the impact of items of a non-operational nature that affect comparability.

Aspen Group defines Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), a non-GAAP financial measure, as revenues less cost of revenues (instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs) excluding the amortization of courseware and software.

We have included a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe that providing the non-GAAP financial measures, together with the reconciliation to GAAP, helps investors make comparisons between Aspen Group and other companies. In making any comparisons to other companies, investors need to be aware that companies use different non-GAAP measures to evaluate their financial performance. Investors should pay close attention to the specific definition being used and to the reconciliation between such measure and the corresponding GAAP measure provided by each company under applicable SEC rules.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net loss allocable to common shareholders, a GAAP financial measure:

	Four Months Ended April 30,
	2013			2012			Difference			Change %
Net loss allocable to common shareholders	$	(1,402,982	)	$	(2,213,119	)	$	810,137			-37	%
Accretion of preferred dividends		-			37,379			(37,379	)		-100	%
Interest Expense, net of interest income		6,407			2,261			4,146			183	%
Discontinued Operations, net		111,927			(148,513	)		260,440			-175	%
Bad Debt Expense		37,000			32,955			4,045			12	%
Depreciation & Amortization		159,269			121,812			37,457			31	%
Stock-based compensation		154,062			81,605			72,457			89	%
Adjusted EBITDA (Loss)	$	(934,317	)	$	(2,085,620	)	$	1,151,303

In the 2013 Transition Period, Aspen Group narrowed the Adjusted EBITDA loss by 55% as a result of the growth in tuition revenues as well as the reduction in operating expenses previously noted.

25

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), a non-GAAP financial measure, to gross profit calculated in accordance with GAAP:

	For the Four Months Ended						For the Year Ended
	April 30,						December 31,
	2013			2012			2012			2011
				(Unaudited)
Revenues	$	1,229,096		$	745,656		$	2,684,931		$	2,346,238
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately)		749,930			865,408			2,342,037			1,972,208
Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)		479,166			(119,752	)		342,894			374,030
		39	%		(16	)%		13	%		16	%
Amortization expenses excluded from cost of revenues		(145,331	)		(112,286	)		(368,014	)		(238,710	)
Gross Profit		333,835			(232,038	)		(25,120	)		135,320
		27	%		(31	)%		(1	)%		6	%

For the 2013 Transition Period, the Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was $479,166 or 39% vs. a gross loss of $119,759 or (16)% for the comparable period in the prior year, an increase of $598,925 or a margin increase of 55%. The increase in Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and gross margin percentage is primarily the result of the growth in tuition revenues and the increase in average tuition rates, coupled with the efficiencies realized in lower cost per exclusive leads and higher enrollments noted above.

By the end of fiscal year 2014, Aspen Group expects its gross margin percentage (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) to increase to at least 60%, resulting from the majority of the Legacy Tuition Plan students graduating.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to $2,684,931 from $2,346,238 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 14%. The increase is primarily attributable to the growth in revenues from Aspen’s Nursing degree programs which increased to $409,938 from $124,113, a gain of 230%.

Our 2012 and 2011 revenues were impacted by the 2010 (and previous years) pre-payment tuition plan, or the Legacy Tuition Plan, which was discontinued on July 15, 2011. The Legacy Tuition Plan had students paying full-rate tuition for a degree program’s first four courses ($675/course) and a steeply discounted tuition rate for the program’s eight course balance ($112.50/course). Specifically, the Plan produced immediate cash flow, but unsustainably low gross profit margins over the length of the degree program. As of December 31, 2012, 44% of our full-time degree-seeking students are still enrolled under the Legacy Tuition Plan. However the contribution from Legacy Tuition Plan students to overall Aspen revenue and profits diminished steadily over the course of 2012 as the population of full-time degree-seeking students paying regular tuition rates increased by 188% and the population of Legacy Tuition Plan students fell by 36%. Accordingly, much as 2012 was affected negatively by the lingering impact of the Legacy Tuition Plan, 2013 calendar year revenue should demonstrate a dramatically diminished effect from the Legacy Tuition Plan and a much greater contribution from the growing number of regular rate students.

Cost of Revenues

The Company’s cost of revenues consist of instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs which were previously reported separately.

Instructional Costs and Services

Instructional costs and services for the year ended December 31, 2012 rose to $899,909 from $525,907 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 71%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher charges associated with non-capitalizable courseware costs and payments to faculty due to the increase in class completions. As student enrollment levels increase, instructional costs and services should rise commensurately. However, as Aspen increases its full-time degree-seeking student enrollments, the higher gross margins associated with such students should lead to the growth rate in instructional costs and services to lag that of overall revenues.

26

Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation or amortization) of Aspen operations, for the year ended December 31, 2012 declined to $1,785,022 from $1,820,331 for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of 2%. The timing impact of the Legacy Tuition Plan was experienced in the second half of 2012 as Aspen’s gross profit from full-time degree-seeking students fell at a year/year rate of 15% versus a 1% decline during the first half of 2012. This is because the second half of 2011 was affected by a large number of Legacy Tuition Plan students completing their initial four courses which contributed gross profits in contrast to later periods with a lower number of initial four courses taken by Legacy Tuition Plan students. After the initial four courses, Adjusted Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation or amortization) from the Legacy Tuition Plan is immaterial. Gross profit growth is expected in 2013 as new full-time degree-seeking student enrollments increase and Legacy Tuition Plan students represent a shrinking portion of the total full-time degree-seeking student population.

Marketing and Promotional

Marketing and promotional costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to $1,442,128 from $515,362 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 180%. The increase is primarily attributable to expenses related to the launch and operation of Aspen's new marketing and student enrollment program. With Aspen’s strategy of proprietary lead generation driving higher marketing and promotional spending levels, it is highly likely that these expenditures will continue to increase calendar year in 2013 over 2012 levels.

Costs and Expenses

General and Administrative

General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to $5,235,282 from $3,593,956 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 46%. The most significant factor is the higher employment level as Aspen increased staffing to support its growth objectives. To that end, payroll costs for the period rose to $2,716,302 from the prior year period’s $1,596,711, an increase of 70%. Separately, professional fees for the period rose to $920,086 from $583,416, an increase of 58%. Within professional fees, accounting fees for the period rose to $509,711 from $58,707, a 768% increase, while legal fees for the period declined to $395,375 from $523,233, a 24% decrease. Activities supported by the increased level of professional fees were reverse merger regulatory filings with the DOE and the DETC, post-reverse merger regulatory filings with the DOE, the filing of the Super 8-K and Form 10-Qs with the SEC, along with our capital raising and other transactional activities. Relative to the professional fees incurred a total of $702,093 is non-recurring (accounting, $340,778; legal, $361,315). We expect professional fees to decline in 2013, particularly as Aspen Group’s auditors agreed to a flat-fee arrangement. Apart from payroll costs and professional fees, bad debt expense for the period rose to $132,952 as management took steps to ensure the conservative presentation of our consolidated financial statements. Separately, general and administrative costs in 2012 included non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $347,657 as a result of the implementation of, and stock option grants under, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. Based on grants made to date, non-cash stock-based compensation expense should be approximately $374,000 in calendar year 2013. We expect to recognize an additional $607,000 of non-cash stock-based compensation through December 31, 2016. Excluding payroll, professional fees, bad debt expense and non-cash stock-based compensation expense, general and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 declined to $1,118,285 from $1,413,829, a decrease of 21%.

Overall general and administrative costs are expected to experience moderate growth in calendar year 2013 from 2012 as the cost associated with state regulatory compliance and DOE reporting requirements on topics such as gainful employment standards will increase in calendar year 2013. It is not feasible to quantify these future costs.

Receivable Collateral Valuation Reserve

Due to a change in the estimated value of the collateral supporting the Account Receivable, secured – related party from $1.00/share to $0.35/share based on the financing by Aspen Group that closed September 28, 2012, a non-cash valuation reserve expense of $502,315 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 rose to $397,923 from $264,082 for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 51%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher levels of capitalized technology costs as Aspen continues the infrastructure build-out initiated in 2011.

27

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2012 declined to an expense of ($354,418) from an expense of ($40,070), a decrease of $314,348. The decrease is primarily attributable to interest expense related to the issuance of $2,006,000 in convertible notes payable during the period along with the amortization of debt issue costs. On the closing of the financing on September 28, 2012, the convertible notes were converted into common shares at a per share price of $0.3325.

Income Taxes

Income taxes expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011 were $0 as Aspen Group experienced operating losses in both periods. As management made a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets stemming from these losses, there was no tax benefit recorded in the statement of operations in both periods.

Net Loss

Net loss allocable to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2012 widened to ($6,048,113) from ($2,222,899) for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 172%. The increase is primarily attributable to depressed returns as Aspen transitions through the impact of the Legacy Tuition Plan, incurs the budgeted employee, infrastructure and marketing costs associated with Aspen's new programs to sustain future growth and experienced the non-recurring impact of Aspen Group's costs related to becoming a public-traded entity.

Discontinued Operations

As of March 31, 2013, Aspen Group discontinued business activities related to its agreement with CLS. See Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements contained herein. The following table details the results of the discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011
Revenues	$	2,332,283	$	2,131,693
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue		2,026,928		1,674,127
General and administrative		169,045		-
Total costs and expenses		2,195,973		1,674,127
Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	136,310	$	457,566

Capital Resources and Liquidity

A summary of our cash flows is as follows:

	Four Months Ended April 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2012			2011
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(918,941	)	$	(1,132,264	)	$	(4,522,710	)	$	(1,679,330	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(166,395	)		(59,511	)		(619,801	)		(1,261,777	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		1,041,540			938,765			4,901,548			2,830,630
Net cash provided by discontinued operations		191,540			78,398			51,599			582,241
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	147,744		$	(174,612	)	$	(189,364	)	$	471,764

28

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the 2013 Transition Period totaled ($918,914) and resulted primarily from a net loss of ($1,402,982) offset by non-cash items of $350,331, of which the $159,269 in Depreciation and Amortization and $154,062 in Stock based compensation were the most significant, and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $918,941, of which the $288,117, increase in accounts receivable was the most significant.

Net cash used in operating activities during the 2012 Transition Period totaled ($1,132,264) and resulted primarily from a net loss of ($2,250,498) offset by non-cash items of $236,372 and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $957,361.

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled ($4,522,710) and resulted primarily from a net loss from continuing operations of ($6,147,044) offset by non-cash items of $1,796,910 and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of ($172,576). Net cash used in operating activities include non-recurring expenses of $702,093 which are comprised of professional fees related to activities discussed previously (see General & Administrative Expense above).

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled ($1,679,330) and resulted primarily from a net loss from continuing operations of ($2,593,139) offset by non-cash items of $307,282 and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $606,527, of which the $264,082 in Depreciation and Amortization, the increase in accounts receivable of $468,424 and the $390,628 increase in accounts payable were the most significant.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the 2013 Transition Period totaled ($166,395) and resulted primarily from capitalized technology expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities during the 2012 Transition Period totaled ($59,511), resulting primarily from capitalized technology expenditures of ($200,933), offset by officer loan repayments received of $150,000.

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled ($619,801) and resulted primarily from capitalized technology and courseware expenditures of ($505,146) and a net increase of restricted cash of ($264,992), offset by officer loan repayments received of $150,000.

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled ($1,261,777) and resulted primarily from capitalized technology and courseware expenditures of ($1,114,977), and an advance to an officer of ($388,210) offset by repayments of $238,210.

Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the 2013 Transition Period totaled $1,041,540 which resulted primarily from the issuance of common shares and warrants.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the 2012 Transition Period totaled $938,765 and resulted primarily from proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $4,901,548 which resulted primarily from proceeds from the net issuance of debt and equity securities and warrants of $5,370,021 offset by issuance costs of ($266,473) and the repurchase of treasury shares of ($202,000).

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $2,830,630 which resulted primarily from proceeds from the issuance of securities of $3,724,985, offset by disbursements to purchase treasury shares of ($761,200) and the payments for shareholder rescissions of ($165,000).

Liquidity and Capital Resource Considerations

Historically, our primary source of liquidity is cash receipts from tuition and the issuances of debt and equity securities. The primary uses of cash are payroll related expenses, professional expenses and instructional and marketing expenses.

29

From September 2012 through April 2013, we raised gross proceeds of approximately $4.6 million through the sale of 13,249,503 shares of common stock and 6,624,751 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share. On July 1, 2013, Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, loaned Aspen Group $1 million and was issued a $1 million Promissory Note due December 31, 2013. The Promissory Note bears 10% interest per annum, payable monthly in arrears. Mr. Mathews also holds two $300,000 convertible notes which are due on August 31, 2014, one of which is convertible at $0.35 per share and the other at $1.00 per share. See “Related Person Transactions” below. Additionally, $200,000 in notes convertible at $1.00 per share come due in February of 2014.

As of August 7, 2013, Aspen Group had borrowed approximately $245,000 under its line of credit and had approximately $989,000 in cash, of which $325,000 was restricted.  The restricted cash is comprised of approximately $60,000 in Title IV accounts that may be disbursed to Aspen Group in the future if participating students complete their given courses, and approximately $265,000 pledged as security in the form of a letter of credit as required by the DOE. Aspen Group is planning to conduct a future offering to raise up to $4 million from the sale of equity securities in a private placement offering. These proceeds will be used to meet cash flow deficits and to accelerate the growth of the business. If our future contemplated offering is not successful and we are unable to raise capital by other means, we believe that, with our current available cash along with anticipated revenues, we will need to reduce operating expenses. See “Risk Factors.”

Depending on our cash position, we may spend $250,000 in capital expenditures over the next 12 months. These capital expenditures will be allocated across growth initiatives including expansion of Aspen’s call center activities subject to academic courseware development and further improvements in Aspen’s technology infrastructure. Depending on management’s efforts to realize efficiencies in technology development, our capital expenditures may be less than anticipated.

Our cash balances are kept liquid to support our growing infrastructure needs. The majority of our cash is concentrated in large financial institutions.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In response to financial reporting release FR-60, Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies, from the SEC, we have selected our more subjective accounting estimation processes for purposes of explaining the methodology used in calculating the estimate, in addition to the inherent uncertainties pertaining to the estimate and the possible effects on the our financial condition. The accounting estimates are discussed below and involve certain assumptions that, if incorrect, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue consisting primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by Aspen online as well as from related educational resources that Aspen provides to its students, such as access to our online materials and learning management system. Tuition revenue is recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. Aspen maintains an institutional tuition refund policy, which provides for all or a portion of tuition to be refunded if a student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which override Aspen’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a time when a portion or none of the tuition is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, Aspen recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since Aspen recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund is never greater than the amount of the revenue that has been deferred, under Aspen’s accounting policies revenue is not recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. Aspen’s educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred. Aspen also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, which are recognized over the related service period. Deferred revenue represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenue may be recognized as sales occur or services are performed.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue – Discontinued Operations

Aspen entered into certain revenue sharing arrangements with consultants whereby the consultants developed course content primarily for technology related courses, recommend, but not select, faculty, lease equipment on behalf of Aspen for instructional purposes for the on-site laboratory portion of distance learning courses and make introductions to corporate and government sponsoring organizations who provide students for the courses. Aspen has evaluated ASC 605-45 "Principal Agent Considerations" and determined that there are more indicators than not that Aspen is the primary obligor in the arrangements since Aspen establishes the tuition, interfaces with the student or sponsoring organization, selects the faculty, is responsible for delivering the course, is responsible for issuing any degrees or certificates, and is responsible for collecting the tuition and fees. The gross tuition and fees are included in revenue while the revenue sharing payments are included in instructional costs and services, an operating expense. As a result of presenting this component as discontinued operations, the revenue is now included in income from discontinued operations for all periods presented.

30

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to Aspen for tuition, fees and other expenses. The most common payment option for Aspen’s students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer. In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or she often selects personal cash as the secondary option. If a student who has selected financial aid as his or her primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that Aspen’s institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or her financial aid, Aspen will have to return all or a portion of the Title IV funds to the DOE and the student will owe Aspen all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the student earned and that Aspen is entitled to retain. In this case, Aspen must collect the receivable using the student’s second payment option.

For accounts receivable from students, Aspen records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of its students to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for amounts in excess of the student’s cost of tuition and related fees. Aspen determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts using a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts receivable and student status. Aspen applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the receivables and student status. Aspen writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. Aspen continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection.

For accounts receivable from primary payors other than students, Aspen estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy proceedings and receivable amounts outstanding for an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, Aspen uses assumptions and judgment, based on the best available facts and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amount of the allowance. Aspen may also record a general allowance as necessary.

Direct write-offs are taken in the period when Aspen has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate other circumstances that indicate that Aspen should abandon such efforts.

Related Party Transactions

On July 1, 2013, Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, loaned Aspen Group $1 million and was issued a $1 million Promissory Note due December 31, 2013. The Promissory Note bears 10% interest per annum, payable monthly in arrears.

At April 30, 2013, we included as a long term asset an account receivable of $270,478 net of an allowance of $502,315 from Aspen’s former Chairman. Although it is secured by stock pledges, there is a risk that we may not collect all or any of this sum.

In March 2012, we issued a $300,000 convertible note to Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, in consideration for a $300,000 loan. The note was originally due March 31, 2013, but was amended to extend the due date to August 31, 2014. The note bears interest at 0.19% per annum and is convertible at $1.00 per share. In August 2012, we issued a $300,000 convertible note to Mr. Mathews in consideration for an additional $300,000 loan. The note was originally a demand note, but was amended to extend the due date to August 31, 2014. The note bears interest at 5% per annum and is convertible at $0.35 per share.

See Note 15 to our April 30, 2013 consolidated financial statements included herein for additional description of related party transactions that had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our April 30, 2013 consolidated financial statements included herein for discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

31

BUSINESS

On March 13, 2012, Aspen Group, Inc., or Aspen Group, and Aspen University Inc., a privately held Delaware corporation, or Aspen, closed a Merger Agreement whereby Aspen became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aspen Group. We refer to the merger as the “Reverse Merger.” All references to “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Aspen Group, unless the context otherwise indicates. In referring to academic matters, these words refer solely to Aspen University.

Change in Fiscal Year

On April 25, 2013, Aspen Group changed its fiscal year to end each year on April 30th. In connection with our change in fiscal year, we filed a Transition Report on July 30, 2013 which contained consolidated financial statements which covered the four month period beginning January 1, 2013 and ending April 30, 2013 and the historical activities of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Our next fiscal year will cover the period from May 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014.

Description of Business

Aspen’s mission is to become an institution of choice for adult learners by offering cost-effective, comprehensive, and relevant online education. We are dedicated to helping our students exceed their personal and professional objectives in a socially conscious and economically sensible way. Aspen’s mission in fact is to help students achieve their long-term goals of upward mobility and long-term economic success through providing superior education, exerting financial prudence, and supporting our students’ career advancement goals. Aspen is dedicated to providing the highest quality education experiences taught by top-tier professors - 61% of our adjunct professors hold doctorate degrees.

Because we believe higher education should be a catalyst to our students’ long-term economic success, we exert financial prudence by offering affordable tuition that is one of the greatest values in online higher education. We have expanded our degree offerings broadly but the vision remains the same: to provide students with the best value in high quality education and to help them achieve their academic and career goals.

One of the key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profit universities is an emphasis on post-graduate degree programs (master or doctorate). As of April 30, 2013, 1,875 students were enrolled as full-time degree-seeking students with 1,625 of those students or 87% in a master or doctoral graduate degree program. In addition, 951 students are engaged in part-time programs, such as continuing education courses and certificate level programs (includes 391 part-time undergraduate military students). Aspen plans to maintain its focus on being a predominantly graduate school for the near future.

Today, Aspen offers certificate programs and associate, bachelor, master and doctoral degree programs in a broad range of areas, including business and organization management, education, nursing, information technology, and general studies. In terms of enrollments, our most popular schools are our school of business and our school of nursing. Specifically, our Master of Business Administration, or MBA, and Master of Science in Nursing represent the two largest degree programs among our full-time, degree-seeking student body as of April 30, 2013. Aspen’s School of Nursing is our fastest growing program, having grown from 5% of our full-time, degree-seeking student body at year-end 2011, to 20% of our full-time, degree-seeking student body at April 30, 2013.

We are accredited by the DETC. Aspen first received DETC accreditation in 1993 and most recently received re-accreditation in January 2009. Aspen is scheduled for re-accreditation review in November 2013.

Aspen is provisionally certified by the DOE through September 30, 2013. Under such certification, Aspen is restricted to a limit of 1,200 student recipients for Title IV funding for the period ending June 30, 2013. As of April 30, 2013, Aspen had 462 students that were currently participating in the Title IV programs. Since inception of Aspen’s provisional certification status, it has had 596 total Title IV student participants. In the future when it considers whether to extend the provisional certification or make the certification permanent, the DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions, including growth restrictions or limitation on the number of students who may receive Title IV aid. In terms of future deadlines with the DOE, Aspen re-applied as of June 30, 2013 to continue its participation in the Title IV Higher Education Act, or HEA, programs. Aspen is awaiting DOE action.

32

In 2008, Aspen received accreditation of its Master of Science in Nursing Program with the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, or the Nursing Commission. Officially recognized by the DOE, the Nursing Commission is a nongovernmental accrediting agency, which ensures the quality and integrity of education programs in preparing effective nurses. Aspen’s Master of Science in Nursing program most recently underwent accreditation review by the Nursing Commission in March 2011. At that time, the program’s accreditation was reaffirmed, with the accreditation term to expire December 30, 2021. We currently offer a variety of nursing degrees including: Masters of Science in Nursing, Master of Science in Nursing - Nursing Education, Masters of Science in Nursing – Nursing Administration and Management and Bachelor of Science in Nursing.

Aspen is a Global Charter Education Provider for the Project Management Institute, or PMI, and a Registered Education Provider (R.E.P.) of the PMI. The PMI recognizes select Aspen Project Management Courses as Professional Development Units. These courses help prepare individuals to sit for the Project Management Professional, or PMP, certification examination. PMP certification is the project management profession’s most recognized and respected certification credential. Project management professionals may take the PMI approved Aspen courses to fulfill continuing education requirements for maintaining their PMP certification.

In connection with our Bachelor and Master degrees in Psychology of Addiction and Counseling, the National Association of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Counselors, or NAADAC, has approved Aspen as an “academic education provider.” NAADAC-approved education providers offer training and education for those who are seeking to become certified, and those who want to maintain their certification, as alcohol and drug counselors. In connection with the approval process, NAADAC reviews all educational training programs for content applicability to state and national certification standards.

Competitive Strengths - We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

Exclusively Online Education - We have designed our courses and programs specifically for online delivery, and we recruit and train faculty exclusively for online instruction. We provide students the flexibility to study and interact at times that suit their schedules. We design our online sessions and materials to be interactive, dynamic and user friendly.

Debt Minimization - We are committed to offering among the lowest tuition rates in the sector, which to date has alleviated the need for a significant majority of our students to borrow money to fund Aspen’s tuition requirements. In May 2013, we lowered our course-by-course tuition rates to $250/credit hour for all degree-seeking undergraduate programs and $333/credit hour for graduate programs. However, we believe based on our competitors' public information that our tuition rates remain significantly lower than our competitors. For example, University of Phoenix, Capella University and Grand Canyon University charge $740, $720, and $562, respectively, per credit hour for their MBA program versus Aspen’s $333 per credit hour. Additionally, our monthly installment payment plan provides our students with the ability to pay for their classes in monthly installments as opposed to full payment by the first day of class. We believe this will lower the number of our students who rely on financial aid to pay for their education.

Commitment to Academic Excellence - We are committed to continuously improving our academic programs and services, as evidenced by the level of attention and resources we apply to instruction and educational support. We are committed to achieving high course completion and graduation rates compared to competitive distance learning, for-profit schools. 61% of our adjunct faculty members hold a doctorate degree. One-on-one contact with our highly experienced faculty brings knowledge and great perspective to the learning experience. Faculty members are available by telephone and email to answer questions, discuss assignments and provide help and encouragement to our students.

Highly Scalable and Profitable Business Model - We believe our exclusively online education model, our relatively low student acquisition costs, and our variable faculty cost model will enable us to expand our operating margins. If we increase student enrollments we will be able to scale on a variable basis the number of adjunct faculty members after we reach certain enrollment metrics (not before). A single adjunct faculty member can work with as little as two students or as many as 25 over the course of an enrollment period.

“One Student at a Time” personal care - We are committed to providing our students with fast and personal individualized support. Every student is assigned an academic advisor who becomes an advocate for the student’s success. Our one-on-one approach assures contact with faculty members when a student needs it and monitoring to keep them on course. Our administrative staff is readily available to answer any questions and works with a student from initial interest through the application process and enrollment, and most importantly while the student is pursuing a degree or studies. Based on Aspen’s 2011 DETC Annual Report of student satisfaction survey results, calculated in accordance with applicable DETC policy, 95% of students on average expressed satisfaction with their recently completed course.

33

Admissions

In considering candidates for acceptance into any of our certificate or degree programs, we look for those who are serious about pursuing – or advancing in – a professional career, and who want to be both prepared and academically challenged in the process. We strive to maintain the highest standards of academic excellence, while maintaining a friendly learning environment designed for educational, personal and professional success. A desire to meet those standards is a prerequisite. Because our programs are designed for self-directed learners who know how to manage their time, successful students have a basic understanding of management principles and practices, as well as good writing and research skills. Admission to Aspen is based on thorough assessment of each applicant’s potential to complete successfully the program. Additionally, we require students to complete an essay as part of their admission process – as we are looking for students not only with the potential to succeed but also with the motivation to succeed.

Industry Overview

The U.S. market for postsecondary education is a large, growing market. According to a 2012 publication by the National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES, the number of postsecondary learners enrolled as of Fall 2010 in U.S. institutions that participate in Title IV programs was approximately 21 million (including both undergraduate and graduate students), up from 18.2 million in the Fall of 2007. We believe the growth in postsecondary enrollment is a result of a number of factors, including the significant and measurable personal income premium that is attributable to postsecondary education, and an increase in demand by employers for professional and skilled workers, partially offset in the near term by current economic conditions. According to the NCES, in 2010, the median earnings of young adults with a bachelor’s degree was $45,000 compared to $37,000 for those with an associate’s degree and $21,000 for those with a high school diploma.

Eduventures, Inc., an education consulting and research firm, estimates that 20% of all postsecondary students will be in fully-online programs by 2014, with perhaps another 20% taking courses online. The estimated increase in students online increased 18% in 2010. We believe that the higher growth in demand for fully-online education is largely attributable to the flexibility and convenience of this instructional format, as well as the growing recognition of its educational efficacy.

Competition

There are more than 4,200 U.S. colleges and universities serving traditional college age students and adult students. Any reference to universities herein also includes colleges. Competition is highly fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, delivery method, ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one institution has a significant share of the total postsecondary market. While we compete in a sense with traditional “brick and mortar” universities, our primary competitors are with online universities. Our online university competitors that are publicly traded include: Apollo Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: APOL), American Public Education, Inc. (Nasdaq: APEI), DeVry Inc. (NYSE: DV), Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (Nasdaq: LOPE), ITT Educational Services, Inc. (NYSE: ESI), Capella Education Company (Nasdaq: CPLA), Career Education Corporation (Nasdaq: CECO) and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (NYSE: BPI). American Public Education, Inc. and Capella Education Company are wholly online while the others are not. Based upon public information, Apollo Group, which includes University of Phoenix, is the market leader with University of Phoenix having degree enrollments exceeding 356,900 students (based upon APOL’s Form 10-K filed on October 22, 2012). As of April 30, 2013, Aspen had 2,826 students enrolled. These competitors have substantially more financial and other resources.

The primary mission of most accredited four-year universities is to serve generally full-time students and conduct research. Aspen acknowledges the differences in the educational needs between working and full-time students at “brick and mortar” schools and provides programs and services that allow our students to earn their degrees without major disruption to their personal and professional lives.

We also compete with public and private degree-granting regionally and nationally accredited universities. An increasing number of universities enroll working students in addition to the traditional 18 to 24 year-old students, and we expect that these universities will continue to modify their existing programs to serve working learners more effectively, including by offering more distance learning programs. We believe that the primary factors on which we compete are the following:

●

active and relevant curriculum development that considers the needs of employers;

●

the ability to provide flexible and convenient access to programs and classes;

●

high-quality courses and services;

●

comprehensive student support services;

●

breadth of programs offered;

●

the time necessary to earn a degree;

●

qualified and experienced faculty;

34

●

reputation of the institution and its programs;

●

the variety of geographic locations of campuses;

●

regulatory approvals;

●

cost of the program;

●

name recognition; and

●

convenience.

Curricula

Certificates

Certificate in Information Technology with specializations in:

Information Systems Management

Java Development

Object Oriented Application Development

Web Development

Certificate in Project Management

Associates Degrees

Associate of General Studies

Associate of Applied Science Early Childhood Education

Associate of Fine Arts

Bachelors Degrees

Bachelor of General Studies

Bachelor of Arts in Psychology and Addiction Counseling

Bachelor of Science in Alternative Energy

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice with specializations in

Criminal Justice Administration

Major Crime Investigation Procedure

Major Crime Investigation Procedure, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education

Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education with a specialization in

Infants and Toddlers

Infants and Toddlers, (Completion Program)

Preschool

Preschool, (Completion Program)

Bachelor of Science in Foodservice Operations and Restaurant Management

Bachelor of Science in Medical Managements

Bachelor of Science in Fine Arts with a specialization in

Drawing and Painting

Entertainment 2D

Entertainment 3D

Illustration

Bachelor of Science in Nursing – Completion Program

Masters

Master of Arts Psychology and Addiction Counseling

Master of Science in Criminal Justice

Master of Science in Criminal Justice with a specialization in

Forensic Sciences

Law Enforcement Management

Terrorism and Homeland Security

Master of Science in Information Management with a specialization in

Management

Project Management

35

Technologies

Master of Science in Information Systems with a specialization in

Enterprise Application Development

Web Development

Master of Science in Information Technology

Master of Science in Nursing with a specialization in

Administration and Management

Administration and Management, (RN to MSN Bridge Program)

Nursing Education

Nursing Education, (RN to MSN Bridge Program)

Master of Science in Physical Education and Sports Management

Master of Science in Technology and Innovation with a specialization in

Business Intelligence and Data Management

Electronic Security

Project Management

Systems Design

Technical Languages

Vendor and Change Control Management

Master in Business Administration

Master in Business Administration with specializations in

Entrepreneurship

Finance

Information Management

Pharmaceutical Marketing and Management

Project Management

Master in Education

Curriculum Development and Outcomes Assessment

Education Technology

Transformational Leadership

Doctorates

Doctorate of Science in Computer Science

Doctorate in Education Leadership and Learning

Doctorate in Education Leadership and Learning with specializations

Education Administration

Faculty Leadership

Instructional Design

Leadership and Learning

Independent online classes start on the 1st and the 16th of every month.

Sales and Marketing

Prior to Mr. Michael Mathews becoming Aspen’s Chief Executive Officer in May 2011, Aspen had conducted minimal efforts and spent immaterial sums on sales and marketing. During the second half of 2011, Mr. Mathews and his team made significant changes to our sales and marketing program and spent a significant amount of time, money and resources on our marketing program.

What is unique about Aspen’s marketing program is that we have no plans in the near future to utilize third-party online lead generation companies to attract prospective students. To our knowledge, most if not all for-profit online universities utilize multiple third-party online lead generation companies to obtain a meaningful percentage of their prospective student leads. Aspen’s executive officers have many years of expertise in the online lead generation and Internet advertising industry, which for the foreseeable future will allow Aspen to cost-effectively drive all prospective student leads internally. This is a competitive advantage for Aspen because third-party leads are typically unbranded and non-exclusive (lead generation firms typically sell prospective student leads to multiple universities), therefore the conversion rate for those leads tends to be appreciably lower than internally generated, Aspen branded, proprietary leads.

36

In May 2011, Aspen expanded on its current search engine marketing initiatives related to Google. Aspen expanded the use of Aspen keyword search terms and keywords related to its MBA program and nursing program. Aspen also refined its testing of keywords, marketing messages and the establishment of program specific informational pages that have been matched to those keywords. Landing pages and keywords have been further optimized in order to facilitate streamlined communication of Aspen’s programs, degrees and courses offered in order to ensure that prospective students are provided with information necessary to make an informed decision regarding Aspen and to begin a dialogue with an Aspen advisor. The search engine marketing program was expanded in July 2011, to include the Microsoft Bing search engine for general university terms, MBA and nursing programs, utilizing the same paradigm of directing prospective students to an informational page about their desired interest within those programs.

In October 2011, Aspen began to advertise directly on publisher websites, reaching prospective students who would benefit from the programs we offer within nursing and business programs. When working directly with publisher websites, Aspen employs a number of sophisticated targeting techniques to most efficiently generate branded, proprietary student leads. In fact, the majority of our advertising spend and leads we generate today is through this direct publisher channel, rather than search.

Aspen’s marketing plan for 2013 is consistent with the changes made in 2012 and 2011. In January 2012, Aspen hired an Executive Vice President of Marketing, who supervises a call center in the Phoenix-metro area which opened in August 2012. This executive has prior experience in marketing with multiple online university competitors and, more recently, an online lead generation company. Since opening, the call center has expanded to meet the increasing number of inquiries.

This change in marketing coincided with our new tuition plan which we launched effective July 15, 2011. Our new plan, announced in May 2013, features tuition rates of $333.33/credit hour for masters or doctorate programs.

From 2005 through July 2011 Aspen initiated a number of pre-payment/low per course tuition plans. Together we refer to these plans as the Legacy Tuition Plan. The last Legacy Tuition Plan that ran from June 2010 through July 2011 charged students tuition of only $3,600 for the entire 12-course Master or Doctorate program (the pre-payment option offered the student the ability to pre-pay $2,700 for the first four courses or 12 credit hours, followed by $112.50 per course or $37.50/credit hour for the remaining eight courses). This program was terminated as of July 15, 2011. At April 30, 2013, 38% of our degree-seeking students were on the Legacy Tuition Plan. However, those students only represented approximately 9% of Aspen’s full-time degree-seeking revenues for the four month period ended April 30, 2013. The quarter ended December 31, 2012 represented the first quarter in which the Legacy Tuition Plan students were not a majority of our degree-seeking students. We expect that by the end of fiscal year 2014, the number of old-prepay students will cease to be material.

Anticipating significant growth from our new marketing efforts, we spent approximately $1,000,000 upgrading our information technology in 2011, approximately $400,000 in 2012 and approximately $130,000 for the four months ended April 30, 2013.

Employees

As of July 30, 2013, we had 44 full-time employees, and 64 adjunct professors. None of our employees are parties to any collective bargaining arrangement. We believe our relationships with our employees are good.

Corporate History

Aspen Group was incorporated on February 23, 2010 in Florida as a home improvement company intending to develop products and sell them on a wholesale basis to home improvement retailers. Aspen Group was unable to execute its business plan. In June 2011, Aspen Group changed its name to Elite Nutritional Brands, Inc. and terminated all operations. In February 2012, Aspen Group reincorporated in Delaware under the name Aspen Group, Inc.

Aspen was incorporated on September 30, 2004 in Delaware. Its predecessor was a Delaware limited liability company organized in Delaware in 1999. In May 2011, Aspen merged with EGC. Aspen survived the EGC Merger. EGC was a start-up company controlled by Mr. Michael Mathews. Mr. Mathews became Aspen’s Chief Executive Officer upon closing the EGC Merger. On March 13, 2012, Aspen Group acquired Aspen in the Reverse Merger.

37

Regulation

Students attending Aspen finance their education through a combination of individual resources, corporate reimbursement programs and federal financial aid programs. The discussion which follows outlines the extensive regulations that affect our business. Complying with these regulations entails significant effort from our executives and other employees. Our President has two unique roles: overseeing our accreditation and regulatory compliance and seeking to improve our academic performance. Accreditation and regulatory compliance is also expensive. Beyond the internal costs, we began using education regulatory counsel in the summer of 2011, as our current Chief Executive Officer focused his attention on compliance. Aspen participates in the federal student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 19% of our cash-basis revenues for eligible tuition and fees were derived from Title IV programs. In connection with a student’s receipt of Title IV aid, we are subject to extensive regulation by the DOE, state education agencies and the DETC. In particular, the Title IV programs, and the regulations issued thereunder by the DOE, subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the form of numerous standards that we must satisfy. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must, among other things, be:

●

authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which it is physically located (in our case, Colorado);

●

accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of the DOE; and

●

certified as an eligible institution by the DOE.

The DOE enacted regulations relating to the Title IV programs which became effective July 1, 2011. Under these new regulations, an institution, like ours, that offers postsecondary education through distance education to students in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, must meet any state requirements to offer legally postsecondary education to students in that state. The institution must be able to document state approval for distance education if requested by the DOE.

This new regulation has been recognized as a significant departure from the state authorization procedures followed by most, if not all, institutions before its enactment. Although these new rules became effective July 1, 2011, the DOE indicated in an April 20, 2011 guidance letter that it would not initiate any action to establish repayment liabilities or limit student eligibility for distance education activities undertaken before July 1, 2014, provided the institution was making a good faith effort to identify and obtain necessary state authorization before that date. However, on July 12, 2011, a federal judge for the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia vacated the portion of the DOE’s state authorization regulation that requires online education providers to obtain any required authorization from all states in which their students reside, finding that the DOE had failed to provide sufficient notice and opportunity to comment on the requirement. An appellate court affirmed that ruling on June 5, 2012 and therefore this new regulation is currently invalid. However, further guidance is expected.

Should the requirements be enforced at a later date, and if we fail to obtain required state authorization to provide postsecondary distance education in a specific state, we could lose our ability to award Title IV aid to students within that state. In addition, a state may impose penalties on an institution for failure to comply with state requirements related to an institution’s activities in a state, including the delivery of distance education to persons in that state.

Therefore, we are taking steps to ensure compliance in time for the earlier-effective July 1, 2014 enforcement date as recommended for all schools facing this new (but currently invalid) regulation. We enroll students in all 50 states, as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. We have sought and received confirmation that our operations do not require state licensure or authorization, or we have been notified that we are exempt from licensure or authorization requirements, in three states. We, through our legal counsel, are researching the licensure requirements and exemption possibilities in the remaining 47 states. It is anticipated that Aspen will be in compliance with all state licensure requirements by June of 2014, in time for the earlier-effective compliance date set by the DOE. Because we enroll students in all 50 states, as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, we may have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in the future.

We are subject to extensive regulations by the states in which we become authorized or licensed to operate. State laws typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and other operational matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the DOE. If we fail to comply with state licensing requirements, we may lose our state licensure or authorizations. Failure to comply with state requirements could result in Aspen losing its authorization from the Colorado Commission on Higher Education, a department of the Colorado Department of Higher Education, or CDHE, its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or its ability to offer certain programs, any of which may force us to cease operations.

38

Additionally, Aspen is a Delaware corporation. Delaware law requires an institution to obtain approval from the Delaware Department of Education, or Delaware DOE, before it may incorporate with the power to confer degrees. In July 2012, Aspen received notice from the Delaware DOE that it is granted provisional approval status effective until June 30, 2015.

Accreditation

Aspen is accredited by the DETC, an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE. Accreditation is a non-governmental system for recognizing educational institutions and their programs for student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality, faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and resources, and financial stability. In the U.S., this recognition comes primarily through private voluntary associations that accredit institutions and programs. To be recognized by the DOE, accrediting agencies must adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions. Accrediting agencies establish criteria for accreditation, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions and programs for accreditation, and publicly designate those institutions or programs that meet their criteria. Accredited institutions are subject to periodic review by accrediting agencies to determine whether such institutions maintain the performance, integrity and quality required for accreditation.

Accreditation by the DETC is important. Accreditation is a reliable indicator of an institution’s quality and is an expression of peer institution confidence. Universities depend, in part, on accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Accreditation also provides external recognition and status. Employers rely on the accredited status of institutions when evaluating an employment candidate’s credentials. Corporate and government sponsors under tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that an institution maintains quality educational standards. Moreover, institutional accreditation awarded from an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE is necessary for eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. From time to time, DETC adopts or makes changes to its policies, procedures and standards. If we fail to comply with any of DETC’s requirements, our accreditation status and, therefore, our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs could be at risk. The National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity (the panel charged with advising DOE on whether to recognize accrediting agencies for federal purposes, including Title IV program purposes) was scheduled to review DETC for recognition purposes in the Spring of 2012, at which point the committee voted to recommend that DETC recognition be continued pending its efforts to reach compliance with certain requirements. Aspen is next scheduled for accreditation review by DETC in November 2013.

Nature of Federal, State and Private Financial Support for Postsecondary Education

An institution that applies to participate in Title IV programs for the first time, if approved, will be provisionally certified for no more than one complete award year. Furthermore, an institution that undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control must apply to the DOE in order to reestablish its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. If the DOE determines to approve the application, it issues a provisional certification, which extends for a period expiring not later than the end of the third complete award year following the date of the provisional certification. Aspen is provisionally certified through September 30, 2013. A provisionally certified institution must apply for and receive DOE approval of substantial changes and must comply with any additional conditions included in its program participation agreement. If the DOE determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, the DOE may seek to revoke the institution's certification to participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process protections for the institution than if it were fully certified.

The federal government provides a substantial part of its support for postsecondary education through the Title IV programs, in the form of grants and loans to students. Students can use those funds at any institution that has been certified by the DOE to participate in the Title IV programs. Aid under Title IV programs is primarily awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipients of Title IV program funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress and must progress in a timely manner toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each school must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students.

Aspen’s mission is to offer students the opportunity to fund their education without relying on student loans. Effective June 1, 2013, Aspen launched a $333.33 monthly payment plan for graduate students with three monthly installments for each ten-week class. Although Aspen’s students use less Title IV borrowing than our competitors, our goal is to reduce that usage further.

When our students borrow from the federal government, they receive loans and grants to fund their education under the following Title IV programs: (1) the Federal Direct Loan program, or Direct Loan and (2) the Federal Pell Grant program, or Pell.

39

Currently, the majority of Aspen students self-finance all or a portion of their education. Additionally, students may receive full or partial tuition reimbursement from their employers. Eligible students can also access private loans through a number of different lenders for funding at current market interest rates.

Under the Direct Loan program, the DOE makes loans directly to students. The Direct Loan Program includes the Direct Subsidized Loan, the Direct Unsubsidized Loan, the Direct PLUS Loan (including loans to graduate and professional students), and the Direct Consolidation Loan. The Budget Control Act of 2011 signed into law in August 2011, eliminated Direct Subsidized Loans for graduate and professional students, as of July 1, 2012. The terms and conditions of subsidized loans originated prior to July 1, 2012 are unaffected by the law.

For Pell grants, the DOE makes grants to undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. To date, few Aspen students have received Pell Grants. Accordingly, the Pell Grant program currently is not material to Aspen’s cash revenues.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through Title IV programs, the large number of students and institutions participating in these programs, and allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit institutions have prompted the DOE to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over for-profit institutions of higher learning. Accrediting agencies and state education agencies also have responsibilities for overseeing compliance of institutions in connection with Title IV program requirements. As a result, our institution is subject to extensive oversight and review. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. See the “Risk Factors” contained herein which disclose comprehensive regulatory risks.

In addition to the state authorization requirements and other regulatory requirements described herein, other significant factors relating to Title IV programs that could adversely affect us include the following legislative action and regulatory changes:

Congress reauthorizes the Higher Education Act approximately every five to eight years. Congress most recently reauthorized the Higher Education Act in August 2008. We cannot predict with certainty whether or when Congress might act to amend further the Higher Education Act. The elimination of additional Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in such programs, or the substitution of materially different programs could increase our costs of compliance and could reduce the ability of certain students to finance their education at our institution.

On December 23, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2012, or the Act. The law includes a number of provisions that significantly affect the Title IV programs. For example, it reduces the income threshold at which students are assigned “an automatic zero expected family contribution” for purposes of awarding financial aid for the 2012-2013 award year. Under the Act, students who do not have a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent (e.g., GED) or do not meet an applicable home school requirement and who first enroll in a program of study on or after July 1, 2012 will not be eligible to receive Title IV aid. The Act also makes certain changes to the Pell Grant Program and temporarily eliminates the interest subsidy that is provided for Direct Subsidized Loans during the six-month grace period immediately following termination of enrollment.

40

Over the last several years, Congressional committees have held hearings related to for-profit postsecondary education institutions. Additionally, the chairmen of the House and Senate education committees, along with other members of Congress, asked the GAO, to review various aspects of the for-profit education sector, including recruitment practices, educational quality, student outcomes, the sufficiency of integrity safeguards against waste, fraud and abuse in Title IV programs, and the degree to which for-profit schools’ revenue is comprised of Title IV and other federal funding sources. In 2010, the GAO released a report based on a three-month undercover investigation of recruiting practices at for-profit schools. The report concluded that employees at a non-random sample of 15 for-profit schools (which did not include Aspen) made deceptive statements to students about accreditation, graduation rates, job placement, program costs, or financial aid. On October 31, 2011, the GAO released a second report following an additional undercover investigation related to enrollment, cost, financial aid, course structure, substandard student performance, withdrawal, and exit counseling. The report concluded that while some of the 15 unidentified for-profit schools investigated appeared to follow existing policies, others did not. Although the report identified a number of deficiencies in specific instances, it made no recommendations. On December 7, 2011, the GAO released a report that attempted to compare the quality of education provided by for-profit, nonprofit, and public institutions based upon multiple outcome measures including graduation rates, pass rates on licensing exams, employment outcomes, and student loan default rates. The report found that students at for-profit institutions had higher graduation rates for certificate programs, similar graduation rates for associate’s degree programs, and lower graduation rates for bachelor’s degree programs than students at nonprofit and public institutions. It also found that a higher proportion of bachelor’s degree recipients from for-profit institutions took out loans than did degree recipients from other institutions and that some evidence exists that students at for-profits institutions default on their student loans at higher rates. On nine of the ten licensing exams reviewed, graduates of for-profit institutions had lower pass rates than students from nonprofit and public institutions.

As described above, certain DOE regulations have been challenged and the lawsuit is currently before a federal appeals court. The same plaintiff in that lawsuit also filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia challenging the DOE’s final regulations on gainful employment, which are discussed below. The lawsuit is currently pending.

The DOE currently is in the process of developing proposed regulations to amend regulations pertinent to the Title IV loan programs and teacher education. We are unable to predict the timing or the proposed or final form of any regulations that the DOE ultimately may adopt and the impact of such regulations on our business.

Administrative Capability. DOE regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in Title IV programs. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the DOE to find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV programs or to place the institution on provisional certification as a condition of its participation. To meet the administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things:

●

comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations;

●

have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid programs;

●

have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

●

have cohort default rates above specified levels;

●

have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds;

●

not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;

●

provide financial aid counseling to its students;

●

refer to the DOE’s Office of Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee, or agent of the institution, has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs;

●

report annually to the Secretary of Education on any reasonable reimbursements paid or provided by a private education lender or group of lenders to any employee who is employed in the institution’s financial aid office or who otherwise has responsibilities with respect to education loans;

●

develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve conflicting information with respect to a student’s application for Title IV aid;

●

submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by the regulations; and

●

not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

Among other things, DOE regulations require that an institution must evaluate satisfactory academic progress (1) at the end of each payment period if the length of the educational program is one academic year or less or (2) for all other educational programs, at the end of each payment period or at least annually to correspond to the end of a payment period. Second, the DOE regulations add an administrative capability standard related to the existing requirement that students must have a high school diploma or its recognized equivalent in order to be eligible for Title IV aid. Under the administrative capability standard, institutions must develop and follow procedures for evaluating the validity of a student’s high school diploma if the institution or the Secretary of Education has reason to believe that the student’s diploma is not valid.

41

If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or any other DOE regulation, the DOE may:

●

require the repayment of Title IV funds;

●

transfer the institution from the “advance” system of payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring status or to the “reimbursement” system of payment;

●

place the institution on provisional certification status; or

●

commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs.

If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE’s “administrative capability” requirements, we could lose, or be limited in our access to, Title IV program funding.

Distance Education. We offer all of our existing degree and certificate programs via Internet-based telecommunications from our headquarters in Colorado. Under the Higher Education Opportunity Act, or HEOA, an accreditor that evaluates institutions offering distance education must require such institutions to have processes through which the institution establishes that a student who registers for a distance education program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the program. Under DOE regulations, if an institution offers postsecondary education through distance education to students in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by the state, the institution must meet any state requirements for it to offer legally postsecondary distance education in that state. The institution must be able to document state approval for distance education if requested by the DOE. In addition, states must have a process to review and take appropriate action on complaints concerning postsecondary institutions. As previously discussed herein, these regulations have been vacated by a federal court.

Financial Responsibility. The Higher Education Act and DOE regulations establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as Aspen must satisfy to participate in Title IV programs. These standards generally require that an institution provide the resources necessary to comply with Title IV program requirements and meet all of its financial obligations, including required refunds and any repayments to the DOE for liabilities incurred in programs administered by the DOE.

The DOE evaluates institutions on an annual basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility standards that include a complex formula that uses line items from the institution’s audited financial statements. In addition, the financial responsibility standards require an institution to receive an unqualified opinion from its accountants on its audited financial statements, maintain sufficient cash reserves to satisfy refund requirements, meet all of its financial obligations, and remain current on its debt payments. The formula focuses on three financial ratios: (1) equity ratio (which measures the institution’s capital resources, financial viability, and ability to borrow); (2) primary reserve ratio (which measures the institution’s viability and liquidity); and (3) net income ratio (which measures the institution’s profitability or ability to operate within its means). An institution’s financial ratios must yield a composite score of at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further federal oversight. The DOE may also apply such measures of financial responsibility to the operating company and ownership entities of an eligible institution. Our audited financial statements for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 contain a going concern opinion.

Under DOE regulations, even if an institution meets all of the other financial responsibility requirements, it is not considered to be financially responsible if the relevant financial statement audits contain a going concern opinion. If the DOE were to determine that we do not meet its financial responsibility standards, we may be able to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis. Alternative bases include, for example:

●

posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV program funds received by us during our most recently completed fiscal year;

●

posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of such prior year’s Title IV program funds received by us, accepting provisional certification, complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance payment arrangement such as the “reimbursement” system of payment or cash monitoring; or

●

complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance payment arrangement such as the “reimbursement” system of payment or cash monitoring.

Failure to meet the DOE’s “financial responsibility” requirements, either because we do not meet the DOE’s financial responsibility standards or are unable to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis, would cause us to lose access to Title IV program funding.

42

Consistent with the Higher Education Act, Aspen’s certification to participate in Title IV programs terminated after closing of the Reverse Merger. The DOE received Aspen's application and extended the provisional certification through September 30, 2013. In the future, the DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final or provisional program participation agreement that it may issue. Aspen timely filed its application for full certification in the Title IV HEA programs by the June 30, 2013 deadline and is awaiting the DOE’s decision.

Third-Party Servicers. DOE regulations permit an institution to enter into a written contract with a third-party servicer for the administration of any aspect of the institution’s participation in Title IV programs. The third-party servicer must, among other obligations, comply with Title IV requirements and be jointly and severally liable with the institution to the Secretary of Education for any violation by the servicer of any Title IV provision. An institution must report to the DOE new contracts with or any significant modifications to contracts with third-party servicers as well as other matters related to third-party servicers. We contract with a third-party servicer which performs certain activities related to our participation in Title IV programs. If our third-party servicer does not comply with applicable statutes and regulations including the Higher Education Act, we may be liable for its actions, and we could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.

Title IV Return of Funds. Under the DOE’s return of funds regulations, when a student withdraws, an institution must return unearned funds to the DOE in a timely manner. An institution must first determine the amount of Title IV program funds that a student “earned.” If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the amount of Title IV program funds that the student earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds for which the student would otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student has earned 100% of the Title IV program funds. The institution must return to the appropriate Title IV programs, in a specified order, the lesser of (i) the unearned Title IV program funds and (ii) the institutional charges incurred by the student for the period multiplied by the percentage of unearned Title IV program funds. An institution must return the funds no later than 45 days after the date of the institution’s determination that a student withdrew. If such payments are not timely made, an institution may be subject to adverse action, including being required to submit a letter of credit equal to 25% of the refunds the institution should have made in its most recently completed year. Under DOE regulations, late returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in the institution’s annual compliance audit constitutes material non-compliance. Aspen’s academic calendar structure is a non-standard term with rolling start dates with defined length of term (16 week term).

The “90/10 Rule.” A requirement of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the “90/10 Rule,” applies only to “proprietary institutions of higher education,” which includes Aspen. An institution is subject to loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if it derives more than 90% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis and in accordance with a DOE formula) from Title IV programs for two consecutive fiscal years. An institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification for at least two fiscal years and may be subject to other conditions specified by the Secretary of the DOE.

Student Loan Defaults. Under the Higher Education Act, an education institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV programs if defaults on the repayment of Direct Loan Program loans by its students exceed certain levels. For each federal fiscal year, a rate of student defaults (known as a “cohort default rate”) is calculated for each institution with 30 or more borrowers entering repayment in a given federal fiscal year by determining the rate at which borrowers who become subject to their repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year default by the end of the following federal fiscal year. For such institutions, the DOE calculates a single cohort default rate for each federal fiscal year that includes in the cohort all current or former student borrowers at the institution who entered repayment on any Direct Loan Program loans during that year.

If the DOE notifies an institution that its cohort default rates for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institution’s participation in the Direct Loan Program and the Federal Pell Grant Program ends 30 days after the notification, unless the institution appeals in a timely manner that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an institution’s participation in Title IV ends 30 days after notification that its most recent fiscal year cohort default rate is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends under these provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives the notification, as well as for the next two fiscal years.

43

If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status. Provisional certification does not limit an institution’s access to Title IV program funds; however, an institution with provisional status is subject to closer review by the DOE and may be subject to summary adverse action if it violates Title IV program requirements. If an institution’s default rate exceeds 40%, the institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs. Since Aspen has only recently begun to participate in Title IV programs and our certification limits the number of Aspen students who may receive Title IV aid, we do not yet have reporting data on our cohort default rates for the three most recent federal fiscal years for which cohort default rates have been officially calculated, namely 2007, 2008 and 2009. The primary reason is that we have not yet had students who have begun to repay their Title IV loans.

HEOA extended by one year the period for measuring the cohort default rate, effective with cohort default rates for federal fiscal year 2009. Currently, institutions that have two-year cohort default rates of 25% or more for each of their three most recent years, or of 40% in any one year, will lose eligibility for Title IV student aid programs; beginning in 2014, institutions that have three-year cohort default rates of 30% or higher for three consecutive years, or of more than 40% in any given year, will lose eligibility for those programs.

Incentive Compensation Rules. As a part of an institution’s program participation agreement with the DOE and in accordance with the Higher Education Act, an institution may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding activity based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid. Failure to comply with the incentive payment rule could result in termination of participation in Title IV programs, limitation on participation in Title IV programs, or financial penalties. Aspen believes it is in compliance with the incentive payment rule.

In recent years, other postsecondary educational institutions have been named as defendants to whistleblower lawsuits, known as “qui tam” cases, brought by current or former employees pursuant to the Federal False Claims Act, alleging that their institution’s compensation practices did not comply with the incentive compensation rule. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more individuals, referred to as a relator, on behalf of the federal government for an alleged submission to the government of a false claim for payment. The relator, often a current or former employee, is entitled to a share of the government’s recovery in the case, including the possibility of treble damages. A qui tam action is always filed under seal and remains under seal until the government decides whether to intervene in the case. If the government intervenes, it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may nonetheless elect to continue to pursue the litigation at his or her own expense on behalf of the government. Any such litigation could be costly and could divert management’s time and attention away from the business, regardless of whether a claim has merit.

The GAO released a report finding that the DOE has inadequately enforced the current ban on incentive payments. In response, the DOE has undertaken to increase its enforcement efforts by, among other approaches, strengthening procedures provided to auditors reviewing institutions for compliance with the incentive payments ban and updating its internal compliance guidance in light of the GAO findings and the recently amended DOE incentive payment rule.

Code of Conduct Related to Student Loans. As part of an institution’s program participation agreement with the DOE, HEOA requires that institutions that participate in Title IV programs adopt a code of conduct pertinent to student loans. For financial aid office or other employees who have responsibility related to education loans, the code must forbid, with limited exceptions, gifts, consulting arrangements with lenders, and advisory board compensation other than reasonable expense reimbursement. The code also must ban revenue-sharing arrangements, “opportunity pools” that lenders offer in exchange for certain promises, and staffing assistance from lenders. The institution must post the code prominently on its website and ensure that its officers, employees, and agents who have financial aid responsibilities are informed annually of the code’s provisions. Aspen has adopted a code of conduct under the HEOA which is posted on its website. In addition to the code of conduct requirements that apply to institutions, HEOA contains provisions that apply to private lenders, prohibiting such lenders from engaging in certain activities as they interact with institutions. Failure to comply with the code of conduct provision could result in termination of our participation in Title IV programs, limitations on participation in Title IV programs, or financial penalties.

Misrepresentation. The Higher Education Act and current regulations authorize the DOE to take action against an institution that participates in Title IV programs for any “substantial misrepresentation” made by that institution regarding the nature of its educational program, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates. Effective July 1, 2011, DOE regulations expanded the definition of “substantial misrepresentation” to cover additional representatives of the institution and additional substantive areas and expands the parties to whom a substantial misrepresentation cannot be made. The regulations also augment the actions the DOE may take if it determines that an institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation. Under the final regulations, the DOE may revoke an institution’s program participation agreement, impose limitations on an institution’s participation in Title IV programs, or initiate proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV programs.

44

Credit Hours. The Higher Education Act and current regulations use the term “credit hour” to define an eligible program and an academic year and to determine enrollment status and the amount of Title IV aid an institution may disburse during a payment period. Recently, both Congress and the DOE have increased their focus on institutions’ policies for awarding credit hours. Recent DOE regulations define the previously undefined term “credit hour” in terms of a certain amount of time in class and outside class, or an equivalent amount of work. The regulations also require accrediting agencies to review the reliability and accuracy of an institution’s credit hour assignments. If an accreditor identifies systematic or significant noncompliance in one or more of an institution’s programs, the accreditor must notify the Secretary of Education. If the DOE determines that an institution is out of compliance with the credit hour definition, the DOE could require the institution to repay the incorrectly awarded amounts of Title IV aid. In addition, if the DOE determines that an institution has significantly overstated the amount of credit hours assigned to a program, the DOE may fine the institution, or limit, suspend, or terminate its participation in the Title IV programs.

Compliance Reviews. We are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including the DOE, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing agencies, and accrediting agencies. As part of the DOE’s ongoing monitoring of institutions’ administration of Title IV programs, the Higher Education Act and DOE regulations require institutions to submit annually a compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with Government Auditing Standards and applicable audit standards of the DOE. These auditing standards differ from those followed in the audit of our financial statements contained herein. In addition, to enable the DOE to make a determination of financial responsibility, institutions must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance with DOE regulations. Furthermore, the DOE regularly conducts program reviews of education institutions that are participating in the Title IV programs, and the Office of Inspector General of the DOE regularly conducts audits and investigations of such institutions. In August 2010, the Secretary of Education announced in a letter to several members of Congress that, in part in response to recent allegations against proprietary institutions of deceptive trade practices and noncompliance with DOE regulations, the DOE planned to strengthen its oversight of Title IV programs through, among other approaches, increasing the number of program reviews by 50%, from 200 conducted in 2010 to up to 300 reviews in 2011. The DOE has apparently not yet reported on the number of reviews conducted in 2012. Pending legislation including the “Students First Act” introduced in the United States Senate on February 28, 2013, would – if passed – increased the number of program reviews for various institutions deemed at-risk of violating DOE requirements.

Potential Effect of Regulatory Violations. If we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing Title IV programs, the DOE could impose one or more sanctions, including transferring Aspen to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, seeking to require repayment of certain Title IV program funds, requiring Aspen to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking emergency action against us, referring the matter for criminal prosecution or initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, condition, suspend or terminate our participation in Title IV programs.

We also may be subject, from time to time, to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the public.

Restrictions on Adding Educational Programs. State requirements and accrediting agency standards may, in certain instances, limit our ability to establish additional programs. Many states require approval before institutions can add new programs under specified conditions. The Colorado Commission on Higher Education, and other state educational regulatory agencies that license or authorize us and our programs, may require institutions to notify them in advance of implementing new programs, and upon notification may undertake a review of the institution’s licensure or authorization.

In addition, we were advised by the DOE that because we were provisionally certified due to being a new Title IV program participant, we could not add new degree or non-degree programs for Title IV program purposes, except under limited circumstances and only if the DOE approved such new program, until the DOE reviewed a compliance audit that covered one complete fiscal year of Title IV program participation. That fiscal year ended on December 31, 2010, and we timely submitted our compliance audit and financial statements to the DOE. In addition, in June 2011, Aspen timely applied for recertification to participate in Title IV programs. The DOE extended Aspen's provisional certification until September 30, 2013. Aspen re-applied as of June 30, 2013 to continue its participation in the Title IV HEA programs. Aspen is awaiting action by the DOE.

Recent DOE regulations establish a new process under which an institution must apply for approval to offer a program that, under the Higher Education Act, must prepare students for “gainful employment in a recognized occupation” in order to be eligible for Title IV funds. An institution must notify the DOE at least 90 days before the first day of classes when it intends to add a program that prepares students for gainful employment. The DOE may, as a condition of certification to participate in Title IV programs, require prior approval of programs or otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add.

45

DETC requires pre-approval of new courses, programs, and degrees that are characterized as a “substantive change.” An institution must obtain written notice approving such change before it may be included in the institution’s grant of accreditation. An institution is further prohibited from advertising or posting on its website information about the course or program before it has received approval. The process for obtaining approval generally requires submission of a report and course materials and may require a follow-up on-site visit by an examining committee.

Gainful Employment. Under the Higher Education Act, proprietary schools are eligible to participate in Title IV programs only in respect of education programs that lead to gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Under the DOE rules, with respect to each gainful employment program, a proprietary institution of higher education must disclose to prospective students with the identities of the occupations that the program prepares students to enter, total program cost, on-time completion rate, job placement rate (if applicable), and median loan debt of students who complete the program. Under the new program requirements, institutions are required to notify the DOE at least 90 days before the commencement of new gainful employment programs which must include information on the demand for the program, a wage analysis, an institutional program review and approval process, and a demonstration of accreditation. While the DOE had issued various additional reporting regulations, requiring institutions to annually submit information to the DOE regarding each enrolled student, including the amount of debt incurred, those reporting regulations were vacated in the June 2011 court decision discussed earlier herein, which was affirmed on appeal; new reporting regulations are expected to issue at some point. Institutions need not disclose or report gainful employment information on programs that are not eligible to participate in Title IV programs.

Expected gainful employment reporting requirements will likely substantially increase our administrative burdens, particularly during the implementation phase. These reporting and the other procedural changes in the new rules could affect student enrollment, persistence and retention in ways that we cannot now predict. For example, if our reported program information compares unfavorably with other reporting education institutions, it could adversely affect demand for our programs.

Although the rules regarding gainful employment metrics provide opportunities to address program deficiencies before the loss of Title IV eligibility, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV funding is at risk under pending gainful employment rules due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the actual or deemed income level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for calculating discretionary income, changes in the percentage of our former students who are current in repayment of their student loans, and other factors. In addition, even though deficiencies in the metrics may be correctible on a timely basis, the disclosure requirements to students following a failure to meet the standards may adversely impact enrollment in that program and may adversely impact the reputation of our education institution. The exposure to these external factors may reduce our ability to offer or continue confidently certain types of programs for which there is market demand, thus affecting our ability to maintain or grow our business.

Eligibility and Certification Procedures. Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV programs. Such recertification is required every six years, but may be required earlier, including when an institution undergoes a change of control. An institution may come under the DOE’s review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a new program, or, in certain cases, when it modifies academic credentials that it offers.

The DOE may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such as when it undergoes a change in ownership and control. The DOE may more closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire another school or make any other significant change.

In addition, during the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with any additional conditions included in its program participation agreement. If the DOE determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process protections for the institution than if it were fully certified. Students attending provisionally certified institutions, like Aspen, remain eligible to receive Title IV program funds.

46

Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of Control. In addition to school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a change of control. The DOE, most state education agencies, and DETC all have standards pertaining to the change of control of schools, but those standards are not uniform. DOE regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or the institution’s parent corporation. DOE regulations provide that a change of control of a publicly-traded corporation occurs in one of two ways: (i) if there is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, disclosing a change of control or (ii) if the corporation has a shareholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation, and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest shareholder. A significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock could be determined by the DOE to be a change of control under this standard. Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control requiring approval. A change of control under the definition of one of these agencies would require us to seek approval of the change in ownership and control to maintain our accreditation, state authorization or licensure. The requirements to obtain such approval from the states and DETC vary widely. In some cases, approval of the change of ownership and control cannot be obtained until after the transaction has occurred. In December 2011, we provided details regarding the Reverse Merger to the CDHE. The CDHE indicated that under current regulations, as long as we maintain accreditation by DETC following the Reverse Merger, Aspen will remain in good standing with the CDHE. As described below, DETC approved the change of ownership, with several customary conditions.

DETC recently revised its policy pertinent to changes in legal status, control, ownership, or management. The policy revisions add definitions of the situations under which DETC considers a change in legal status, control, ownership, or management to occur, describe the procedures that an institution must follow to obtain approval, and clarify the options available to DETC. Among other revisions, DETC defines a change of ownership and control as a change in the ability to direct or cause the direction of the actions of an institution, including, for example, the sale of a controlling interest in an institution’s corporate parent. Failure to obtain prior approval of a change of ownership and control will result in withdrawal of accreditation under the new ownership. The policy also requires institutions to undergo a post-change examination within six months of a change of ownership. The revisions clarify that after such examination, DETC will make a final decision whether to continue the institution’s accreditation. In addition, if an institution is acquired by an entity that owns or operates other distance education institutions, the amendments clarify that any such institutions must obtain DETC approval within two years of the change of ownership or accreditation may be withdrawn. The policy revisions define a change of management as the replacement of the senior level executive of the institution, for example the President or Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the revisions clarify that before undertaking such a change, an institution must seek DETC’s prior approval by explaining when the change will occur, the rationale for the change, the executive’s job description, the new executive’s qualifications, and how the change will affect the institution’s ability to comply with all DETC accreditation standards. DETC may take any action it deems appropriate in response to a change of management request. The Reverse Merger was considered a change of control event under DETC’s policy. In February 2012, DETC informed Aspen that it had approved the change of ownership, with several conditions that are consistent with DETC’s change of ownership procedures and requirements. These conditions included: (1) that Aspen agree to undergo an examination visit by a committee; (2) that an updated Self-Evaluation Report be submitted four to six weeks prior to the on-site visit; (3) that Aspen submit a new Teach-Out Resolution form as soon as the Reverse Merger had closed; and (4) that Aspen provide written confirmation to DETC by February 20, 2012 that it agreed to and would comply with the stated conditions. We provided the requested information to DETC. The examination visit occurred in August 2012. Aspen is scheduled for re-accreditation review in November 2013. On September 28, 2012, the DOE approved Aspen's change of control and extended its provisional certification until September 30, 2013.

When a change of ownership resulting in a change of control occurs at a for-profit institution, the DOE applies a different set of financial tests to determine the financial responsibility of the institution in conjunction with its review and approval of the change of ownership. The institution generally is required to submit a same-day audited balance sheet reflecting the financial condition of the institution immediately following the change in ownership. The institution’s same-day balance sheet must demonstrate an acid test ratio of at least 1:1, which is calculated by adding cash and cash equivalents to current accounts receivable and dividing the sum by total current liabilities (and excluding all unsecured or uncollateralized related party receivables). The same-day balance sheet must demonstrate positive tangible net worth. If the institution does not satisfy these requirements, the DOE may condition its approval of the change of ownership on the institution’s agreeing to post a letter of credit, provisional certification, and/or additional monitoring requirements, as described in the above section on Financial Responsibility. The time required for the DOE to act on a post-change in ownership and control application may vary substantially. As a result of the change of ownership, Aspen delivered a $264,665 letter of credit to the DOE in accordance with the standards identified above.

47

A change of control also could occur as a result of future transactions in which Aspen is involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the Board are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our shareholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the regulatory burdens and risks associated with a change of control also could discourage bids for your shares of common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of your shares.

Possible Acquisitions. In addition to the planned expansion through Aspen’s new marketing program, we may expand through acquisition of related or synergistic businesses. Our internal growth is subject to monitoring and ultimately approval by the DETC. If the DETC finds that the growth may adversely affect our academic quality, the DETC can request us to slow the growth and potentially withdraw accreditation and require us to re-apply for accreditation. The DOE may also impose growth restrictions on an institution, including in connection with a change in ownership and control. While acquisitions of online universities would be subject to approval by the DETC, approval of businesses which supply services to online universities or which provide educational services and/or products may not be subject to regulatory approval or extensive regulation.

Property

Our corporate headquarters are located in a facility in Denver, Colorado, consisting of approximately 3,900 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in September 2015. This facility accommodates our academic operations. Our executive offices are in New York City where we lease approximately 2,000 square feet under a month-to-month sublease. We operate a call center in Scottsdale, Arizona where we lease approximately 2,600 square feet under a three-year term. We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate and that we have sufficient capacity to meet our current anticipated needs.

Legal Proceedings

On February 11, 2013, the former chairman of Aspen, Mr. Patrick Spada and a corporation he controls, filed suit against Aspen Group, Aspen, our Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our former Chief Financial Officer (and current Executive Vice President, Corporate Development) and an unrelated party in the New York Supreme Court located in Manhattan. The Defendant group filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, identifying multiple reasons the case had no merit. In response to the motion, the Plaintiffs filed an Amended Complaint which dropped the unrelated party as a Defendant, dropped certain claims against certain directors, made changes to the allegations and manufactured additional meritless claims.

The Amended Complaint has two general types of claims: (i) derivative claims where the Plaintiffs allege breaches of fiduciary duty, waste and shareholder dilution which, if proven, would entitle Aspen Group, and not the Plaintiffs, to recover money from the Defendants; and (ii) individual claims for defamation, breach of fiduciary duty and breach of contract which, if proven, would entitle the Plaintiffs to recover. As was previously disclosed, Aspen Group does not believe any of the claims, even as amended, have merit.

The gravamen of the derivative claims are that the officers and directors (i) breached their fiduciary duty by (a) including allegedly false statements that Mr. Spada owed approximately $2.2 million to Aspen Group in various of Aspen Group’s SEC and DOE filings, (b) imprudently managing Aspen Group’s assets by spending too much money on certain marketing and promotional efforts, (c) using Aspen Group’s funds for expenses which were not intended to benefit Aspen Group, and (ii) unfairly diluted Aspen Group shareholders and Aspen University as a result of certain capital raising efforts by Aspen Group. The gravamen of the individual claims are that (a) Mr. Spada was “defamed” by Aspen Group’s inclusion in its SEC and DOE filings of the disclosure that Mr. Spada borrowed approximately $2.2 million without board approval, and (b) Aspen Group breached three separate agreements with Mr. Spada and his company, one of which involved Aspen Group agreeing to purchase certain shares of Aspen Group stock under certain conditions (which were never met), one consulting agreement, and one agreement which gave the Plaintiffs certain registration rights. As with the derivative claims, Aspen Group believes that none of these claims have any merit in either fact or law.

Aspen Group and the other Defendants firmly believe that the suit, as amended, continues to be baseless and was filed primarily because Aspen Group refused to purchase additional shares of the Plaintiffs’ common stock of Aspen Group on unacceptable terms.

48

The Plaintiffs’ allegations that false or defamatory statements were included in Aspen Group’s filings are based on the following disclosures in multiple SEC and DOE filings: “…Aspen discovered in November 2011 that HEMG had borrowed $2,195,084 from it from 2005 to 2012 without Board of Directors authority. Aspen has been unable to reach any agreement with Mr. Spada concerning repayment and is considering its options.” In the same filings, Aspen Group disclosed that “There is no agreement with the former chairman that this sum is due and in fact he has denied liability and even claimed that Aspen owes him money.” Aside from these disclosures being factually accurate, Aspen Group believes they cannot, as a matter of law, form the basis of a defamation or breach of fiduciary duty claim.

The Plaintiffs’ allegations concerning imprudent management of company funds are categorically false. Furthermore, the management of Aspen Group’s affairs and how its funds are expended are protected from a disgruntled shareholder’s opinion by the business judgment rule and the provision in Aspen Group’s charter eliminating liability of directors for such claims. The claim that travel expenses and work was performed by Aspen Group on behalf of another corporation for which Aspen Group’s Chief Executive Officer then served as Chairman of the Board is also categorically false, but even if true, like the remaining breach of fiduciary claims, the ultimate beneficiary is Aspen Group and not the Plaintiffs.

The claim for unfair dilution is similarly baseless. A company is free to enter into any good faith transaction which may result in the dilution of shareholders’ shares. The mere fact that the Plaintiff’s ownership was diluted does not constitute bad faith and is not sufficient to sustain a claim for equity dilution. In addition, other requirements for a dilution claim are not alleged in the amended complaint, nor could they be because no such claim exists.

The breach of contract claims consist of three distinct claims: first, that Aspen University breached a two-year Consulting Agreement in September 2011 with Mr. Spada by terminating the agreement without cause. However, the agreement was terminated based on the fact that it was induced by fraud after Aspen University found the bank records reflecting that the former Chairman’s $2.2 million loan was made without board approval.

The second contract claim arises from the April Agreement (See “Related Person Transactions” below). Under the April Agreement, an individual Defendant who has never been an officer or director of Aspen Group agreed to purchase from Spada’s corporation 400,000 shares of Aspen Group’s common stock at $0.50 per share. The original complaint acknowledged that this purchase occurred and, after reviewing Aspen Group’s motion to dismiss, the Plaintiffs dropped this claim against the individual. In the April Agreement, Aspen Group also agreed (i) that it would purchase an additional 600,000 shares from Mr. Spada’s company at $0.50 per share within 90 days from the date of the April Agreement, and (ii) that Aspen Group would use its best efforts to locate a purchaser to buy another 1,400,000 shares at $0.50 per share from Mr. Spada’s company, and once that purchaser was located, to buy the shares and resell them to the new investor. Aspen Group did, in fact, purchase the first 600,000 shares and Mr. Spada’s company was paid the proceeds. Aspen Group did use its best efforts to locate investors for the final 1,400,000 shares; however given the fact that Aspen Group during that same timeframe was selling its own common stock at $0.35 per share with additional warrants, it was not able to find any buyers who would pay $0.50 per share without warrants. Aspen Group’s obligation to locate a new purchaser expired under the terms of the April Agreement after 180 days, which have long passed.

The third branch of the contract claims is newly asserted in the amended complaint, and alleges that the Plaintiffs’ shares should have been registered for resale pursuant to a registration rights agreement which post-dates and does not apply to any shares held by the Plaintiffs. Quite simply, the Plaintiffs are not parties to, or beneficiaries of, the registration rights agreement they sue upon since they did not buy shares, and this branch of the claim is without merit.

Aspen Group filed a new motion to dismiss on the above-described grounds, in addition to several other grounds, and to aggressively defend what Aspen Group considers a baseless suit.

49

MANAGEMENT

Except for Sanford Rich, who was appointed a director effective with the closing of the Reverse Merger and Mr. Matte who was recently appointed to replace David Garrity as our Chief Financial Officer, each person listed in the table had identical positions with Aspen.

Name	Age	Position
Michael Mathews	51	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Gerald Williams	59	President
Michael Matte	54	Chief Financial Officer
Angela Siegel	33	Executive Vice President of Marketing
David Garrity	53	Executive Vice President, Corporate Development
Michael D’Anton	55	Director
C. James Jensen	72	Director
David Pasi	52	Director
Sanford Rich	55	Director
John Scheibelhoffer	51	Director
Paul Schneier	62	Director

Michael Mathews has served as Aspen’s Chief Executive Officer and a director since May 2011. He served as Chief Executive Officer of interclick, inc. (Nasdaq: ICLK) from August 28, 2007 until January 31, 2011. From June 2007 until it was acquired by Yahoo, Inc. (NASDAQ: YHOO) in December 2011, Mr. Mathews also served as a director of interclick. From May 15, 2008 until June 30, 2008, Mr. Mathews served as the interim Chief Financial Officer of interclick. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Mathews served as the senior vice-president of marketing and publisher services for World Avenue U.S.A., LLC, an Internet promotional marketing company. From March 2011 until October 2012, Mr. Mathews served as the Chairman and a consultant (and from December 1, 2011 through March 19, 2012 as Executive Chairman) for Wizard World, Inc. (Other OTC: WIZD). Mr. Mathews was selected to serve as a director due to his track record of success in managing early stage and growing businesses, his extensive knowledge of the Internet marketing industry and his knowledge of running and serving on the boards of public companies.

Gerald Williams has served as Aspen’s President since March 2011. Dr. Williams functions as Aspen’s chief academic officer and has responsibility for all educational matters. Since January 15, 2012, Dr. Williams has also served as the Dean of our School of Technology. Prior to January 1, 2012, Dr. Williams was a consultant beginning in March 2011 under a Consulting Agreement. From 2005 until 2010, Mr. Williams was an adjunct professor at the University of Missouri – Kansas City.

Michael Matte has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 16, 2013. From October 2007 until March 31, 2013, Mr. Matte served as the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice-President of MeetMe, Inc. (NYSE MKT: MEET). From July 2006 through October 2007, Mr. Matte served as a director of MeetMe. Mr. Matte served as Chief Financial Officer of Cyberguard Corporation from February 2001 to April 2006. Prior to joining Cyberguard Corporation, Mr. Matte began his professional career at Price Waterhouse, where he worked from 1981 to 1992. His last position was as a senior Audit Manager. From January 2004 until April 2012, Mr. Matte served as a director of Iris International, Inc. and from March 2008 until October 2009, Mr. Matte served as a director of GelTech Solutions, Inc. Mr. Matte is a Certified Public Accountant.

Angela Siegel has served as Aspen’s Executive Vice President of Marketing since January 1, 2012. Ms. Siegel has responsibility for the online lead generation and the Office of Enrollment. From July 2010 until December 2011, Ms. Siegel was the Director of Compliance and Enrollment Analytics at Ward Media, Inc., or Ward, a lead generation marketing agency. From January 2010 until July 2010, Ms. Siegel was the Chief Marketing Officer at the Jack Welch Management Institute at Chancellor University. From October 2008 until January 2010, Ms. Siegel was the Director of Enrollment Marketing at Ward. From July 2004 until October 2008, Ms. Siegel was the Online Marketing Manager at Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (NASDAQ: LOPE), a regionally accredited provider of post-secondary education including online as well as traditional ground programs.

50

David Garrity has served as our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development since May 14, 2013. From June 2011 until May 14, 2013, he served as our Chief Financial Officer. He served as Chief Financial Officer of interclick from June 30, 2008 until August 14, 2009 and as a member of interclick’s board of directors from June 9, 2008 until June 5, 2009. Through GVA Research LLC, a company he controls, Mr. Garrity provides consulting services to organizations such as the World Bank Group and offers expert commentary on technology sector developments to CNBC, Bloomberg TV and other media networks. Mr. Garrity holds Series 7, 24, 63, 79, 86 & 87 securities licenses and is affiliated with Whitemarsh Capital Advisors, LLC, a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, member firm. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Garrity served as Managing Director and Director of Research for Dinosaur Securities, LLC.  In 2006, Mr. Garrity was fined $10,000 and suspended for 45 days from associating with a FINRA member firm for certain inadvertent violations of FINRA's rules unrelated to fraud or any customer complaints. Mr. Garrity consented to the sanctions without admitting or denying FINRA's findings. Since 1993, Mr. Garrity has been a Chartered Financial Analyst charter holder.

Michael D’Anton has served as a director of Aspen for approximately six years. Since 1988, Dr. D’Anton has been an ENT physician and surgeon at ENT Allergy Associates. Dr. D’Anton was selected as a director for his experience in growing and running a successful surgery center and his knowledge of Aspen from serving as a director prior to the Reverse Merger.

C. James Jensen has served as a director of Aspen since May 2011. Since 1983, Mr. Jensen has been the managing partner of Mara Gateway Associates, L.P., a privately owned real estate investment company he co-founded. Since 2006, Mr. Jensen has been the co-managing partner of Stronghurst, LLC, which provides advisory and financial services to emerging growth companies. Since April 2011, Mr. Jensen has served as a director of Sugarmade, Inc. (OTC BB: SGMD). From April 2006 until March 2008, Mr. Jensen served as a director of Health Benefits Direct Corp. (OTC BB: HBDT). Mr. Jensen was selected a director as a designee of Mr. Mathews in connection with the EGC Merger due to his previous service on a public company board and his experience with entrepreneurial companies.

David Pasi has served as a director of Aspen since May 2011. Since December 2010, Mr. Pasi has been a registered investment advisor under Delta Financial Group. From August 2008 until August 2010, Mr. Pasi was a risk manager at Credit Suisse. From January 2004 until June 2008, Mr. Pasi was the risk manager at Citigroup, Inc. Mr. Pasi was selected as a designee of Mr. Spada in connection with the EGC Merger. Because of his finance background, Mr. Pasi was selected as a director.

Sanford Rich has served as a director since March 13, 2012. Since November 2012, Mr. Rich has served as the Chief of Negotiations and Restructuring for the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. From October 2011 to September 2012, Mr. Rich served as Chief Executive Officer of In The Car LLC. Mr. Rich served as a director of interclick from August 28, 2007 until June 5, 2009 and on its Audit Committee from August 2007 to June 2009. Since January 2008, Mr. Rich has served as Managing Director of Whitemarsh Capital Advisors, a broker-dealer. From May 2008 to February 2009, Mr. Rich was a Managing Director with Matrix USA LLC, a broker-dealer. Since April 2006, Mr. Rich has served as a director and Audit Committee Chairman for InsPro Technologies (OTC BB: ITCC). Mr. Rich was selected as a director for his 32 years of experience in the financial sector and because he is independent and has experience serving on the audit committees of public companies.

John Scheibelhoffer has served as a director of Aspen for approximately six years. Since 1996, Dr. Scheibelhoffer has been a physician and surgeon employed by ENT Allergy Associates. Dr. Scheibelhoffer was selected to serve as a director for his experience in running a successful surgery center and his knowledge of Aspen from serving as a director member prior to the EGC Merger.

Paul Schneier has served as a director of Aspen for approximately five years. Since April 2007, Mr. Schneier has been a Division President at PulteGroup, Inc. (NYSE: PHM), a homebuilding company. Prior to that, Mr. Schneier was a Division President at Beazer Homes USA, Inc. (NYSE: BZEH), a homebuilding company. Mr. Schneier was selected to serve as a director because of his management background.

Except for Dr. D’Anton and Mr. Pasi, who are brother-in-laws, there are no family relationships among our directors and/or executive officers.

51

Board Committees and Charters

The Board and its committees meet throughout the year and act by written consent from time to time as appropriate. The Board delegates various responsibilities and authority to its Board committees. Committees regularly report on their activities and actions to the Board. The Board currently has, and appoints the members of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. The following table identifies the independent and non-independent current Board and committee members:

Name	Independent	Audit	Compensation
Michael Mathews
Michael D’Anton	ü
C. James Jensen	ü	ü	Chairman
David Pasi	ü	ü
Sanford Rich	ü	Chairman
John Scheibelhoffer	ü		ü
Paul Schneier	ü		ü

Director Independence

We currently have seven directors serving on our Board. We are not a listed issuer and, as such, are not subject to any director independence standards. Using the definition of independence set forth in the rules of the NASDAQ, all of our directors except Mr. Mathews are independent.

Board Committees and Charters

The members of the Audit Committee are Sanford Rich, Chairman, David Pasi and C. James Jensen. Our Board has determined that each of the members are independent in accordance with the independence standards for audit committees under the NASDAQ listing rules. The Board has also determined that Mr. Rich is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert.” The Audit Committee has a written charter approved by the Board.

The members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Jensen, Chairman, Paul Schneier and John Scheibelhoffer, MD.

Our Board is expected to appoint a Nominating Committee, and to adopt charters relative to the Compensation Committee and the Nominating Committee, in the future. We intend to appoint such persons to the Nominating Committee of the Board as are expected to be required to meet the corporate governance requirements imposed by a national securities exchange, although we are not required to comply with such requirements until we elect to seek listing on a national securities exchange, and we are under no obligation to do so.

Code of Ethics

Our Board has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Although not required, the Code of Ethics also applies to our directors. The Code of Ethics provides written standards that we believe are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure and compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including insider trading, corporate opportunities and whistle-blowing or the prompt reporting of illegal or unethical behavior. We will provide a copy, without charge, to anyone that requests one in writing to Aspen Group, Inc. 224 West 30th Street, Suite 604, New York, New York 10001, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

Shareholder Communications

Although we do not have a formal policy regarding communications with the Board, shareholders may communicate with the Board by writing to us at Aspen Group, Inc., 224 West 30th Street, Suite 604, New York, New York 10001, Attention: Corporate Secretary. Shareholders who would like their submission directed to a member of the Board may so specify, and the communication will be forwarded, as appropriate.

52

Board Structure

We have chosen to combine the Chief Executive Officer and Board Chairman positions. We believe that this Board leadership structure is the most appropriate for Aspen. Because we are a small company, it is more efficient to have the leadership of the Board in the same hands as the Chief Executive Officer. The challenges faced by us at this stage – obtaining financing and implementing our business and marketing plan – are most efficiently dealt with by one person who is familiar with both the operational aspects as well as the strategic aspects of our business.

Board Assessment of Risk

Our risk management function is overseen by our Board. Our management keeps its Board apprised of material risks and provides its directors access to all information necessary for them to understand and evaluate how these risks interrelate, how they affect us, and how management addresses those risks. Mr. Michael Mathews, as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, works closely together with the Board once material risks are identified on how to best address such risks. If the identified risk poses an actual or potential conflict with management, our independent directors may conduct the assessment. Presently, the primary risks affecting us are our ability to grow our business with our current cash balance, increase our enrollment and class starts and manage our expected growth consistent with regulatory oversight.

Risk Assessment Regarding Compensation Policies and Practices as they Relate to Risk Management

Our compensation program for employees does not create incentives for excessive risk taking by our employees or involve risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Our compensation has the following risk-limiting characteristics:

●

Our base pay programs consist of competitive salary rates that represent a reasonable portion of total compensation and provide a reliable level of income on a regular basis, which decreases incentive on the part of our executives to take unnecessary or imprudent risks;

●

A portion of executive incentive compensation opportunity is tied to long-term incentive compensation that emphasizes sustained performance over time. This reduces any incentive to take risks that might increase short-term compensation at the expense of longer term company results;

●

Awards are not tied to formulas that could focus executives on specific short-term outcomes;

●

Equity awards may be recovered by us should a restatement of earnings occur upon which incentive compensation awards were based, or in the event of other wrongdoing by the recipient; and

●

Equity awards, generally, have multi-year vesting which aligns the long-term interests of our executives with those of our shareholders and, again, discourages the taking of short-term risk at the expense of long-term performance.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following information is related to the compensation paid, distributed or accrued by us to our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and the two other most highly compensated executive officers serving at the end of the last fiscal year whose total compensation exceeded $100,000. We refer to these persons as the “Named Executive Officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position (a)	Year (b)(1)	Salary ($)(c)		Option Awards ($)(f)(2)		Total ($)(j)
Michael Mathews (3)	2013		33,333		0		33,333
Chief Executive Officer	2012		225,702		647,249		872,951
	2011		125,000		0		125,000
David Garrity (4)	2013		77,083		12,000		89,083
Former Chief Financial Officer	2012		224,269		67,471		291,740
Gerald Williams (5)	2013		45,833		6,000		51,833
President

———————

(1) Year: Disclosure for 2013 includes only the compensation for the four month period ended April 30, 2013. The 2012 and 2011 periods include compensation for the 12 months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

53

(2)	Option Awards: These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value realized by the Named Executive Officers. The amounts in this column represent the fair value of the award as of the grant date as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and the SEC disclosure rules.  Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown disregard the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.  All of the options granted to the Named Executive Officers are exercisable at $0.35 per share over a five-year period.  For a further description of the option awards, see the disclosure following the Summary Compensation Table.
(3)	Mathews: Salary for 2013 consists of cash compensation.  Salary for 2012 consists of (i) $106,250 of cash compensation, (ii) a 288,911 option grant in lieu of $101,119 of cash compensation and (iii) a 166,666 option grant in lieu of $58,333 of cash compensation.  The amounts of cash compensation forgiven or waived in the preceding sentence will not add up to the total in the table as a result of different valuations based on SEC rules.  The amount under 2012 option awards is comprised of (i) a 2,900,000 option grant in September 2012 and (ii) a 300,000 option grant and a 500,000 option grant in March 2012.  See below for a further description of these option grants.
(4)	Garrity: Salary for 2013 consists of (i) $33,333 of cash compensation and (ii) a 125,000 option grant in lieu of $43,750 of cash compensation. The amount under 2013 option awards represents a 100,000 option grant in March 2013.  Salary for 2012 consists of (i) $158,333 of cash compensation, (ii) a 136,008 option grant in lieu of $47,603 of cash compensation, and (iii) a 166,666 option grant in lieu of $ 58,333 cash compensation. The amounts of cash compensation forgiven or waived in the preceding sentences will not add up to the total in the table as a result of different valuations based on SEC rules. The amount under 2012 option awards represents a 200,000 option grant in March 2012.  See below for a further description of these option grants.
(5)	Williams: Salary consists of (i) $33,333 of cash compensation and (ii) 35,714 option grant in lieu of $12,500 of cash salary.  The amount under 2013 option awards represents a 50,000 option award in February 2013.  See below for a further description of these option grants.

Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements

The following describes the Named Executive Employment Agreements as of April 30, 2013 which have been amended as described below.

Michael Mathews. Effective on July 5, 2011, Aspen entered into a four-year Employment Agreement with Michael Mathews to serve as its Chief Executive Officer. The Employment Agreement provided that Mr. Mathews was to receive a base salary of $250,000 per year, which will be increased by at least 10% annually. In addition to a base salary, Mr. Mathews was eligible to receive an annual performance bonus based upon the achievement of pre-established performance milestones of which at least half would be paid in cash and the remaining in common stock. If performance milestones were met, Mr. Mathews’ bonus would have been 100% of his base salary for the year the milestone were met. If Mr. Mathews and a majority of the Board are unable to mutually agree on performance milestones, Mr. Mathews was to receive a guaranteed bonus for that fiscal year of no less than 15% of his base salary. In 2012, no performance milestones were set, and Mr. Mathews waived his right to a guaranteed annual performance bonus. Additionally, in March 2012, Mr. Mathews was granted a total of 800,000 five-year options to purchase shares of Aspen Group common stock exercisable at $1.00 per share vesting over a three-year period (with the first vesting period being one year from the grant date). In December 2012, the options were re-priced to $0.35 per share.

See below for a description of Mr. Mathews’ new Employment Agreement.

David Garrity. Effective on June 9, 2011, Aspen entered into a four-year Employment Agreement with David Garrity to serve as its Chief Financial Officer. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, from June 9, 2011 through July 4, 2011, Mr. Garrity was paid a fee in lieu of salary at a rate of $10,000 per month pursuant to a separate Consulting Agreement with Mr. Garrity. From July 4 until September 30, 2011, Aspen paid Mr. Garrity $10,000 per month (a rate of $125,000 per annum). Under his Employment Agreement, from October 1, 2011, Mr. Garrity was to be paid at the rate of $250,000 per year, which was to be increased by at least 10% annually. In addition to a base salary, Mr. Garrity was eligible to receive an annual performance bonus based upon the achievement of pre-established performance milestones of which at least half would be paid in cash and the remaining in Aspen common stock. If performance milestones were met, Mr. Garrity’s bonus would have been 100% of his base salary for the year the milestone was met. If Mr. Garrity and a majority of the Board were unable to mutually agree on performance milestones, Mr. Garrity would have received a guaranteed bonus for that fiscal year of no less than 15% of his base salary. In 2012, no performance milestones were set, and Mr. Garrity waived his right to a guaranteed annual performance bonus. Additionally, in March 2012, Mr. Garrity was granted 200,000 five-year options to purchase shares of Aspen Group common stock exercisable at $1.00 per share vesting over a three-year period. In December 2012, the options were re-priced to $0.35 per share.

54

Gerald Williams. Effective January 1, 2012, Aspen entered into a five-year Employment Agreement with Dr. Gerald Williams to serve as its President. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, Dr. Williams was to be paid a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to base salary, Dr. Williams was eligible to receive an annual performance bonus in an amount equal to 50% of his then-current base salary, based upon the achievement of pre-established performance milestones mutually agreed upon by him and the Chief Executive Officer. One-half of the annual bonus was to be paid in cash and the remaining was to be paid in common stock. In 2012, no performance milestones were set and Dr. Williams waived his right to an annual performance bonus. Additionally, in March 2012, Dr. Williams was granted 200,000 five-year options to purchase shares of Aspen Group common stock at $1.00 per share vesting over a three-year period. In December 2012, the options were re-priced to $0.35 per share.

Amendments to Pre-2013 Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements

On December 31, 2011, Messrs. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, entered into an amendment to his Employment Agreements waiving 50% of his salary that would have otherwise accrued ($62,500). Additionally, effective January 1, 2012, Mr. Mathews agreed to defer 50% of his base salary until such time as Mr. Mathews or our Board determine that we have sufficient cash flow to pay the previously agreed upon amount. As of August 31, 2012, Mr. Mathews and our Board agreed to continue deferring his salary until December 31, 2012. Separately, Mr. David Garrity, our then Chief Financial Officer, effective April 1, 2012 deferred 40% of his base salary. At the same date, Mr. Michael Mathews deferred 60% of his base salary. In consideration for deferring their salaries, Messrs. Mathews and Garrity were granted 288,911 and 136,008 fully-vested five-year stock options, respectively, exercisable at $0.35 per share to settle deferred salaries.

As of August 31, 2012, Messrs. Michael Mathews David Garrity, and Gerald Williams agreed to reduce their base salaries to $100,000 per year for the remainder of 2012. In consideration for reducing their salaries, Messrs. Mathews, and Garrity were each granted 166,666 five-year stock options and Dr. Williams was granted 47,620 five-year stock options. These stock options are exercisable at $0.35 per share and vested in four equal installments at the end of each month of 2012, beginning on September 30, 2012.

Our Board approved the option grants in the two above paragraphs on October 23, 2012. The Board also granted Dr. Williams a $45,000 bonus on October 23, 2012. On September 4, 2012, our Board granted Mr. Mathews up to 2,900,000 five-year options exercisable at $0.35 per share and vesting in equal annual increments over four years with the first vesting date being September 4, 2013.

On February 28, 2013, the Board granted Dr. Williams 50,000 five-year options exercisable at $0.35 per share and vesting in three equal annual increments over three years with the first vesting date being February 28, 2014.  On March 26, 2013, the Board granted Mr. Garrity 100,000 five-year options exercisable at $0.35 per share and vesting in three equal annual increments over three years with the first vesting date being March 26, 2014.  

On April 6, 2013, Mr. Garrity and Dr. Williams were granted 125,000 five-year options and 35,714 five-year options, respectively, in lieu of cash salary as described in footnotes to the Summary Compensation Table above.

2013 Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements

Effective May 16, 2013, Aspen Group and Michael Mathews entered into a new three-year Employment Agreement. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, Mr. Mathews will receive a base salary of $250,000 per year; however, his base salary will be $100,000 per year until the Compensation Committee determines that Aspen Group’s cash position permits an increase to $250,000 a year. In contrast to his old Employment Agreement described above, the new Employment Agreement does not include any guaranteed annual bonuses.

In addition to his base salary, Mr. Mathews is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus equal to 25%, 50% or 100% of his then base salary (the “Target Bonus”) based upon the achievement of performance milestones established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each fiscal year. The earning of the Target Bonus is subject to Aspen Group having at least $2,000,000 in available cash after deducting both target bonuses for that fiscal year (the “Cash Threshold”). If Aspen Group is unable to pay the target bonuses as a result of not meeting the Cash Threshold, Mr. Mathews shall be entitled to receive the Target Bonus in Aspen Group’s common stock if Aspen Group had positive Adjusted Earnings Before Interest Taxes Depreciation and Amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA Threshold”) during the applicable fiscal year. If Aspen Group is unable to pay the Target Bonus as a result of not meeting the Cash Threshold or the Adjusted EBITDA Threshold, no Target Bonus will be earned for that fiscal year. Further, if no target performance goals are established within three months of the beginning of a fiscal year, no Target Bonus can be earned for that fiscal year.

55

On July 29, 2013, Aspen Group and Dr. Williams entered in a new three-year Employment Agreement. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, Dr. Williams receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to his base salary, Dr. Williams is eligible to earn an annual performance bonus equal to 25% or 50% of his then base salary based upon the achievement of performance milestones established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each fiscal year. The earning of the target bonus is substantially similar to the Target Bonus criteria for Messrs. Mathews described in the paragraph above.

On May 14, 2013, in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President, Corporate Development, Aspen Group issued Mr. David Garrity 200,000 five year stock options, exercisable at $0.35 per share and vesting in two equal annual increments with the first vesting date being June 16, 2014, subject to Mr. Garrity providing services as an employee or as a consultant under a consulting agreement on each applicable vesting date.

On June 1, 2013, Aspen Group entered into an Addendum to Employment Agreement with David Garrity, reducing his salary to $100,000 per year and amending the severance terms so that Mr. Garrity is guaranteed at least $125,000 unless he terminates his employment, becomes disabled or dies, in which case Aspen Group shall not owe any severance.  Should Aspen Group terminate the Employment Agreement after Mr. Garrity has received $125,000, Aspen Group shall pay Mr. Garrity $50,000.

Termination Provisions

Our Named Executive Officers are entitled to severance payments. All of the termination provisions are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and the Regulations thereunder. In the event of death, total disability, dismissal without cause or resignation for Good Reason, they will receive six months base salary and immediate vesting of unvested equity. Immediately upon a change of control event, they will receive 18 months base salary and immediate vesting of unvested equity. Change of control is defined in their Employment Agreements as Change of Control is defined under 409A of the Code. Generally, Good Reason is defined as a material diminution in the executives’ authority, duties or responsibilities due to no fault of his own (unless he has agreed to such diminution); or (ii) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by Aspen Group under the Employment Agreement; or (iii) a relocation of his principal place of employment to a location which is not pre-approved by him. Additionally, Aspen Group and David Garrity, our former Chief Financial Officer, executed an addendum to his Employment Agreement which provides Mr. Garrity with severance rights up to $50,000 under certain circumstances.

Michael Matte Employment Agreement

Effective May 16, 2013, Aspen Group entered into a three-year Employment Agreement with Michael Matte to serve as its Chief Financial Officer. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, from May 16, 2013 until December 31, 2013, Mr. Matte will be paid a base salary at a rate of $100,000 per year and thereafter will be paid $250,000 per year. In recognition of his reduced salary during the beginning of the term, Mr. Matte was granted 791,211 seven-year stock options (exercisable at $0.35 per share), which vest in seven equal monthly installments on the last calendar day of each month with the first vesting date being June 30, 2013, subject to continued employment on each applicable vesting date. Additionally, Mr. Matte was granted 500,000 seven-year stock options (exercisable at $0.35 per share), which vest in three equal increments on April 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, subject to continued employment on each applicable vesting date.

56

Outstanding Equity Awards as of April 30, 2013

Listed below is information with respect to unexercised options for each Named Executive Officer as of April 30, 2013.

Name (a)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable (b)		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (c)			Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) (d)		Option Exercise Price ($) (e)	Option Expiration Date (f)
Michael Mathews		100,000		200,000	(1)		0	0.35	March 15, 2017
		0		2,900,000	(2)		0	0.35	September 4, 2017
		166,667		333,333	(3)		0	0.35	March 22, 2017
		288,911		0			0	0.35	October 23, 2017
		166,666		0			0	0.35	October 23, 2017
David Garrity		66,667		133,333	(1)		0	0.35	March 15, 2017
		136,008		0			0	0.35	October 23, 2017
		166,666		0			0	0.35	October 23, 2017
		0		100,000	(4)		0	0.35	March 26, 2018
		125,000		0			0	0.35	April 6, 2018
Gerald Williams		66,667		133,333	(1)		0	0.35	March 15, 2017
		47,620		0			0	0.35	October 23, 2017
		0		50,000	(5)		0	0.35	February 28, 2018
		35,714		0			0	0.35	April 6, 2018

————————

(1)	The options vest in two equal increments on March 14, 2014 and 2015, subject to continued employment or for Mr. Garrity also service as a consultant.
(2)	The options were subject to Aspen Group raising $3.5 million in its private placement offerings. Aspen Group met this milestone in early 2013. The options vest in equal increments on September 4, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016.
(3)	The options vest in two equal increments on March 20, 2014 and 2015.
(4)	The options vest in three equal increments on March 26, 2014, 2015, 2016, subject to continuing to provide services to Aspen Group.
(5)	The options vest in three equal increments on February 28, 2014, 2015 and 2016, subject to continued employment.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Immediately following the closing of the Reverse Merger, our Board adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan, which provided for 2,500,000 shares to be granted under the Plan. As of September 28, 2012, our Board increased the Plan to 5,600,000 shares and on January 16, 2013, the Board further increased the Plan to 8,000,000 shares. In May 2013, our Board increased the Plan to 9,300,000 shares.

The exercise price of options or stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan shall not be less than the fair market value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant. In the case of incentive stock options, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value in the case of 10% shareholders. Options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan shall expire no later than 10 years after the date of grant. The total number of shares with respect to which options or stock awards may be granted under the Plan the purchase price per share, if applicable, shall be adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other subdivision or consolidation of shares.

Our Board may from time to time may alter, amend, suspend, or discontinue the Plan with respect to any shares as to which awards of stock rights have not been granted. However no rights granted with respect to any awards under the Plan before the amendment or alteration shall be impaired by any such amendment, except with the written consent of the grantee.

57

Under the terms of the Plan, our Board may also grant awards which will be subject to vesting under certain conditions. The vesting may be time-based or based upon meeting performance standards, or both. Recipients of restricted stock awards will realize ordinary income at the time of vesting equal to the fair market value of the shares. We will realize a corresponding compensation deduction. Upon the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights, the holder will have a basis in the shares acquired equal to any amount paid on exercise plus the amount of any ordinary income recognized by the holder. Upon sale of the shares, the holder will have a capital gain or loss equal to the sale proceeds minus his or her basis in the shares.

The Plan and our standard Stock Option Agreement provide for “clawback” provisions, which enable our Board to cancel options and recover past profits if the person is dismissed for cause or commits certain acts which harm us.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following chart reflects the number of securities granted and the weighted average exercise price for our compensation plans as of April 30, 2013.

Name Of Plan	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a)		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (1)		8,000,000	$	0.35		0
Total		8,000,000				0

———————

(1) Represents options issued under the Plan. No other stock rights have been issued under the Plan. Includes 6,116,585 options granted to directors and executive officers.  As disclosed above, in May 2013, the authorized shares under the Plan was increased to 9.3 million.

58

Director Compensation

We do not pay cash compensation to our directors for service on our Board and our employees do not receive compensation for serving as members of our Board. Directors are reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings and carrying out duties as board and committee members. Under the Plan, our non-employee directors receive grants of stock options as compensation for their services on our Board, as described above. Because we do not pay compensation to employee directors, Mr. Michael Mathews was not compensated for his service as a director and is omitted from the following table.

Director Compensation

			Option
			Awards		Total
Name	Period		($)(1)		($)
Michael D’Anton (2)		Four months ended April 30, 2013		0		0
		12 months ended December 31, 2012		12,000		12,000
James Jensen (2)		Four months ended April 30, 2013		0		0
		12 months ended December 31, 2012		12,000		12,000
David Pasi (2)		Four months ended April 30, 2013		0		0
		12 months ended December 31, 2012		12,000		12,000
Sanford Rich (3)		Four months ended April 30, 2013		0		0
		12 months ended December 31, 2012		12,000		12,000
John Scheibelhoffer (2)		Four months ended April 30, 2013		0		0
		12 months ended December 31, 2012		12,000		12,000
Paul Schneier (2)		Four months ended April 30, 2013		0		0
		12 months ended December 31, 2012		12,000		12,000

———————

(1)	The amounts in this column represent the fair value of the award as of the grant date as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and the SEC disclosure rules. These amounts represent awards that are paid in options to purchase shares of our common stock and do not reflect the actual amounts that may be realized by the directors. All of the options in this table are exercisable at $0.35 per share.
(2)	Of these options, one-third vested immediately and the remaining vest (or vested) in equal increments on May 20, 2013 and 2014, subject to continued service as a director on each applicable vesting date.
(3)	These options vest (or vested) in equal increments on March 15, 2013, 2014 and 2015, subject to continued service as a director on each applicable vesting date.

59

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the number of shares of Aspen Group’s common stock beneficially owned as of August 5, 2013 by (i) those persons known by Aspen Group to be owners of more than 5% of its common stock, (ii) each director (iii) the Named Executive Officers (as disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table), and (iv) Aspen Group’s executive officers and directors as a group. Unless otherwise specified in the notes to this table, the address for each person is: c/o Aspen Group, Inc. 224 West 30th Street, Suite 604 New York, New York 10001.

Title of Class	Beneficial Owner	Amount of Beneficial Ownership (1)		Percent Beneficially Owned (1)
Named Executive Officers:
Common Stock	Michael Mathews (2)		4,532,837		7.4	%
Common Stock	David Garrity (3)		675,609		1.1	%
Common Stock	Gerald Williams (4)		989,106		1.7	%
Directors:
Common Stock	Michael D’Anton (5)		2,246,899		3.8	%
Common Stock	James Jensen (6)		738,643		1.2	%
Common Stock	David Pasi (7)		383,361		*
Common Stock	Sanford Rich (8)		59,583		*
Common Stock	John Scheibelhoffer (9)		2,198,805		3.7	%
Common Stock	Paul Schneier (10)		951,667		1.6	%
Common Stock	All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons) (11)		12,463,355		19.8	%
5% Shareholders:
Common Stock	Higher Education Management Group, Inc. (12)(13)		5,177,315		8.7	%
Common Stock	Sophrosyne Capital, LLC (14)		5,571,425		9.1	%
Common Stock	Whalehaven Capital Fund Limited (15)		3,745,904		6.3	%

———————

* Less than 1%.

(1)	Applicable percentages are based on 59,190,366 shares outstanding as of August 5, 2013 adjusted as required by rules of the SEC. Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired by such person within 60 days whether upon the exercise of options, warrants or conversion of notes. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, Aspen Group believes that each of the shareholders named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock indicated as beneficially owned by them. This table does not include any unvested stock options except for those vesting within 60 days.
(2)	Mr. Mathews is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Includes: (i) 300,000 shares issuable upon conversion of a $300,000 Note, (ii) 857,143 shares issuable upon the conversion of a second $300,000 Note, (iii) 117,943 shares pledged as collateral for a receivable and (iv) 722,244 vested stock options.
(3)	Mr. Garrity is our former Chief Financial Officer. Includes: (i) 494,341 vested stock options and (ii) 25,000 shares underlying warrants.
(4)	Dr. Williams is our President. Includes 150,001 vested stock options.
(5)	Dr. D’Anton is a director. Includes 113,358 shares of common stock and 51,429 shares underlying warrants held as custodian for the benefit of Dr. D’Anton’s children. Also includes 129,524 vested stock options.
(6)	Mr. Jenson is a director. Includes (i) 150,000 shares underlying warrants and (ii) 66,667 vested stock options.
(7)	Mr. Pasi is a director. Includes 66,667 vested stock options.
(8)	Mr. Rich is a director.  Includes 33,333 vested stock options.
(9)	Dr. Scheibelhoffer is a director. Includes 128,121 shares of common stock and 51,429 shares underlying warrants held as custodian for the benefit of Dr. Scheibelhoffer’s children. Also includes 66,667 vested stock options.
(10)	Mr. Schneier is a director. Includes (i) 50,000 shares underlying warrants and (ii) 66,667 vested stock options.
(11)	In accordance with SEC rules, also includes securities held by executive officers who are not Named Executive Officers, namely Mr. Matte and Ms. Siegel.

60

(12)	Higher Education Management Group, Inc., or HEMG, is an entity controlled by Aspen’s former Chairman, Patrick Spada. A total of 772,793 shares of Aspen Group common stock are pledged to Aspen to secure payment of $772,793 originally due in December 2013, and now due in 2014. The shares not pledged to Aspen are subject to a lien which is further described on page 62.
(13)	At inception, Aspen issued all of its 10 million shares of authorized common stock to HEMG. In order to raise money over a five-year period, Aspen sold shares and HEMG relinquished and returned to Aspen’s treasury the number of shares Aspen sold. Due to some clerical errors, 120,500 shares owned by HEMG were not cancelled by Mr. Spada’s personal assistant. Due to this pattern, Aspen does not believe that it sold shares improperly. In support of this, HEMG agreed not to sell 120,500 shares pending resolutions in connection with the April Agreement (described on page 66). Therefore, Aspen Group does not believe that it has any exposure to liability in these manners. Aspen Group is relying on its transfer records for information concerning HEMG’s beneficial ownership.
(14)	Includes 1,857,141 shares underlying warrants. Sophrosyne Capital LLC is a registered Investment Adviser and Benjamin Taylor, its managing member, has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by various funds for which the selling shareholder serves as the Investment Adviser. Address is 156 East 36th Street, at 2 Sniffen Court, New York, New York 10016.
(15)	Includes 300,000 shares underlying warrants.  Michael Finkelstein is the Investment Manager of Whalehaven Capital Fund Limited and has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by them.  Address is 285 Grand Avenue, Patriot Center, Building 5, 2nd Floor, Englewood, New Jersey 07631.

61

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table provides information about each selling shareholder listing how many shares of our common stock they own on the date of this prospectus, how many shares are offered for sale by this prospectus, and the number and percentage of outstanding shares each selling shareholder will own after the offering assuming all shares covered by this prospectus are sold. Except for Whalehaven Capital Fund Ltd., all selling shareholders purchased the shares being registered in private placements where Aspen Group agreed to register the shares of common stock and the shares of common stock underlying warrants. Three of our directors were investors, and we are only registering the shares purchased in the private placements and not other shares they own. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, none of the selling shareholders have had any position, office, or material relationship with us or our affiliates within the past three years. The information concerning beneficial ownership has been taken from our stock transfer records and information provided by the selling shareholders. Information concerning the selling shareholders may change from time to time, and any changed information will be set forth if and when required in prospectus supplements or other appropriate forms permitted to be used by the SEC.

We do not know when or in what amounts a selling shareholder may offer shares for sale. The selling shareholders may not sell any or all of the shares offered by this prospectus. Because the selling shareholders may offer all or some of the shares, and because there are currently no agreements, arrangements or understandings with respect to the sale of any of the shares, we cannot estimate the number of the shares that will be held by the selling shareholders after completion of the offering. However, for purposes of this table, we have assumed that, after completion of the offering, all of the shares covered by this prospectus will be sold by the selling shareholder.

Unless otherwise indicated, the selling shareholders have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock. All of the information contained in the table below is based upon information provided to us by the selling shareholders, and we have not independently verified this information. The selling shareholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time or from time to time since the date on which it provided the information regarding the shares beneficially owned, all or a portion of the shares beneficially owned in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act.

The number of shares outstanding and the percentages of beneficial ownership are based on 59,190,366 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of August 5, 2013, plus 7,958,016 shares underlying warrants which are being registered hereunder. For the purposes of the following table, the number of shares common stock beneficially owned has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, and such information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under Rule 13d-3, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a selling shareholder has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which that selling shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this prospectus through the exercise of any stock option, warrant or other rights.

Name (1)	Number of securities beneficially owned before offering		Number of securities to be offered		Number of securities owned after offering		Percentage of securities beneficially owned after offering
Sophrosyne Capital, LLC (2)		5,571,425		5,571,425		0		0
Jon D. & Linda W. Gruber Trust DTD 7/4/04 (3)		900,000		900,000		0		0
Whalehaven Capital Fund Ltd. (4)		3,745,904		2,900,000		845,904		1.3%
DPIT 3 LLC (5)		900,000		900,000		0		0
Vulcan Properties Inc. (6)		1,285,714		1,285,714		0		0
Stacie Greene SEP IRA		900,000		900,000		0		0
Kenneth Greene SEP IRA		450,000		450,000		0		0
Michael D'Anton (7)		2,246,899		154,287		2,092,612		3.1%
John Scheibelhoffer (8)		2,198,805		154,287		2,044,518		3.1%
Paul Schneier (9)		951,667		150,000		801,667		1.2%
C. James Jensen (9)		738,643		450,000		288,643		*
Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. C/F Matthew D. Eitner SEP/IRA		214,285		214,285		0		0
Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. C/F Pamela V. Yazgi R/O IRA		192,090		192,090		0		0
Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. C/F Nabil M. Yazgi R/O IRA		588,032		588,032		0		0
Kevin P. McCarthy		196,009		196,009		0		0

62

Christine Callahan	98,002	98,002	0	0
Edward G. Cullen	476,899	392,021	84,878	*
Joe S. Maiz	98,002	98,002	0	0
Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. C/F Gary A. Washauer IRA	98,002	98,002	0	0
Bruno J. Casatelli	39,202	39,202	0	0
Benjamin Hasty	156,808	156,808	0	0
Allan D. Carlson	39,202	39,202	0	0
Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. C/F Robert P. Vilker IRA	98,002	98,002	0	0
Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. C/F John L. Sommer IRA	303,151	303,151	0	0
Lisa Askenase Konsker	196,009	196,009	0	0
L. Dean Fox	97,457	97,457	0	0
William R. Coole	97,457	97,457	0	0
Thomas G. Hoffman	97,457	97,457	0	0
Fredric Tordella	194,912	194,912	0	0
George M. Zelinski	97,457	97,457	0	0
David and Haya Perlmutter JTWROS	97,457	97,457	0	0
Jan Cees Marijt	38,981	38,981	0	0
Michael Engdall & Susan Engdall JTWROS	155,931	155,931	0	0
Suleiman Al Hedaithy	116,759	116,759	0	0
Sterne Agee & Leach C/F Sean Brennan Rollover IRA	124,744	124,744	0	0
Billy W. Harris	97,457	97,457	0	0
Michael B. Carroll and Sheila J. Carroll JTWROS	292,371	292,371	0	0
Ronald R. Brooks and Lavonne N. Brooks JTWROS	97,457	97,457	0	0
Andrew Charles Good and Fiona McPhee JTWROS	77,713	77,713	0	0
Spencer & Kelly Kimball JTWROS	97,141	97,141	0	0
Ulrich Kuhn	97,141	97,141	0	0
Per Arvid Schoyen	194,288	194,288	0	0
Cary V. Sorensen	155,428	155,428	0	0
Mark Tonkin	50,514	50,514	0	0
Hubert Wieser	116,571	116,571	0	0
Scott L. Byer	77,713	77,713	0	0
Phillip Todd Herndon	388,573	388,573	0	0
Richa Datta & Sanjoy Kumar Datta JTWROS	97,141	97,141	0	0
Daniel E. Larson	46,428	46,428	0	0
Sara Kuchrawy Living Trust	387,217	387,217	0	0
Triage Capital Management L.P.	396,614	396,614	0	0
Greenstone Investments LLC	198,254	198,254	0	0
David Hickok	292,371	292,371	0	0
Timothy J. Rosio	107,144	107,144	0	0
Timothy Allen	450,000	450,000	0	0
Charles J. Miller III	214,286	214,286	0	0
William J. Lipkin	214,286	214,286	0	0
Linda Baboulis	214,286	214,286	0	0
Edward L. Rucinski	225,000	225,000	0	0
Thomas Story	75,000	75,000	0	0
Charles K. Gleason	577,052	257,144	319,908	*
Galt Asset Management, LLC (10)	900,000	900,000	0	0
Eugene M. Mannheimer	75,000	75,000	0	0
Elaine McGrath	21,429	21,429	0	0
David Garrity (11)	675,609	75,000	600,609	*
Carl W. Pittman (12)	150,000	150,000	0	0
Mary Rose Pasi (13)	52,857	42,857	10,000	*
Russell D’Anton (13)	136,357	42,857	93,500	*
Alvin Fund LLC (14)	1,050,000	1,050,000	0	0
Gregg A. Kattine	300,000	300,000	0	0
Powers Private Equity LLC (15)	1,071,429	1,071,429	0	0
Adam Biedrzycki	300,000	300,000	0	0
Andrew Bellamy	150,000	150,000	0	0
Anthony D'Amato	42,856	42,856	0	0

63

David Cantwell	107,013	107,013	0	0
Island Capital Nominees Ltd. (16)	600,000	600,000	0	0
Jan-Hendrik Spilgies	85,713	85,713	0	0
Jay Eisen	167,347	37,500	129,847	*
Lee John Westwood	171,427	171,427	0	0
Maarten Haast	24,856	24,856	0	0
Matura Family Trust UA 05.26.1998	214,285	214,285	0	0
Michael H. Pentecost	150,000	150,000	0	0
Pershing Nominees LTD: IMCLT	170,604	170,604	0	0
Samuel Gorman	150,000	150,000	0	0
Sterne Agee & Leach c/f Ralph Wallis Kettell II SEP IRA	47,142	47,142	0	0

———————

*	Less than 1%.
(1)	For all of the selling shareholders who are not natural persons, unless noted otherwise, the investment managers, general partners, trustees or principals named in the footnotes below have the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the selling shareholders.
(2)	The selling shareholder is a registered Investment Adviser and Benjamin Taylor, its managing member, has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by various funds for which the selling shareholder serves as the Investment Adviser.
(3)	Jon D. Gruber is the trustee of the selling shareholder.
(4)	Michael Finkelstein has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by the selling shareholder.
(5)	Samuel DelPresto is the manager of the selling shareholder. Does not include 1,000,000 shares of common stock beneficially owned by a corporation controlled by Mr. DelPresto.
(6)	Stanley Garber has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by the selling shareholder.
(7)	The securities were purchased by Dr. Michael D'Anton, a director of Aspen Group, as custodian for Trevor D’Anton, Michael D'Anton II and Ashley D’Anton, his children. Also includes shares of common stock individually held by Dr. D’Anton.
(8)	The securities were purchased by Dr. John Scheibelhoffer, a director of Aspen Group, as custodian for Alec Scheibelhoffer, Danielle Scheibelhoffer and Krista Scheibelhoffer, his children. Also includes shares of common stock individually held by Dr. Scheibelhoffer.
(9)	The selling shareholder is a director of Aspen Group.
(10)	Mr. Brian P. Vitale has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by the selling shareholder.
(11)	The selling shareholder is a former executive officer of Aspen Group.
(12)	The securities are held in the selling shareholder’s IRA.
(13)	The selling shareholder is an adult relative of a director of Aspen Group.
(14)	George Melas-Kyriazi has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by the selling shareholder.
(15)	Frederic Powers has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by the selling shareholder.
(16)	David Sykes has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by the selling shareholder.

64

RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

During 2010-2011, Aspen entered into numerous transactions with its then Chairman, Mr. Patrick Spada, and HEMG, a corporation he controlled. These transactions also occurred prior to 2010. In connection with the audit of Aspen’s financial statements for 2010-2011, Aspen discovered in November 2011 that HEMG had borrowed $2,195,084 from it from 2005 to 2010 without Board authority. In connection with this loan, three of Aspen’s directors pledged 2,209,960 shares of common stock to secure payment of this loan receivable. The directors are Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Drs. Michael D’Anton and John Scheibelhoffer. On August 16, 2012, following a series of discussions with the Staff of the SEC, Aspen Group determined that they should have expensed these amounts rather than report them as a secured receivable. In connection with this consolidated financial statement restatement, the disinterested directors concluded that it would be fundamentally unfair to retain the pledged shares due because the directors in pledging shares understood that the only risk they were taking involved either an unsuccessful suit to collect the receivable or the inability to collect any judgment. Accordingly, the Board concluded that the Pledge Agreement was null and void and directed that the shares be returned to each of the three directors. The three interested directors abstained on the matter.

Previously on September 16, 2011, Aspen, HEMG, and Mr. Spada entered into a series of agreements. In essence, Mr. Spada gave up substantial control he retained including the power to determine when, if ever, Aspen would go public; in exchange he received substantial benefits from Aspen which are described below.

In 2008, HEMG purchased video courses and program rights from Aspen for $1,055,000. The balance due Aspen on September 16, 2011 was $772,793. Under one agreement, HEMG pledged 772,793 shares of Aspen Series C Preferred Stock, or Series C, which converted to 654,850 shares of Aspen Group’s common stock upon the closing of the Reverse Merger to secure payment of this $772,793. Due to the approximate 0.847 conversion ratio of the Series C into common stock, the shares of Series C pledged by HEMG were not enough to fully secure the $772,793. In order to avoid a portion of this loan from being partially written-off, on March 8, 2012, Mr. Mathews pledged an additional 117,943 shares as collateral for the repayment of the this obligation. Aspen’s Board never authorized entry into the 2008 agreement. As a result, Aspen’s Board accelerated the due date and declared it immediately due and payable. In connection with the April Agreement (described on page 67), Aspen agreed to extend the due date to September 30, 2014 and waived any default which had previously arisen.

On September 16, 2011, Aspen exchanged general releases with Mr. Spada/HEMG, and Mr. Spada entered into a modified non-compete agreement where he was permitted to compete with Aspen except with respect to three corporate customers for whom Aspen had an existing commercial relationship. He also agreed to a two-year confidentiality provision and agreed not to solicit employees for nine months after expiration of the Consulting Agreement. Finally, Aspen entered into an Indemnification Agreement with HEMG on September 16, 2011 agreeing to indemnify it from liability for its actions to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Indemnification Agreement is similar to the form we provide to our directors and executive officers which is a standard form of corporate indemnification agreement. Aspen’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains a provision which precludes indemnification of expenses from any litigation between Aspen and any officer or director.

Upon discovering the unauthorized borrowings described above, Aspen gave notice of termination of the Consulting Agreement. The undisclosed loan from Dr. Michael D’Anton described below would have also served as cause to terminate the Consulting Agreement.

Additionally, in connection with the HEMG Agreement, Aspen repaid a loan owed to Mr. Steve Karl, a former employee of Aspen, by Mr. Spada of approximately $16,000. Aspen also agreed to pay Mr. Karl severance of $75,000 (six months base pay). Additionally, Aspen agreed to pay Mr. Karl’s wife and previously the bookkeeper of Aspen $32,500 (six months base pay) and paid a former bookkeeping consultant $6,000. When Aspen gave notice of termination of the Consulting Agreement to Mr. Spada, it also gave notice to the Karls that it was terminating its severance obligations (approximately $71,000), given the fact that these employees were responsible for keeping Aspen’s books and records during the timeframes of the unauthorized borrowings. The Karls responded that they do not agree with Aspen terminating their severance payments. They have not filed suit against Aspen.

The 4,425,522 shares of Aspen Group’s common stock which HEMG holds that are not pledged to Aspen are subject to a Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreement which provides that (until March 13, 2014) HEMG and Spada, collectively, are, in any given week, allowed to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of up to 5% of the total trading volume for Aspen Group’s common stock for the prior 10 trading days not including any days in the week of sale. The current directors of Aspen Group also signed Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreements at the same terms as the HEMG Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreement. Early in 2013, Aspen Group was given notice by a creditor that the creditor has a lien for over $1 million owed by HEMG and Spada, which requires that any proceeds of future sales must be used to first satisfy the lien.

65

Although Mr. Spada is believed to have devoted his full-time services to Aspen, there is no evidence he ever received any salary. For 2010 and 2011, Aspen paid $655,191 of personal expenses on behalf of Mr. Spada. Aspen issued to Mr. Spada and HEMG two 1099s in relation to 2011 for $119,800 and $320,935, respectively. No 1099s were issued to HEMG or Mr. Spada prior to 2011, and the difference was added to the loan receivable. In 2012, Aspen Group issued Mr. Spada an amended 1099 for 2011 which included the full amount of the borrowed funds.

On September 16, 2011, Mr. Spada sold 3,769,150 shares of Aspen Series C (equivalent to 3,193,906 shares of common stock of Aspen Group) for $1,000,000 or approximately $0.265 per share (or the equivalent of $0.313 per share of Aspen Group’s common stock). Mr. Mathews was one of the purchasers; other purchasers included Mr. David Garrity, Aspen’s then Chief Financial Officer, and Michael D’Anton, MD, Mr. C. James Jensen and John Scheibelhoffer MD who are directors. On September 21, 2011, Aspen lent $238,210 to Mr. Mathews to allow him to acquire Series C from HEMG. The loan was for a nine month period with 3% per annum interest and was guaranteed by Mr. Mathews’ wife and secured by a pledge of 40,000 shares of interclick, inc. common stock owned by Mr. Mathews. Mr. Mathews repaid the loan in December 2011. In December 2011, Aspen lent Mr. Brad Powers, our former Chief Marketing Officer, $150,000 in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum interest due September 14, 2012. As collateral, the note was secured by 500,000 shares of Aspen’s common stock. The loan was repaid in February 2012.

On August 14, 2012, Mr. Mathews loaned Aspen Group $300,000 in exchange for a convertible demand note bearing interest at 5% per annum. The note is convertible at $0.35 per share, and the due date was extended until August 31, 2014. In March 2012, Mr. Mathews loaned Aspen $300,000 in exchange for a convertible note bearing interest at 0.19% per annum. The note is convertible at $1.00 per share, and the due date has been extended to August 31, 2014.

During 2009, Aspen received a loan of $50,000 from the brother of Mr. Spada, the former Chairman. During 2011 and 2010, the loans were non-interest bearing demand loans. In February 2012, the lender agreed to convert the loan into a two-year convertible note payable convertible at $1.00 per share.

Since May 2011, directors and an executive officer purchased securities in Aspen and Aspen Group’s private placement offerings of which the largest investment was $150,000. The investments were on the same terms as other investors.

On April 10, 2012, HEMG, Spada, Aspen Group and one other person entered into an Agreement, which we refer to as the April Agreement, under which HEMG sold 400,000 shares of common stock of Aspen Group for $200,000 to individuals who were not executive officers or directors of Aspen Group. In connection with the April Agreement, Aspen Group guaranteed that it would purchase 600,000 shares at $0.50 per share within 90 days of the April Agreement and agreed to use its best efforts to purchase an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock at $0.50 per shares within 180 days from the date of the April Agreement. A group of predominately existing shareholders purchased 336,000 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share and Aspen Group purchased 264,000 shares at $0.50 per share. Aspen Group purchased the shares after the 90 day period had expired; Spada cashed the check without reserving his rights or protesting the late payment. We have been advised by counsel that this means that the agreement (described below) of HEMG and Spada not to sue us is binding.

No additional shares were purchased at that time because Aspen Group could not sell its own common stock at a price that high. In December 2012, Aspen Group purchased 200,000 of HEMG's shares for $0.35 per share. Provided that HEMG and Mr. Spada meet their obligations under the April Agreement, Aspen Group agreed to allow HEMG and Mr. Spada to privately sell up to 500,000 shares privately which are subject to the lock-up agreement described above provided that the purchaser agreed to be bound by the terms of the lock-up. Additionally, under the April Agreement, HEMG and Mr. Spada agreed not to commence any lawsuit, or cooperate in any lawsuit against us, except in an action, claim or lawsuit which is brought against HEMG or Mr. Spada by us in which case HEMG and Mr. Spada may assert any counterclaim or cross-claim against Aspen. See page 48 for a description of a lawsuit brought by Mr. Spada and HEMG against Aspen Group. Additionally, Aspen agreed to extend the due date on the $772,793 receivable to September 30, 2014.

A number of years ago Dr. Michael D’Anton lent Aspen $25,000 of which $22,000 was owed at September 30, 2012. The loan was not disclosed on Aspen’s balance sheet at the time of the EGC merger. In November 2012, Dr. D’Anton cancelled Aspen’s obligation in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested options exercisable at $0.35 per share.

On July 1, 2013, Mr. Mathews loaned Aspen Group $1 million and was issued a $1 million Promissory Note due December 31, 2013. The Promissory Note bears 10% interest per annum, payable monthly in arrears.

Mr. Mathews’ son is employed by Aspen Group as its marketing manager and is paid a salary of $40,000 per year.

66

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

We are authorized to issue 120,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, 59,190,366 shares of common stock and 0 shares of preferred stock are outstanding.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. The holders of common stock are entitled to any dividends that may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for payment of dividends subject to the prior rights of holders of preferred stock and any contractual restrictions we have against the payment of dividends on common stock. In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights and have no right to convert their common stock into any other securities.

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock in one or more series with such designations, voting powers, if any, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations and restrictions, as are determined by resolution of our board of directors. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by shareholders and could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock. In certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could depress the market price of the common stock.

The following discussion of our common stock is qualified in its entirety by our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and by the full text of the agreements pursuant to which the securities were issued. We urge you to review these documents, copies of which have been filed with the SEC, as well as the applicable statutes of the State of Delaware for a more complete description of the rights and liabilities of holders of our securities.

Our charter documents include provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a shareholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by our shareholders. Certain of these provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs.

Effects of authorized but unissued common stock and blank check preferred stock. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock and undesignated preferred stock may be to enable our to make more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of management. If, in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our Board were to determine that a takeover proposal was not in our best interest, such shares could be issued by our Board without shareholder approval in one or more transactions that might prevent or render more difficult or costly the completion of the takeover transaction by diluting the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent shareholder group, by putting a substantial voting block in institutional or other hands that might undertake to support the position of the incumbent Board, by effecting an acquisition that might complicate or preclude the takeover, or otherwise.

In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation grants our Board broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance also may adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of those holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Cumulative Voting. Our Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors which would allow holders of less than a majority of the stock to elect some directors.

Vacancies. Our bylaws provide that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum.

Special Meeting of Shareholders. A special meeting of shareholders may only be called by the Board.

67

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law

We are subject to the “business combination” provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, such provisions prohibit a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in various “business combination” transactions such as a merger with any interested shareholder which includes, a shareholder owning 15% of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities, for a period of three years after the date in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless:

● The transaction is approved by the corporation’s Board prior to the date the shareholder became an interested shareholder;

● Upon closing of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the shareholder owned at least 85% of the shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the corporation outstanding excluding those shares owned by persons who are both directors and officers and specified types of employee stock plans; or

● On or after such date, the business combination is approved by the Board and at least 66 2/3% of outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested shareholder.

A Delaware corporation may opt out of Section 203 with either an express provision in its original Certificate of Incorporation or an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws approved by its shareholders. We have not opted out of this Statute. This Statute could prohibit, discourage or delay mergers or other takeover attempts to acquire us.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The selling shareholders of the common stock and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock on the Bulletin Board or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. A selling shareholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:

● ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

● block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

● purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

● an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

● privately negotiated transactions;

● settlement of short sales entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

● broker-dealers may agree with the selling shareholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

● through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

● a combination of any such methods of sale; or

● any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling shareholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling shareholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling shareholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with FINRA NASD Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASD IM-2440.

68

In connection with the sale of the common stock or interests therein, the selling shareholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling shareholders may also sell shares of the common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling shareholders may also enter into options or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The selling shareholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. The selling shareholders have informed Aspen that it does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the common stock. In no event shall any broker-dealer receive fees, commissions and markups which, in the aggregate, would exceed eight percent (8%).

Aspen is required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the selling shareholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Because the selling shareholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, they will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act including Rule 172 thereunder. In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 rather than under this prospectus. There is no underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with the proposed sale of the resale shares by the selling shareholders.

We agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the shares may be resold by the selling shareholders without registration and without regard to any volume or manner-of-sale limitations by reason of Rule 144, without the requirement for us to be in compliance with the current public information under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) the date on which all of the shares have been sold pursuant to this prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect. The resale shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the resale shares may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the common stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the selling shareholders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of the common stock by the selling shareholders or any other person. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the selling shareholders and have informed them of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale (including by compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act).

Transfer Agent

Action Stock Transfer Corp. is our transfer agent located at 2469 E. Fort Union Boulevard, Suite 214, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121.

69

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A., West Palm Beach, Florida. An employee of this firm beneficially owns 312,260 shares of common stock of Aspen Group and five-year warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock of Aspen Group at $0.35 per share.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus and registration statement for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the four months ended April 30, 2013 have been audited by Salberg & Company, P.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including the exhibits, schedules, and amendments to this registration statement, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, we make reference to the registration statement. Although this prospectus contains all material information regarding us, statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we make reference to the copy of such contract, agreement, or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. We also file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any other information, which we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10:00 AM to 3:00 PM. We also file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

70

Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

	Page
Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-9

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of:

Aspen Group, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficiency) and cash flows for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.  As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a net loss allocable to common stockholders and net cash used in operating activities for the four months ended April 30, 2013 of $1,402,982 and $918,941, respectively, and has an accumulated deficit of $12,740,086 at April 30, 2013. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s Plan in regards to these matters is also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Salberg & Company, P.A.

SALBERG & COMPANY, P.A.

Boca Raton, Florida

July 30, 2013

2295 NW Corporate Blvd., Suite 240 • Boca Raton, FL 33431-7328

Phone: (561) 995-8270• Toll Free: (866) CPA-8500• Fax: (561) 995-1920

www.salbergco.com • info@salbergco.com

Member National Association of Certified Valuation Analysts • Registered with the PCAOB

Member CPAConnect with Affiliated Offices Worldwide • Member AICPA Center for Audit Quality

F-2

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	724,982		$	577,238		$	766,602
Restricted cash		265,173			264,992			-
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $72,535, $35,535 and $47,595, respectively		364,788			239,671			215,099
Accounts receivable, secured - related party		-			-			772,793
Note receivable from officer, secured - related party		-			-			150,000
Prepaid expenses		165,426			192,533			103,268
Net assets from discontinued operations (Note 1)		113,822			393,214			632,135
Other current assets		-			69,000			210
Total current assets		1,634,191			1,736,648			2,640,107
Property and equipment:
Call center equipment		121,313			121,313			121,313
Computer and office equipment		61,036			45,718			38,577
Furniture and fixtures		32,914			11,336			-
Library (online)		100,000			100,000			100,000
Software		1,518,142			1,388,824			927,455
Vehicle		-			-			39,736
		1,833,405			1,667,191			1,227,081
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(569,665	)		(455,871	)		(229,972	)
Total property and equipment, net		1,263,740			1,211,320			997,109
Courseware, net		208,095			253,571			369,831
Accounts receivable, secured - related party, net of allowance of $502,315, $502,315 and $0, respectively		270,478			270,478			-
Other assets		25,181			25,181			6,559
Total assets	$	3,401,685		$	3,497,198		$	4,013,606

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	313,405		$	215,796		$	414,147
Accrued expenses		128,569			75,912			128,303
Deferred revenue		1,158,473			1,036,540			835,694
Notes payable, current portion		-			-			6,383
Loan payable to stockholder		491			491			-
Deferred rent, current portion		10,418			6,257			4,291
Convertible notes payable, current portion		200,000			-			-
Net liabilities from discontinued operations (Note 1)		124,504			226,430			719,107
Other current liabilities		-			69,000			-
Total current liabilities		1,935,860			1,630,426			2,107,925
Line of credit		250,000			250,000			233,215
Loans payable (includes $50,000 to related parties)		-			-			200,000
Convertible notes payable (includes $600,000 to related parties)		600,000			800,000			-
Notes payable		-			-			8,768
Deferred rent		21,450			15,017			21,274
Total liabilities		2,807,310			2,695,443			2,571,182
Commitments and contingencies - See Note 10
Temporary equity:
Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 850,500 shares designated, none, none, and 850,395 shares issued and outstanding, respectively		-			-			809,900
Series D preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,700,000 shares designated, none, none, and 1,176,750 shares issued and outstanding, respectively (liquidation value of $1,176,750)		-			-			1,109,268
Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares designated, none, none, and 1,700,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively (liquidation value of $1,700,000)		-			-			1,550,817
Total temporary equity		-			-			3,469,985
Stockholders’ equity (deficiency):
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized
Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 11,411,400 shares designated, none, none, and 11,307,450 shares issued and outstanding, respectively (liquidation value of $11,307)		-			-			11,307
Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 368,421 shares designated, none, none, and 368,411 shares issued and outstanding, respectively		-			-			368
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 120,000,000 shares authorized, 58,573,222 issued and 58,373,222 outstanding at April 30, 2013, 55,243,719 issued and 55,043,719 outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 11,837,930 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011		58,573			55,244			11,838
Additional paid-in capital		13,345,888			12,153,615			3,275,296
Treasury stock (200,000 shares)		(70,000	)		(70,000	)		-
Accumulated deficit		(12,740,086	)		(11,337,104	)		(5,326,370	)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency)		594,375			801,755			(2,027,561	)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficiency)	$	3,401,685		$	3,497,198		$	4,013,606

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	For the Four Months Ended						For the Year Ended
	April 30,						December 31,
	2013			2012			2012			2011
				(Unaudited)
Revenues	$	1,229,096		$	745,656		$	2,684,931		$	2,346,238
Operating expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)		749,930			865,408			2,342,037			1,041,269
General and administrative		1,670,812			2,123,685			5,235,282			3,593,956
Receivable collateral valuation reserve		-			-			502,315			-
Depreciation and amortization		159,269			121,812			397,923			264,082
Total operating expenses		2,580,011			3,110,905			8,477,557			4,899,307
Operating loss from continuing operations		(1,350,915	)		(2,365,249	)		(5,792,626	)		(2,553,069	)
Other income (expense):
Interest income		330			672			4,592			2,656
Interest expense		(6,737	)		(2,934	)		(364,889	)		(27,850	)
Gain on disposal of property and equipment		-			5,879			5,879			-
Other Income		66,267			-			-			-
Loss due to unauthorized borrowing		-			-			-			(14,876	)
Total other expense, net		59,860			3,617			(354,418	)		(40,070	)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes		(1,291,055	)		(2,361,632	)		(6,147,044	)		(2,593,139	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		-			-			-			-
Loss from continuing operations		(1,291,055	)		(2,361,632	)		(6,147,044	)		(2,593,139	)
Discontinued operations (Note 1)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes		(111,927	)		148,513			136,310			457,566
Net loss		(1,402,982	)		(2,213,119	)		(6,010,734	)		(2,135,573	)
Cumulative preferred stock dividends		-			(37,379	)		(37,379	)		(87,326	)
Net loss allocable to common stockholders	$	(1,402,982	)	$	(2,250,498	)	$	(6,048,113	)	$	(2,222,899	)
Loss per share from continuing operations - basic and diluted	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.17	)
Income per share from discontinued operations - basic and diluted	$	(0.00	)	$	0.01		$	0.00		$	0.03
Net loss per share allocable to common stockholders - basic and diluted	$	(0.03	)	$	(0.11	)	$	(0.17	)	$	(0.14	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
basic and diluted		56,089,884			21,135,361			35,316,681			15,377,413

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

FOR THE FOUR MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 2013 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

																												Total
	Preferred Stock																		Additional									Stockholders'
	Series B						Series C						Common Stock						Paid-In			Treasury			Accumulated			Equity
	Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Capital			Stock			Deficit			(Deficiency)
Balance at December 31, 2010		-		$	-			-		$	-			21,000,000		$	21,000		$	3,850,809		$	-		$	(3,190,797	)	$	681,012
Rescission of common shares		-			-			-			-			(170,100	)		(170	)		(164,830	)		-			-			(165,000	)
Common shares issued as part of merger		-			-			-			-			3,200,000			3,200			-			-			-			3,200
Treasury shares acquired for cash		-			-			-			-			(884,520	)		(885	)		(760,315	)		-			-			(761,200	)
Conversion of convertible notes into Series B preferred shares		368,411			368			-			-			-			-			349,632			-			-			350,000
Conversion of common shares into Series C preferred shares		-			-			11,307,450			11,307			(11,307,450	)		(11,307	)		-			-			-			-
Net loss, 2011		-			-			-			-			-			-			-			-			(2,135,573	)		(2,135,573	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		368,411			368			11,307,450			11,307			11,837,930			11,838			3,275,296			-			(5,326,370	)		(2,027,561	)
Conversion of all preferred shares into common shares		(368,411	)		(368	)		(11,307,450	)		(11,307	)		13,677,274			13,677			3,467,983			-			-			3,469,985
Recapitalization		-			-			-			-			9,760,000			9,760			(30,629	)		-			-			(20,869	)
Conversion of convertible notes into common shares		-			-			-			-			5,293,152			5,293			1,770,532			-			-			1,775,825
Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash, net of offering costs of $446,764		-			-			-			-			9,920,000			9,920			3,015,316			-			-			3,025,236
Issuance of common shares and warrants due to price protection		-			-			-			-			4,516,917			4,517			(4,517	)		-			-			-
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest		-			-			-			-			202,446			203			70,451			-			-			70,654
Treasury shares acquired for cash		-			-			-			-			(264,000	)		(264	)		(131,736	)		(70,000	)		-			(202,000	)
Issuance of common shares for services		-			-			-			-			200,000			200			69,800			-			-			70,000
Issuance of common shares and warrants for services		-			-			-			-			100,000			100			42,900			-			-			43,000
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle accrued payroll		-			-			-			-			-			-			238,562			-			-			238,562
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle note payable		-			-			-			-			-			-			22,000			-			-			22,000
Stock-based compensation		-			-			-			-			-			-			347,657			-			-			347,657
Net loss, 2012		-			-			-			-			-			-			-			-			(6,010,734	)		(6,010,734	)
Balance at December 31, 2012		-			-			-			-			55,243,719			55,244			12,153,615			(70,000	)		(11,337,104	)		801,755
Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash, net of offering costs of $123,788		-			-			-			-			3,329,503			3,329			1,038,211			-			-			1,041,540
Stock-based compensation		-			-			-			-			-			-			154,062			-			-			154,062
Net loss, Four Months Ended April 30, 2013		-			-			-			-			-			-			-			-			(1,402,982	)		(1,402,982	)
Balance at April 30, 2013		-		$	-			-		$	-			58,573,222		$	58,573		$	13,345,888		$	(70,000	)	$	(12,740,086	)	$	594,375

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Four Months Ended						For the Year Ended
	April 30,						December 31,
	2013			2012			2012			2011
				(Unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(1,402,982	)	$	(2,213,119	)	$	(6,010,734	)	$	(2,135,573	)
Less income (loss) from discontinued operations		(111,927	)		148,513			136,310			457,566
Loss from continuing operations		(1,291,055	)		(2,361,632	)		(6,147,044	)		(2,593,139	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Bad debt expense		37,000			32,955			133,907			21,200
Receivable collateral valuation reserve		-			-			502,315			-
Amortization of debt issuance costs		-			-			266,473			-
Gain on disposal of property and equipment		-			(5,879	)		(5,879	)		-
Depreciation and amortization		159,269			121,812			397,923			264,082
Loss on settlement of accrued interest		-			3,339			3,339			-
Issuance of convertible notes in exchange for services rendered		-			38,175			38,175			22,000
Stock-based compensation		154,062			81,605			347,657			-
Common shares and warrants issued for services rendered		-			-			113,000			-
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:
Accounts receivable		(288,117	)		(30,001	)		(327,524	)		468,424
Accounts receivable, secured - related party		-			-			-			7,376
Prepaid expenses		27,107			(44,683	)		(89,265	)		(97,474	)
Other current assets		69,000			210			(68,790	)		(210	)
Other assets		-			-			(18,622	)		-
Accounts payable		97,609			727,214			(186,701	)		390,628
Accrued expenses		52,658			191,532			252,771			(123,338	)
Deferred rent		10,593			(1,073	)		(4,291	)		(2,324	)
Deferred revenue		121,933			114,162			200,846			(36,555	)
Other current liabilities		(69,000	)		-			69,000			-
Net cash used in operating activities		(918,941	)		(1,132,264	)		(4,522,710	)		(1,679,330	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash acquired as part of merger		-			(378	)		337			3,200
Purchases of property and equipment		(166,214	)		(200,933	)		(479,846	)		(1,060,887	)
Purchases of courseware		-			(8,200	)		(25,300	)		(54,090	)
Increase in restricted cash		(181	)		-			(264,992	)		-
Advances to officer for note receivable		-			-			-			(388,210	)
Proceeds received from officer loan repayments		-			150,000			150,000			238,210
Net cash used in investing activities		(166,395	)		(59,511	)		(619,801	)		(1,261,777	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from (repayments on) line of credit, net		-			(8,215	)		16,785			(10,284	)
Proceeds from issuance of common shares and warrants, net		1,041,540			-			3,025,236			-
Principal payments on notes payable		-			-			-			(30,871	)
Proceeds received from issuance of convertible notes and warrants		-			1,059,000			1,706,000			255,000
Proceeds from related party for convertible notes		-			-			600,000			73,000
Disbursements for debt issuance costs		-			(112,020	)		(266,473	)		-
Proceeds from issuance of Series A, D and E preferred stock		-			-			-			3,469,985
Payments for stockholder rescissions		-			-			-			(165,000	)
Proceeds from note payable		-			-			22,000			-
Disbursements to purchase treasury shares		-			-			(202,000	)		(761,200	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		1,041,540			938,765			4,901,548			2,830,630

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

	For the Four Months Ended					For the Year Ended
	April 30,					December 31,
	2013		2012			2012			2011
			(Unaudited)
Cash flows from discontinued operations:
Cash flows from operating activities		191,540		78,398			51,599			582,241
Net cash provided by discontinued operations		191,540		78,398			51,599			582,241
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		147,744		(174,612	)		(189,364	)		471,764
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		577,238		766,602			766,602			294,838
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	724,982	$	591,990		$	577,238		$	766,602
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	1,494	$	2,681		$	273,718		$	34,804
Cash paid for income taxes	$	-	$	-		$	-		$	-
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Conversion of all preferred shares into common shares	$	-	$	3,469,985		$	3,469,985		$	-
Conversion of convertible notes payable into common shares	$	-	$	20,000		$	1,775,825		$	-
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle accrued payroll	$	-	$	-		$	238,562		$	-
Conversion of loans payable to convertible notes payable	$	-	$	200,000		$	200,000		$	-
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest	$	-	$	-		$	70,654		$	-
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle note payable	$	-	$	22,000		$	22,000		$	-
Liabilities assumed in recapitalization	$	-	$	21,206		$	21,206		$	-
Settlement of notes payable by disposal of property and equipment	$	-	$	15,151		$	15,151		$	-
Issuance of convertible notes payable to pay accounts payable	$	-	$	11,650		$	11,650		$	-
Conversion of convertible notes payable into Preferred Series B shares	$	-	$	-		$	-		$	350,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Going Concern

Overview 

Aspen Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Aspen”) was founded in Colorado in 1987 as the International School of Information Management. On September 30, 2004, it was acquired by Higher Education Management Group, Inc. (“HEMG”) and changed its name to Aspen University Inc. On March 13, 2012, the Company was recapitalized in a reverse merger (See Note 12). All references to the Company or Aspen before March 13, 2012 are to Aspen University, Inc. (“Aspen University”).

On April 5, 2013, the Company gave 120-day notice to CLS 123, LLC of its intent to terminate the agreement between the Company and CLS 123, LLC dated November 9, 2011. Moreover, at the end of the 120-day period, the Company shall no longer be offering the “Certificate in Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration” program. Accordingly, the activities related to CLS (or the “Smart Home Integration Certificate” program) are treated as discontinued operations. As this component of the business was not sold, there was no gain or loss on the disposition of this component (see below “Discontinued Operations”).

On April 25, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year-end from December 31 to April 30, with the change to the calendar year reporting cycle beginning May 1, 2013. Consequently, we are filing a Transition Report on Form 10-KT for the four-month transition period ended April 30, 2013. References in this report to fiscal 2012 and 2011 indicate the calendar years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Financial information in these notes with respect to the four months ended April 30, 2012 is unaudited.

Aspen’s mission is to become an institution of choice for adult learners by offering cost-effective, comprehensive, and relevant online education. One of the key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profit universities is that approximately 87% of our degree-seeking students (as of April 30, 2013) were enrolled in graduate degree programs (Master or Doctorate degree program). Since 1993, we have been nationally accredited by the Distance Education and Training Council (“DETC”), a national accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”).

Merger with Education Growth Corporation

On May 19, 2011, the Company closed an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) wherein the Company acquired Education Growth Corporation, Inc. (“EGC”), a privately-held corporation formed in Delaware on January 21, 2011. EGC merged with and into Aspen University Inc. and Aspen University Inc. was the surviving corporation.

The consideration with respect to the merger with EGC consisted of 3,200,000 shares of common stock of the Company. EGC was not an operating company and it did not meet the definition of a business for business combination accounting. EGC did possess intellectual property and, accordingly, the merger was accounted for as an asset acquisition. Since the stockholders of EGC acquired more than a 10% voting interest in the Company, the asset acquisition was accounted for in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin, Topic 5G, “Transfers of Nonmonetary Assets by Promoters or Shareholders”. Accordingly, the assets acquired in the merger have been recorded at the transferors’ historical cost basis determined under GAAP. The net purchase price, including acquisition costs paid, was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:

Current assets (including cash of $3,200)	$	3,200
Intangible assets		-
Liabilities assumed		-
Net purchase price	$	3,200

Intangible assets acquired include a proprietary database of education-specific media publishers, a database of key words and performance metrics specific to the internet search channel of the education market, and a proprietary lead database processing architecture.

F-9

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Discontinued Operations

As of March 31, 2013, the Company decided to discontinue business activities related to its “Certificate in Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration” program so that it may focus on growing its full-time, degree-seeking student programs, which have higher gross margins. On April 5, 2013, the Company gave 120-day notice to CLS 123, LLC of its intent to terminate the agreement between the Company and CLS 123, LLC dated November 9, 2011. Thus, as of August 3, 2013, the Company shall no longer be offering the “Certificate in Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration” program. The termination of the “Smart Home Integration Certificate” program qualifies as a discontinued operation and accordingly the Company has excluded results for this component from its continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. All relevant footnotes have been revised as applicable to conform to the discontinued operations presentation. The following table shows the results of the “Smart Home Integration Certificate” program component included in the income from discontinued operations:

	For the Four Months Ended					For the Year Ended
	April 30,					December 31,
	2013			2012		2012		2011
				(Unaudited)
Revenues	$	140,732		$	1,077,875	$	2,332,283	$	2,131,693
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues		126,659			929,362		2,026,928		1,674,127
General and administrative		126,000			-		169,045		-
Total costs and expenses		252,659			929,362		2,195,973		1,674,127
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	(111,927	)	$	148,513	$	136,310	$	457,566

The major classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the balance sheet are as follows:

	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	-	$	67,750	$	-
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $295,045, $169,045 and $0, respectively		113,822		322,026		632,135
Other current assets		-		3,438		-
Net assets from discontinued operations	$	113,822	$	393,214	$	632,135
Liabilities
Accounts payable	$	1,178	$	1,178	$	679,882
Accrued expenses		70,201		185,395		39,225
Deferred revenue		53,125		39,857		-
Net liabilities from discontinued operations	$	124,504	$	226,430	$	719,107

Going Concern

The Company had a net loss allocable to common stockholders of $1,402,982 and negative cash flows from operations of $918,941 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and net loss allocable to common stockholders of $6,048,113 and negative cash flows from operations of $4,522,710 for the year ended December 31, 2012. While management expects operating trends to improve over the course of calendar year 2013, the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is contingent on securing additional debt or equity financing from outside investors. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

F-10

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Management plans to continue to implement its business plan and to fund operations by raising additional capital through the issuance of debt and equity securities. During 2012, the Company raised $5,778,000 in gross funding including: (i) $1,706,000 from the sale of convertible notes and warrants under the Laidlaw arrangement (See Note 9), (ii) $600,000 from the sale of convertible notes to the Company’s chief executive officer (the “CEO”) (See Notes 9 and 15), and (iii) $3,472,000 from Units (consisting of common stock and warrants) (See Note 12). Since the beginning of 2013, the Company has received an additional $1,041,540 in funding from the sale of Units (consisting of shares of common stock and warrants). (See Note 12.) Aspen Group is planning to conduct a future offering in Fall of 2013 to raise up to $7 million from the sale of equity securities with the goal of meeting part of the NASDAQ’s initial listing standards. These proceeds will be used to meet cash flow deficits and to accelerate the growth of the business.

The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recovery of the recorded assets or the classification of the liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. 

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aspen Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the allowance for doubtful accounts and other receivables, the valuation of collateral on certain receivables, amortization periods and valuation of courseware and software development costs, valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation of net assets and liabilities from discontinued operations and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents amounts pledged as security for letters of credit for transactions involving Title IV programs.

Consistent with the Higher Education Act, Aspen’s certification to participate in Title IV programs terminated after closing of the reverse merger, and Aspen applied to DOE to reestablish its eligibility and certification to participate in the Title IV programs. However, in order to avoid significant disruption in disbursements of Title IV funds, the DOE may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution, like Aspen, that is seeking approval of a change in ownership under certain circumstances while the DOE reviews the institution’s application. In response to DOE requests, the Company pledged a $105,865 letter of credit to the DOE on March 27, 2012 and on August 31, 2012, the Company pledged an additional $158,800 to the letter of credit and extended the due date to December 31, 2013. The Company considers $265,173 (includes accrued interest of $508) and $264,992 (includes accrued interest of $327) as restricted cash (shown as a current asset as of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) until such letter of credit expires. As of April 30, 2013, the account bears interest of 0.25%.

F-11

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Company classifies assets and liabilities recorded at fair value under the fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

·

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;

·

Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities; and

·

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of assets or liabilities.

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due for tuition, technology fees and other fees for students who are in the course of completing a degree or certificate program. Students generally fund their education through personal funds, grants and/or loans under various DOE Title IV programs, or tuition assistance from military and corporate employers. Accounts receivable also includes secured amounts presented as non-current due from the sale of courseware to a former related party.

All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to the Company for tuition, fees and other expenses. The most common payment option for the Company’s students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer. In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or she often selects personal cash as the secondary option. If a student who has selected financial aid as his or her primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that the Company’s institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or her financial aid, the Company will have to return all or a portion of the funds to the DOE and the student will owe the Company all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the student earned and that the Company is entitled to retain. In this case, the Company must collect the receivable using the student’s second payment option.

For accounts receivable from students, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of its students to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for amounts in excess of the student’s cost of tuition and related fees. The Company determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts using a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts receivable and student status. The Company applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the receivables and student status. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. The Company continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection.

For accounts receivable from primary payors other than students, the Company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy proceedings and receivable amounts outstanding for an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, the Company uses assumptions and judgment, based on the best available facts and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amount of the allowance. The Company may also record a general allowance as necessary.

F-12

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Direct write-offs are taken in the period when the Company has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate other circumstances that indicate that the Company should abandon such efforts.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets per the following table.

Category	Depreciation Term
Call center equipment	5 years
Computer and office equipment	5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Library (online)	3 years
Software	5 years
Vehicle	5 years

Costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage, which is after: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed; and (ii) management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable the project will be completed and used to perform the function intended. Capitalization ceases at the point the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, and after all substantial testing is completed. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that those expenditures will result in additional functionality. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years of the internal-use software development costs and related upgrades and enhancements. When existing software is replaced with new software, the unamortized costs of the old software are expensed when the new software is ready for its intended use.

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed and a gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Courseware

The Company records the costs of courseware in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350 “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”.

Generally, costs of courseware are capitalized whereas costs for upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred. Courseware is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances considered by the Company in determining whether the carrying value of identifiable intangible assets and other long-lived assets may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to: significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period of time, and changes in the Company’s business strategy. An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results.

F-13

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Leases

The Company enters into various lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capital lease. Leases may contain initial periods of free rent and/or periodic escalations. When such items are included in a lease agreement, the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as a deferred rent liability. The Company expenses any additional payments under its operating leases for taxes, insurance or other operating expenses as incurred.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by the Company online as well as from related educational resources that the Company provides to its students, such as access to our online materials and learning management system. Tuition revenue is recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. The Company allows a student to make three monthly tuition payments during each 10-week class. The Company maintains an institutional tuition refund policy, which provides for all or a portion of tuition to be refunded if a student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which override the Company’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a time when a portion or none of the tuition is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, the Company recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since the Company recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund is never greater than the amount of the revenue that has been deferred, under the Company’s accounting policies revenue is not recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. The Company’s educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred. The Company also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, which are recognized over the related service period. Deferred revenue represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenues may be recognized as sales occur or services are performed.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue - Discontinued Operations

The Company enters into certain revenue sharing arrangements with consultants whereby the consultants will develop course content primarily for technology-related courses, recommend, but not select, faculty, lease equipment on behalf of the Company for instructional purposes for the on-site laboratory portion of distance learning courses and make introductions to corporate and government sponsoring organizations that provide students for the courses. The Company has evaluated ASC 605-45 "Principal Agent Considerations" and determined that there are more indicators than not that the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangements since the Company establishes the tuition, interfaces with the student or sponsoring organization, selects the faculty, is responsible for delivering the course, is responsible for issuing any degrees or certificates, and is responsible for collecting the tuition and fees. The gross tuition and fees are included in revenues while the revenue sharing payments are included in instructional costs and services, an operating expense. As a result of presenting this component as discontinued operations, the revenues are now included in income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes for all periods presented (See Note 1).

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of two categories of cost, instructional costs and services, and marketing and promotional costs.

Instructional Costs and Services

Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for faculty and administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students.

F-14

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Marketing and Promotional Costs

Marketing and promotional costs include costs associated with purchasing leads, producing marketing materials, and advertising. Such costs are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of the Company's marketing and recruiting efforts, and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Advertising costs consists primarily of marketing leads and other branding and promotional activities. Non-direct response advertising activities are expensed as incurred, or the first time the advertising takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, bad debt expense related to accounts receivable, financial aid processing costs, non-capitalizable courseware and software costs, travel and entertainment expenses and facility costs.

Reclassifications

For the four months ended April 30, 2013, the Company changed its presentation in the Statement of Operations to present a cost of revenues line item. Certain amounts in the 2012 and 2011 Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to this new presentation as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	2,342,037		$	2,342,037
Instructional costs and services		899,909		(899,909	)		-
Marketing and promotional		1,442,128		(1,442,128	)		-
General and administrative		5,235,282		-			5,235,282
Receivable collateral valuation reserve		502,315					502,315
Depreciation and amortization		397,923					397,923
Total costs and expenses	$	8,477,557	$	-		$	8,477,557

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	1,041,269		$	1,041,269
Instructional costs and services		525,907		(525,907	)		-
Marketing and promotional		515,362		(515,362	)		-
General and administrative		3,593,956		-			3,593,956
Depreciation and amortization		264,082		-			264,082
Total costs and expenses	$	4,899,307	$	-		$	4,899,307

F-15

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial amounts. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income.

The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition, occurs when the Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Step two, measurement, is only addressed if the position is more likely than not to be sustained. Under step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the requisite service period. For employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent the Company's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. For non-employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant in the same manner as employee awards, however, the awards are revalued at the end of each reporting period and the prorata compensation expense is adjusted accordingly until such time the non-employee award is fully vested, at which time the total compensation recognized to date shall equal the fair value of the stock-based award as calculated on the measurement date, which is the date at which the award recipient’s performance is complete. The estimation of stock-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from original estimates, such amounts are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

Net Loss Per Share

Net loss per share of common stock is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year. Options to purchase 7,614,381 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 9,090,292 shares of common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the four months ended April 30, 2013, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. Options to purchase 6,972,967 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 8,112,696 shares of common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2012, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. Warrants to purchase 456,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2011, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. The options, warrants and convertible debt are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per shares of common stock when their effect is dilutive.

In addition to the above common stock equivalents, Aspen had outstanding preferred shares (Series A through E) that were contingently convertible into shares of common stock upon it becoming an SEC reporting company. There were an aggregate of 15,403,006 preferred shares contingently convertible into 13,677,274 shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2011 that could have been potentially dilutive in the future. As a result of its merger with Aspen Group, Inc., on March 13, 2012 (the SEC Reporting Date), all of the preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock on that date (See Notes 11 and 12).

F-16

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of its online students regardless of geography. The Company's chief operating decision makers, its CEO and President, manage the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating income information is evaluated by the chief operating decision makers on any component level.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB, issued ASU 2011-05, which amends ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The ASU does not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified to net income. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2012, and such adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which amends ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, to defer certain aspects of ASU 2011-05. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this guidance, along with ASU 2011-05, on January 1, 2012, and such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, which amends ASC Topic 350 to allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. An entity would not be required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible unless the entity determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this ASU and does not expect the adoption will have an impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

We have implemented all new accounting standards that are in effect and that may impact our consolidated financial statements and do not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that might have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Note 3. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consisted of the following at April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Accounts receivable	$	437,323		$	275,206		$	262,694
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts		(72,535	)		(35,535	)		(47,595	)
Accounts receivable, net	$	364,788		$	239,671		$	215,099

Bad debt expense was $37,000, $32,955, $133,907 and $21,200 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 4. Secured Accounts and Notes Receivable – Related Parties

On September 21, 2011, the Company loaned $238,210 to its CEO in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 40,000 shares of common stock of Interclick, Inc. (a publicly-traded company) owned personally by the CEO. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on June 21, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $1,867 was recognized. On December 20, 2011, the note along with accrued interest of $1,867 was paid in full (See Note 15).

F-17

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On December 14, 2011, the Company loaned $150,000 to an officer of the Company in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock owned personally by the officer. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on September 14, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $210 was recognized on the note receivable and is included in other current assets. As of December 31, 2011, the balance due on the note receivable was $150,000, all of which is short-term. During the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income of $594 was recognized on the note receivable. On February 16, 2012, the note receivable from an officer was repaid along with accrued interest (See Note 15).

On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, the Company sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to HEMG, a related party and principal stockholder of the Company whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of the Company, in the amount of $455,000 and $600,000, respectively; UCC filings were filed accordingly. Under the marketing agreements, the receivables were due net 60 months. On September 16, 2011, HEMG pledged 772,793 Aspen Series C preferred shares (automatically converted to 654,850 shares of common stock on March 13, 2012) of the Company as collateral for this account receivable. On March 8, 2012, due to the impending reduction in the value of the collateral as the result of the Series C conversion ratio and Aspen’s inability to engage Mr. Spada in good faith negotiations to increase HEMG’s pledge, Michael Mathews, Aspen’s CEO, pledged 117,943 shares of common stock of Aspen, owned personally by him, valued at $1.00 per share based on recent sales of capital stock as additional collateral to the accounts receivable, secured – related party. On March 13, 2012, Aspen deemed the receivables stemming from the sale of courseware curricula to be in default. On April 4, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with: (i) an individual, (ii) HEMG, a related party and principal stockholder of the Company whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of the Company and (iii) Mr. Patrick Spada. Under the agreement, (a) the individual purchased and HEMG sold to the individual 400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share; (b) the Company guaranteed it would purchase at least 600,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 90 days of the agreement and the Company would use its best efforts to purchase from HEMG and resell to investors an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 180 days of the agreement; (c) provided HEMG and Mr. Patrick Spada fulfilled their obligations under (a) and (b) above, the Company shall consent to additional private transfers by HEMG and/or Mr. Patrick Spada of up to 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company on or before March 13, 2013; (d) HEMG agreed to not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer 142,500 shares of common stock of the Company pending resolution of a dispute regarding the Company’s claim that HEMG sold 131,500 shares of common stock of the Company without having enough authorized shares and a stockholder did not receive 11,000 shares of common stock of the Company owed to him as a result of a stock dividend; and (e) the Company waived any default of the accounts receivable, secured - related party and extend the due date to September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2012, third party investors purchased 336,000 shares for $168,000 and the Company purchased 264,000 shares for $132,000 per section (b) above. Based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit (consisting of one share of common stock and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share), the value of the aforementioned collateral decreased. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recognized an allowance of $502,315 for this account receivable. As of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011, the balance of the account receivable, net of allowance, was $270,478, $270,478 and $772,793, respectively and is shown as accounts receivable, secured – related party, net (See Notes 12 and 15).

Note 5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Call center equipment	$	121,313		$	121,313		$	121,313
Computer and office equipment		61,036			45,718			38,577
Furniture and fixtures		32,914			11,336			-
Library (online)		100,000			100,000			100,000
Software		1,518,142			1,388,824			927,455
Vehicle		-			-			39,736
		1,833,405			1,667,191			1,227,081
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(569,665	)		(455,871	)		(229,972	)
Property and equipment, net	$	1,263,740		$	1,211,320		$	997,109

Depreciation and amortization expense for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $113,794, $73,718, $256,363 and $85,662, respectively. Accumulated depreciation amounted to $569,665, $455,871 and $229,972 as of April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-18

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Amortization expense for software, included in the above amounts, for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $99,855, $64,192, $226,454 and $60,290, respectively. Software consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Software	$	1,518,142		$	1,388,824		$	927,455
Accumulated amortization		(386,599	)		(286,744	)		(60,290	)
Software, net	$	1,131,543		$	1,102,080		$	867,165

Estimated future amortization expense of software as of April 30, 2013, is as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	303,629
2015		303,629
2016		302,782
2017		180,050
2018		41,453
Total	$	1,131,543

Note 6. Courseware

Courseware costs capitalized were $25,300 and $54,090 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. No courseware costs were capitalized for the fours month ended April 30, 2013.

Courseware consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Courseware	$	2,097,538		$	2,097,538		$	2,072,238
Accumulated amortization		(1,889,443	)		(1,843,967	)		(1,702,407	)
Courseware, net	$	208,095		$	253,571		$	369,831

Amortization expense of courseware for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $45,476, $48,094, $141,560 and $178,420, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense of course curricula as of April 30, 2013 is as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	105,246
2015		65,017
2016		27,730
2017		9,095
2018		1,007
Total	$	208,095

F-19

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Note 7. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Accrued compensation	$	44,692	$	50,923	$	33,930
Accrued settlement payable		-		-		40,000
Other accrued expenses		83,877		24,989		54,373
Accrued expenses	$	128,569	$	75,912	$	128,303

In October 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with Glen Oaks College (“Glen Oaks”) whereby Glen Oaks would provide technical training to Aspen students. Under the agreement, the Company received $100,000 from Glen Oaks in order to develop and obtain the necessary approvals to begin the program. On May 20, 2011, Glen Oaks filed suit against the Company to return the $100,000 when the agreement was not performed. On June 23, 2011, the Company agreed to settle the matter and paid Glen Oaks $5,000 on that date. On July 22, 2011, the Company and Glen Oaks entered into a settlement agreement whereby the Company agreed to pay Glen Oaks as follows: (i) $5,000 upon execution of the settlement agreement and (ii) $10,000 per month for nine consecutive months commencing August 1, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the remaining settlement payable to Glen Oaks was $40,000. As of December 31, 2012, the settlement had been paid in full and no further amount was due.

Note 8. Loans Payable

During 2009, the Company received advances aggregating $200,000 from three individuals. From the date the funds were received through the date the loans were converted into convertible promissory notes payable, the loans were non-interest bearing demand loans and, therefore, no interest expense was recognized or due. As of December 31, 2011, the entire balance of the loans payable is included in long-term liabilities as the Company, in February 2012, has converted the loans into long-term convertible notes payable (See Note 9).

Note 9. Notes Payable

Notes Payable – Related Party

In June 2009, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $45,000 from an individual, who was an officer of the Company at that time, in exchange for notes payable bearing interest at 18% per annum. The notes were due in October 2009 and became demand notes at that time. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest expense of $2,393 was recognized on the notes. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the remaining principal balance of $25,000 due on the notes payable was repaid and no further amount is due (See Note 15).

During April 2012, the Company received $22,000 from a director of the Company in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on demand. On November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan stock options of the Company exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Notes 12, 15 and 16).

Convertible Notes Payable

On March 6, 2011, Aspen authorized the issuance of up to $350,000 of convertible notes that were convertible into Series B preferred shares at $0.95 per share, bearing interest of 6% per annum. The notes were convertible beginning after the closing of the EGC Merger (See Note 1). As of May 13, 2011, the Aspen had received an aggregate of $328,000 (of which $73,000 was received from related parties) from the sale of convertible notes. Aspen evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record. In addition, Aspen issued an aggregate of $22,000 (of which $16,000 was to related parties) of convertible notes for services rendered. In May 2011, $350,000 of the convertible notes were converted into Aspen 368,411 Series B preferred shares (See Notes 12 and 15).

F-20

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

As part of the recapitalization that occurred on March 13, 2012, the Company assumed from the public entity an aggregate of $20,000 of convertible notes bearing interest at 10% per annum. Each note holder had the right to convert all or a portion of the principal amount of the note into shares of the Company’s common stock at the conversion price of the next equity offering of the Company. The notes meet the criteria of stock settled debt under ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”, and accordingly were presented at their fixed monetary amount of $20,000. The convertible notes were past due as of the date of assumption and, accordingly, the Company was in default. In April 2012, the convertible notes payable of $20,000 were converted into 20,000 shares of common stock of the Company and, accordingly, the default was cured (See Note 12).

On February 25, 2012, February 27, 2012 and February 29, 2012, loans payable to three individuals, of $100,000, $50,000 and $50,000, respectively, were converted into two-year convertible promissory notes, bearing interest of 0.19% per annum. Beginning March 31, 2012, the notes are convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share. The Company evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue dates. These loans (now convertible promissory notes) are due February of 2014 and, have been included in short-term liabilities as of April 30, 2013 (See Note 8).

On March 13, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note due March 31, 2013, bearing interest at 0.19% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share upon five days written notice to the Company. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014. There was no accounting effect for these two modifications (See Note 15).

On February 29, 2012 (the "Effective Date"), the Company retained the investment bank of Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. ("Laidlaw") on an exclusive basis for the purpose of raising up to $6,000,000 (plus up to an additional $1,200,000 million to cover over-allotments at the option of Laidlaw) through two successive best-efforts private placements of the Company's securities following the reverse merger. Each Unit in the Phase One financing consisted of: (i) senior secured convertible notes (the "Convertible Notes"), bearing 10% interest, convertible into the Company's shares of common stock at the lower of (a) $1.00 or (b) 95% of the per share purchase price of any shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) issued on or after the original issue date of the note and (ii) five-year warrant to purchase that number of the Company's shares of common stock equal to 25% of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes. As of June 30, 2012, the Company, without the assistance of any broker-dealer, raised $150,000 from the sale of 3.0 Units. Laidlaw raised $1,289,527 (net of debt issuance costs of $266,473) from the sale of 31.12 Units (including Convertible Notes payable and an estimated 389,000 warrants). Mandatory conversion was to occur on the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, which occurred September 28, 2012. The Convertible Notes (as extended) had a maturity date of September 30, 2012, carried provisions for price protection and contained registration rights. For the Phase One financing, Laidlaw received a cash fee of 10% of aggregate funds raised along with a five-year warrant (the "Laidlaw Warrant") equal to 10% of the common stock reserved for issuance in connection with the Units. Separately, Laidlaw required an activation fee of $25,000. The Phase Two financing consisted of Units offered at $0.35 per Unit (consisting of one share of common stock and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share. The Convertible Notes embedded conversion options did not qualify as derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market and there was no beneficial conversion value since the conversion price equaled the fair value of the shares. As a result of proceeds received on September 28, 2012 in the Phase Two financing, all of the $1,706,000 (face value) of Convertible Notes were automatically converted into 5,130,795 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.3325 per share. Moreover, the warrants issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes became fixed and determinable and caused to be outstanding 1,282,674 warrants (includes an additional 856,174 warrants due to price protection provisions) to acquire shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share. In addition, 202,334 shares of common stock and 50,591 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.3325 per share were issued to settle $67,276 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Notes. Accordingly, a loss of $3,339 was recognized in general and administrative expenses upon settlement (See Note 12).

F-21

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On May 1, 2012, the Company issued a Convertible Note payable to a consultant in the amount of $49,825 in exchange for past services rendered, of which $38,175 pertains to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The Note bore interest at 0.19% per annum, had a maturity date of September 30, 2012, and was convertible into the Company’s shares of common stock at the lower (a) $1.00 or (b) the per share purchase price of any shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) issued on or after the original issue date of the note. The Convertible Note embedded conversion options did not qualify as derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market and there was no beneficial conversion value since the conversion price equaled the fair value of the shares. As a result of the private placement closing on September 28, 2012, the $49,825 (face value) convertible note was automatically converted into 142,357 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.35 per share. In addition, 112 shares of common stock were issued to settle $39 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Note. No gain or loss was recognized upon settlement (See Note 12).

On August 14, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note, payable on demand, bearing interest at 5% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.35 per share (based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit). The Company evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014. There was no accounting effect for these two modifications (See Note 15).

As of April 30, 2013, the aggregate amount of convertible notes payable outstanding was $800,000, of which $200,000 is included in current liabilities and $600,000 is included in long-term liabilities. As of April 30, 2013, the convertible notes embedded conversion options were still not accounted for as bifurcated derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market.

Notes payable consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Note payable - related party originating August 14, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 5% [A]	$	300,000		$	300,000	$	-
Note payable - related party originating March 13, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19% [A]		300,000			300,000		-
Note payable - originating February 25, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 25, 2014		100,000			100,000		-
Note payable - originating February 27, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 27, 2014		50,000			50,000		-
Note payable - originating February 29, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 29, 2014		50,000			50,000		-
Note payable for vehicle, 72 monthly payments of $618; interest at 8.4% through March 2014		-			-		15,151
Total		800,000			800,000		15,151
Less: Current maturities (notes payable)		-			-		(6,383	)
Less: Current maturities (convertible notes payable)		(200,000	)		-		-
Subtotal		600,000			800,000		8,768
Less: amount due after one year for notes payable		-			-		(8,768	)
Amount due after one year for convertible notes payable	$	600,000		$	800,000	$	-

———————

[A] - effective September 4, 2012, note amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2013. Effective December 17, 2012, note further amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2014.

F-22

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Future maturities of notes payable as of April 30, 2013 are as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	200,000
2015		600,000
	$	800,000

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies

Line of Credit

The Company maintains a line of credit with a bank, up to a maximum credit line of $250,000. The line of credit bears interest equal to the prime rate plus 0.50% (overall interest rate of 3.75% at April 30, 2013). The line of credit requires minimum monthly payments consisting of interest only. The line of credit is secured by all business assets, inventory, equipment, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, documents, instruments and letter of credit rights of the Company. The line of credit is for an unspecified time until the bank notifies the Company of the Final Availability Date, at which time payments on the line of credit become the sum of: (a) accrued interest and (b) 1/60th of the unpaid principal balance immediately following the Final Availability Date, which equates to a five-year payment period. The balance due on the line of credit as of April 30, 2013 was $250,000. Since the earliest the line of credit is due and payable is over a five year period and the Company believes that it could obtain a comparable replacement line of credit elsewhere, the entire line of credit is included in long-term liabilities. The unused amount under the line of credit available to the Company at April 30, 2013 was $0.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space for its corporate headquarters in New York, New York on a month-to-month basis with monthly rent payments of $4,300 per month.

The Company leases office space for its Denver, Colorado location under a seven-year lease agreement commencing September 15, 2008. The operating lease granted four initial months of free rent and had a base monthly rent of $6,526 commencing January 15, 2009. Thereafter, the monthly rent escalates 2.5% annually over the base year.

On October 4, 2012, the Company entered into a three-year lease agreement for its call center in Scottsdale, Arizona. The Company occupied temporary space at this location until moving into the leased space on February 1, 2013, the commencement date of the lease. The lease requires rent payments of $4,491 per month during months 4 through 12, $4,601 per month during the second year, and $4,710 per month during the third year.

The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of April 30, 2013:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	141,051
2015		144,332
2016		72,427
2017		-
Total minimum payments required	$	357,810

Rent expense was $64,724, $44,828 (unaudited), $140,783 and $114,511 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-23

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Employment Agreements

From time to time, the Company enters into employment agreements with certain of its employees. These agreements typically include bonuses, some of which were performance-based in nature. As of April 30, 2013, the Company had entered into five employment agreements whereby the Company was obligated to pay an annual performance bonus ranging from 50% to 100% of the employee’s base salary based upon the achievement of pre-established milestones. Such annual bonuses are to be paid one-half in cash and the remainder in shares of common stock of the Company. As of April 30, 2013, no performance bonuses have been earned.

Consulting Agreement

On September 16, 2011, the Company entered into a two-year consulting agreement with the former Chairman of the Company in which the Company was obligated to pay $11,667 per month. On September 28, 2011, the Company prepaid 13 months of the consulting agreement, or $151,667, which was then amortized until December 31, 2011, at which time the consulting agreement was terminated and the remaining unamortized prepaid expense was recognized immediately as consulting expense. No additional amounts are due under the consulting agreement (See Note 15).

On October 1, 2012, the Company retained two investor relations firms agreeing to pay one firm $50,000 a year for two years and issuing it 200,000 shares of common stock, having a fair value of $70,000 based on recent sales of Units. The second firm was retained for one year with a fee of $5,000 per month. The second firm also received 100,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $43,000 based on recent sale of Units (See Note 12).

Legal Matters

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. As of April 30, 2013, there were no other pending or threatened lawsuits that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the results of our operations and there are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates, or any registered or beneficial shareholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

On February 11, 2013, HEMG and Mr. Spada sued us, certain senior management members and our directors in state court in New York seeking damages arising from losses and other matters incurred in the operation of the Company’s business since May 2011, our filings with the SEC and the DOE where we stated that HEMG and Mr. Spada borrowed $2.2 million without board authority and our failure to use our best efforts to purchase certain shares of common stock from HEMG following an April 2012 agreement. While we have been advised by our counsel that the lawsuit is baseless, we cannot assure you that we will be successful. Defending the litigation will be expensive and divert our management from the Company’s business. If we are unsuccessful, the damages we pay may be material.

Regulatory Matters

The Company’s subsidiary, Aspen University Inc. (“Aspen University”), is subject to extensive regulation by Federal and State governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act (the “HEA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOE subject Aspen University to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy to participate in the various types of federal student financial assistance programs authorized under Title IV of the HEA. Aspen University has had provisional certification to participate in the Title IV programs. That provisional certification imposes certain regulatory restrictions including, but not limited to, a limit of 1,200 student recipients for Title IV funding for the duration of the provisional certification. During 2011, Aspen University’s provisional certification was scheduled to expire, but Aspen University timely filed its application for recertification with the DOE, which extended the term of Aspen University’s certification to September 30, 2013. The provisional certification restrictions continue with regard to Aspen University’s participation in Title IV programs.

To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant agencies of the State in which it is located, and since July 2011, potentially in the States where an institution offers postsecondary education through distance education. In addition, an institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE and certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an institution to participate in the Title IV programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and the DOE’s extensive academic, administrative, and financial regulations regarding institutional eligibility and certification. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance with these requirements to the DOE on an ongoing basis. Aspen University performs periodic reviews of its compliance with the various applicable regulatory requirements.

F-24

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On March 27, 2012 and on August 31, 2012, Aspen University provided the DOE with letters of credit for which the due date was extended to December 31, 2013. The DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final provisional program participation agreement that it may issue (See Note 2 “Restricted Cash”).

The HEA requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an institution's operations in order to ensure that the education offered is of sufficiently high quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes and that the institution is complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the imposition of probation, the requirements to provide periodic reports, the loss of accreditation or other penalties if deficiencies are not remediated.

Because Aspen University operates in a highly regulated industry, it may be subject from time to time to audits, investigations, claims of noncompliance or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions or common law causes of action.

Return of Title IV Funds

An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Department regulations, failure to make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years can result in the institution having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its required Title IV returns during its most recently completed fiscal year. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in a timely manner, an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV programs.

Delaware Approval to Confer Degrees

Aspen University is a Delaware corporation. Delaware law requires an institution to obtain approval from the Delaware Department of Education (“Delaware DOE”) before it may incorporate with the power to confer degrees. On July 3, 2012, Aspen University received notice from the Delaware DOE that it is granted provisional approval status effective until June 30, 2015. Aspen University is authorized by the Colorado Commission on Education to operate in Colorado as a degree granting institution.

Unauthorized Borrowings

During 2005 through 2011, the Company advanced funds without board authority to both Patrick Spada (former Chairman of the Company) and HEMG, of which Patrick Spada is President. The amount of unauthorized borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $14,876, which has been expensed as a loss due to unauthorized borrowing, a non-operating item (See Note 15). Mr. Spada and HEMG have denied taking any advances (See “Legal Matters” above).

Letter of Credit

The Company maintains a letter of credit under a DOE requirement (See Note 2 “Restricted Cash”).

Note 11. Temporary Equity

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 850,395 Series A preferred shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $809,900 (of which $230,000 was received from then related parties). The Series A shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time Aspen is required to file Forms 10-Q and 10-K with the SEC (the “SEC Reporting Date”); (iii) a conversion ratio of 1 share of common stock for each share of Series A; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; (v) until the SEC Reporting Date, price protection should any common stock or equivalents be issued with a lower conversion ratio; (vi) 5% cumulative accruing dividends whether or not declared (payable only upon redemption per vii); and (vii) shall be redeemed by Aspen if: (a) Michael Mathews is no longer the CEO, or (b) the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before January 31, 2012 (on February 29, 2012, this was extended to March 15, 2012), but (c) only to the extent Aspen has EBITDA. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series A preferred shares amounted to $34,500 (See Note 15).

F-25

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 1,176,750 Series D preferred shares and a warrant to purchase 400,000 Series D shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $1,109,268, net of offering costs of $67,482. The warrants are exercisable at $1.00 per share for five years beginning June 28, 2011 and, after the SEC Reporting Date, are exercisable into shares of common stock of Aspen. The Series D shares have the same features as the Series A shares (see above) except for 550,000 of the Series D shares for which the price protection is for a period of 36 months following the SEC Reporting Date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series D preferred shares amounted to $30,632.

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 1,700,000 Series E preferred shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $1,550,817, net of offering costs of $149,183 and a warrant to purchase 56,000 Series E shares. The warrants are exercisable at $1.00 per share for five years beginning September 28, 2011 and, after the SEC Reporting Date, are exercisable into shares of common stock of Aspen. The Series E shares had the same features as the Series A shares (see above) except item (v) the price protection is for a period of 36 months following the SEC Reporting Date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series E preferred shares amounted to $22,194.

On October 28, 2011, Aspen filed a First Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby a liquidation preference equal to the original issue price ($1.00) was added to both the Series D and Series E shares. In addition, the liquidation preferences of the Series D shares became pari passu with the liquidation preferences of the Series E shares and the liquidation preferences of both the Series D and Series E shares became senior to the liquidation preferences of the Series C shares. On January 23, 2012, Aspen filed a Second Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares shall be redeemed if the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before February 29, 2012. On February 29, 2012, Aspen filed a Third Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares shall be redeemed if the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before March 15, 2012. The SEC Reporting Date occurred on March 13, 2012.

Prior to their conversion to shares of common stock on March 13, 2012, the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares were classified as temporary equity. During 2012 through March 13, 2012, the preferred shares accumulated additional dividends of $37,379 and as of March 13, 2012, total cumulative preferred dividends were $124,705. On March 13, 2012, all preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock and, based on the terms of the preferred shares, none of the cumulative dividends shall ever be paid (See Note 12).

Note 12. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency)

Stock Dividends and Reverse Split

On May 17, 2011, Aspen declared a stock dividend of 1.1 new shares of common stock of the Company for each share presently held as of the close of business on May 20, 2011. All references to the Company’s outstanding shares, warrants and per share information have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock dividend.

On February 23, 2012, Aspen approved a stock dividend of one new share of Aspen for each share presently held. Following the stock dividend, Aspen approved a one-for-two reverse stock split as of the close of business on February 24, 2012 in which each two shares of common stock shall be combined into one share of common stock. This was done in order to reduce the conversion ratio of the Aspen convertible preferred stock for all Series to 1 for 1 except for Series C, which then had a conversion ratio of 0.8473809.

Authorized and Designated Shares

On May 17, 2011, Aspen amended its certificate of incorporation whereby the total number of authorized shares was increased from 10,000,000 shares to: (i) 60,000,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $0.001 per share, and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock having a par value of $0.001 per share.

On May 17, 2011, Aspen designated 850,500 Series A preferred shares, 368,421 Series B preferred shares, 11,411,400 Series C preferred shares, and 3,700,000 Series D preferred shares.

On September 9, 2011, Aspen filed its second amended certificate of incorporation whereby Aspen designated 2,000,000 Series E preferred shares.

F-26

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Preferred Stock

In May 2011, $350,000 of Aspen convertible notes were converted into 368,411 Series B preferred shares (See Notes 9 and 15). The Series B shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time the Company is required to file Forms 10-Q and 10-K with the SEC Reporting Date; (iii) a conversion ratio of 1 share of common stock for each share of Series B; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; and (v) until the SEC Reporting Date, price protection should any common stock or equivalents be issued with a lower conversion ratio.

On May 20, 2011, as part of a post-closing transaction of the merger with EGC, Aspen‘s largest stockholder exchanged all 11,307,450 shares of common stock owned into 11,307,450 Series C shares. The Series C shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time the Company is required to file Forms 10-Q and 10-K with the SEC Reporting Date; (iii) a conversion ratio of 0.8473809 shares of common for each share of Series C; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; (v) exclusion from the two-for-one stock split effectuated immediately prior to the SEC Reporting Date (See Note 15); and (vi) a liquidation preference of $0.001 per share.

On March 13, 2012, all preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock and, based on the terms of the preferred shares (See below).

Common Stock

On May 11, 2011, pursuant to a rescission offer, Aspen repurchased an aggregate of 170,100 shares of common stock and returned to investors an aggregate of $165,000 as a result of Blue Sky violations. The treasury shares were subsequently retired.

On May 19, 2011, Aspen issued 3,200,000 shares of common stock of Aspen in order to acquire all of the outstanding shares of EGC as part of a merger (See Note 1).

On May 20, 2011, as part of a post-closing transaction of the merger with EGC and a settlement with a certain group of investors, Aspen repurchased an aggregate of 850,500 shares of common stock and returned to investors an aggregate of $740,000. The treasury shares were subsequently retired.

On December 28, 2011, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 34,020 shares of common stock and returned to investors an aggregate of $21,200. The treasury shares were subsequently retired.

On March 13, 2012, all of the outstanding preferred shares of the Company were automatically converted into 13,677,274 shares of common stock of Aspen Group, Inc. (See Note 11).

Pursuant to the recapitalization discussed below, the Company is deemed to have issued 9,760,000 shares of common stock to the original stockholders of the publicly-held entity.

In April 2012, the Company issued 20,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $20,000 of convertible notes payable (See Note 9).

On September 28, 2012, the Company raised $2,494,899 (net of offering costs of $262,101) from the sale of 78.77 Units (including 7,877,144 shares of common stock and 3,938,570 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share) through Laidlaw. Of the amount raised, $212,000 or 605,716 shares of common stock were from directors of the Company. Also, on September 28, 2012, as a result of this financing, all of the $1,706,000 (face value) of Convertible Notes from the Phase One financing automatically converted into 5,130,795 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.3325 per share. In addition, 202,334 shares of common stock and 50,591 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.3325 per share were issued to settle $67,276 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Notes. Accordingly, a loss of $3,339 was recognized upon settlement (See Note 9).

On September 28, 2012, as a result of the aforementioned financing, a $49,825 (face value) Convertible Note was automatically converted into 142,357 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.35 per share. In addition, 112 shares of common stock were issued to settle $39 of accrued interest on the aforementioned convertible note. No gain or loss was recognized upon settlement (See Note 9).

F-27

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On September 28, 2012, as a result of the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, 4,516,917 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 915,429 shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share were issued to the former owners of Aspen Series D and Series E shares under the price protection provision. This resulted in an increase in stock of common stock of $4,517 with a corresponding decrease in additional paid-in capital. 550,000 of the former Series D shares and all 1,700,000 of the former Series E shares continue to have price protection through March 13, 2015.

On October 1, 2012, the Company purchased 264,000 shares of common stock for $132,000, from the Company's former chairman (see Notes 4 and 15). On November 13, 2012, these shares were retired.

On December 7, 2012, the Company purchased 200,000 shares of common stock for $70,000, from the Company's former chairman. The shares are being held as treasury shares.

On October 1, 2012, the Company retained two investor relations firms agreeing to pay one firm $50,000 a year for two years and issuing it 200,000 shares of common stock , having a fair value of $70,000 based on recent sales of common stock. The second firm was retained for one year with a fee of $5,000 per month. The second firm also received 100,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $43,000 based on recent sale of Units.

On October 10, 2012, the Company entered into a non-exclusive agreement with Global Arena Capital Corp. (“GAC”), a broker-dealer, through which GAC agreed to use its best efforts to raise up to $2,030,000 from the sale of Units of common stock and warrants that are identical to those Units sold on September 28, 2012. The Company agreed to compensate GAC from sales of Units by paying it compensation equal to 10% of the gross proceeds sold by it. The Company also agreed to issue GAC five-year warrants to purchase 10% of the same Units it sells to investors with an exercise price equal to the purchase price paid by investors ($35,000 per Unit). In addition, the Company agreed to pay GAC a 3% non-accountable expense allowance from the proceeds of Units sold by it.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company raised $530,337 (net of offering costs of $184,663 and five-year warrants to purchase: (i) 100,000 shares of common stock at $0.35 per share and (ii) 98,000 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share.) from the sale of 20.43 Units (including 2,042,856 shares of common stock and 1,021,432 warrants) under the offering.

During the period from February 13, 2013 through March 1, 2013, the Company raised $519,370 (net of offering costs of $45,630) from the sale of 16.14 Units (including 1,614,286 shares of common stock and 807,143 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share) on its own behalf without the use of a broker. The warrants have cashless exercise provisions. On March 14, 2013, and based on the Company having increased the remainder of the Offering by $20,000, the Company entered into an exclusive engagement with Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. under which Laidlaw agreed to use its best effort to sell up to $770,000 of Units with the same terms as the Units the Company sold in 2012 and 2013 to date. Laidlaw received cash commissions of 10% based on the number of Units sold and five-year warrants equal to 10% of the securities sold exercisable at $0.50 per share.

On April 18, 2013, the Company raised $522,170 (net of offering costs of $78,158 and five-year warrants to purchase 169,021 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share) from the sale of 17.15 Units (comprised of 1,715,217 shares of common stock and 857,609 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share). All of the Units were sold with the assistance of Laidlaw except $8,750, which the Company raised on its own behalf and was not subject to a commission. Cash commissions of $59,158 and five-year warrants to purchase 169,021 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share are due to Laidlaw as offering fees. The Laidlaw engagement terminated after these transactions.

F-28

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Recapitalization

On March 13, 2012 (the “recapitalization date”), Aspen University was acquired by Aspen Group, Inc., an inactive publicly-held company, in a reverse merger transaction accounted for as a recapitalization of Aspen University (the “Recapitalization” or the “Reverse Merger”). The common and preferred stockholders of the Company received 25,515,204 shares of common stock of Aspen Group, Inc. in exchange for 100% of the capital stock of Aspen University Inc. For accounting purposes, Aspen University Inc. is the acquirer and Aspen Group, Inc. is the acquired company because the stockholders of Aspen University Inc. acquired both voting and management control of the combined entity. The Company is deemed to have issued 9,760,000 shares of common stock to the original stockholders of the publicly-held entity. Accordingly, after completion of the recapitalization, the historical operations of the Company are those of Aspen University Inc. and the operations since the recapitalization date are those of Aspen University Inc. and Aspen Group, Inc. The assets and liabilities of both companies are combined at historical cost on the recapitalization date. As a result of the recapitalization and conversion of all Company preferred shares into shares of common stock of the public entity, all redemption and dividend rights of preferred shares were terminated. As a result of the recapitalization, the Company now has 120,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share authorized. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the publicly-held company were as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents	$	337
Liabilities assumed		(21,206	)
Net	$	(20,869	)

Stock Warrants

On September 28, 2012, as a result of the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, (i) warrants to purchase 915,429 shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share were issued to the former owners of Aspen Series D and Series E shares under full-ratchet price protection provisions and (ii) the exercise price of the original 456,000 warrants held by the former owners of Series D and Series E shares changed from $1.00 per share to $0.3325 per share. In addition, the exercise price of 426,500 warrants held by the former holders of Convertible Notes (sold during March through June of 2012 with the assistance of Laidlaw) changed from $1.00 per share to $0.3325 per share under price protection provisions. As the aforementioned issuances and changes in exercise price of warrants stemmed from price protection provisions in the original contracts, no expense was recognized.

On October 1, 2012, the Company retained an investor relations firm. As part of its compensation, the investor relations firm received 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $8,000. As the warrants vested immediately, the entire $8,000 was recognized as a prepaid expense and is being amortized over the term of the agreement.

On October 23, 2012, the Company issued 150,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share, having a fair value of $15,000. As the warrants vested immediately and were for prior services, the entire $15,000 was expensed immediately. On December 17, 2012, the warrants were repriced to have an exercise price of $0.35 per share, resulting in additional expense of $4,500, which was expensed immediately.

During the 4 months ended April 30, 2013, the Company issued 1,833,770 warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share. (See “Common Stock” above)

All other outstanding warrants issued by the Company to date have been related to capital raises. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized any additional stock-based compensation for other warrants issued during the years presented. A summary of the Company’s warrant activity during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

					Weighted
			Weighted		Average
			Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of		Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Warrants	Shares		Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		7,256,522	$	0.45
Granted		1,833,770		0.50
Exercised		-		-
Forfeited		-		-
Expired		-		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		9,090,292	$	0.46		4.4	$	32,349
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		9,090,292	$	0.46		4.4	$	32,349

F-29

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Certain of the Company’s warrants contain price protection. The Company evaluated whether the price protection provision of the warrant would cause derivative treatment. In its assessment, the Company determined that since its shares are not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market, through April 30, 2013 the warrants are excluded from derivative treatment.

Stock Incentive Plan and Stock Option Grants to Employees and Directors

Immediately following the closing of the Reverse Merger, on March 13, 2012, the Company adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) that provides for the grant of 2,500,000 shares (increased to 5,600,000 shares effective September 28, 2012, to 8,000,000 effective January 16, 2013, and to 9,300,000 effective May 2013) in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units to employees, consultants, officers and directors. As of December 31, 2012, no shares were remaining under the Plan for future issuance (See Note 16).

On October 23, 2012, the Company issued non-Plan stock options to its executive officers as compensation for salary deferrals through August 31, 2012. Messrs. Michael Mathews, Brad Powers and David Garrity received 288,911, 255,773, and 136,008 five-year stock options, respectively, exercisable at $0.35 per share which options are fully vested. In aggregate, 680,692 stock options were issued to settle $238,562 of accrued salaries. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Note 16).

On October 23, 2012, the Company issued additional non-Plan options to executive officers who reduced their salaries for the period September 1 through December 31, 2012. The Company granted Messrs. Mathews, Powers and Garrity each 166,666 five-year options, respectively, and Dr. Gerald Williams 47,620 five-year options, all exercisable at $0.35 per share with 25% of these options vesting on the last day of September, October, November and December 2012, subject to the applicable executive remaining employed on each applicable vesting date. In aggregate, 547,618 stock options were issued as part of the reduced salaries. All stock options or shares granted are valued on the appropriate measurement date and the related expense shall be recognized over the requisite service period. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Note 16).

Prior to 2011, the Company received $22,000 from a director of the Company in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on demand. On November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan stock options exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Notes 9, 15 and 16).

On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced 1,705,000 stock options from having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to $0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value due to the repricing is being recognized over the remaining service period of the stock options.

During the four months ended April 30, 2013, the Company granted to employees 658,914 stock options, all of which were under the Plan, having an exercise price of $0.35 per share. The options vest pro rata over three to four years on each anniversary date; all options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was $79,070, which is being recognized over the respective vesting periods.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, including the aforementioned stock option issuances in this section, the Company granted to employees 6,777,967 stock options, net of cancellations (including repriced stock options), all of which were under the Plan, having an exercise price of $0.35 per share. While most of the options vest pro rata over three to four years on each anniversary date, 910,214 vested immediately; all options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $79,070 and $1,747,007, respectively. In connection with employee stock options, the Company recorded compensation expense of $153,818, $81,605 and $252,057 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

F-30

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

The Company estimates the fair value of share-based compensation utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is dependent upon several variables such as the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term, expected risk-free interest rate over the expected option term, expected dividend yield rate over the expected option term, and an estimate of expected forfeiture rates. The Company believes this valuation methodology is appropriate for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors which are subject to ASC Topic 718 requirements. These amounts are estimates and thus may not be reflective of actual future results, nor amounts ultimately realized by recipients of these grants. The Company recognizes compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each award. The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation expense for stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 and during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,	December 31,
Assumptions	2013	2012	2011
Expected life (years)	3.5 - 3.75	2.5 - 3.8	N/A
Expected volatility	46.3%- 46.5%	44.2% - 50.9%	N/A
Weighted-average volatility	46.5%	49.0%	N/A
Risk-free interest rate	.36%-.44%	0.31% - 0.60%	N/A
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	N/A
Expected forfeiture rate	3.9%	1.7%	N/A

The Company utilized the simplified method to estimate the expected life for stock options granted to employees. The simplified method was used as the Company does not have sufficient historical data regarding stock option exercises. The expected volatility is based on the average of the expected volatilities from the most recent audited financial statements available for comparative public companies that are deemed to be similar in nature to the Company. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields with terms equivalent to the expected life of the related option at the time of the grant. Dividend yield is based on historical trends. While the Company believes these estimates are reasonable, the compensation expense recorded would increase if the expected life was increased, a higher expected volatility was used, or if the expected dividend yield increased.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for employees and directors during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

						Weighted
				Weighted		Average
				Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of			Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Options	Shares			Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		6,777,967		$	0.35
Granted		658,914		$	0.35
Exercised		-
Forfeited		(92,500	)	$	0.35
Expired		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		7,344,381		$	0.35		4.4	$	-
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		2,056,998		$	0.35		4.4	$	-

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was $0.12.

As of April 30, 2013, there was $911,782 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

Stock Option Grants to Non-Employees

On March 15, 2012, the Company granted 175,000 stock options to non-employees, all of which were under the Plan, having an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The options vest pro rata over three years on each anniversary date; all options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of the stock options granted was $57,750, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior services rendered. On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced the stock options issued from having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to $0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value of $15,750 was recognized immediately.

F-31

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On October 23, 2012, under the Plan, the Company issued to a consultant 20,000 five-year stock options exercisable at $0.50 per share vesting in equal annual increments over a three-year period subject to the consultant continuing to provide services for the Company. The total fair value of the stock options granted was $2,000, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior services rendered. On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced the stock options issued from having an exercise price of $0.50 per share to $0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value of $600 was recognized immediately.

The total fair value of 75,000 stock options granted to a faculty member during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was $9,000, which will be recognized over 3 years as this contract employee provides services to Aspen.

The Company recorded compensation expense of $244 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 in connection with this particular non-employee grant. The Company recorded compensation expense of $95,600 for the year ended December 31, 2012, in connection with non-employee stock options. The total fair value of stock options granted to non-employees during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $95,600, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior services rendered.

The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation expense for stock options granted to non-employees during the four month ended April 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,	December 31,
Assumptions	2013	2012	2011
Expected life (years)	4	2.7 - 5.0	N/A
Expected volatility	46.5%	44.2% - 50.0%	N/A
Weighted-average volatility	46.5%	47.4%	N/A
Risk-free interest rate	.38%	0.37% - 0.60%	N/A
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	N/A

A summary of the Company's stock option activity for non-employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

			Weighted		Average
			Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of		Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Options	Shares		Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		195,000	$	0.35
Granted		75,000	$	0.35
Exercised		-
Forfeited
Expired		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		270,000	$	0.35		4.0	$	-
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		-		N/A		N/A		N/A

F-32

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

Note 13. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

	For the
	Four Months		For the
	Ended		Year Ended
	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	-	$	-	$	-
State		-		-		-
		-		-		-
Deferred:
Federal		-		-		-
State		-		-		-
		-		-		-
Total Income tax expense (benefit)	$	-	$	-	$	-

Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss	$	4,256,530		$	3,649,651		$	2,064,725
Allowance for doubtful accounts		23,948			261,946			17,637
Intangible assets		238,259			118,740			-
Deferred rent		11,809			7,883			9,473
Stock-based compensation		185,916			128,827			-
Contributions carryforward		93			93			-
Total deferred tax assets		4,716,555			4,167,140			2,091,835
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		-			-			(148,345	)
Property and equipment		(31,714	)		(630	)		(805	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(31,714	)		(630	)		(149,150	)
Deferred tax assets, net		4,684,841			4,166,510			1,942,685
Valuation allowance:
Beginning of year		(4,166,510	)		(1,942,685	)		(1,152,977	)
(Increase) during period		(518,331	)		(2,223,825	)		(789,708	)
Ending balance		(4,684,841	)		(4,166,510	)		(1,942,685	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	-		$	-		$	-

Presentation in the financial statements:

	For the Four Months Ended		For the Year Ended
	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Deferred taxes, current portion	$	-	$	-	$	-
Deferred taxes, net of current portion		-		-		-
Net deferred tax assets	$	-	$	-	$	-

F-33

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recorded a valuation allowance in 2013, 2012 and 2011 due to the uncertainty of realization. Management believes that based upon its projection of future taxable operating income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to realize the tax benefit associated with deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance during the four months ended April 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was an increase of $518,331, $2,223,825 and $789,708, respectively.

At April 30, 2013, the Company had $11,486,812 of net operating loss carryforwards which will expire from 2029 to 2033. The Company believes its tax positions are all highly certain of being upheld upon examination. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for unrecognized tax benefits. As of April 30, 2013, tax years 2004 and 2008 through 2012 remain open for IRS audit. The Company has received no notice of audit from the Internal Revenue Service for any of the open tax years.

A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

	For the Four Months Ended			For the Year Ended
	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.1			3.1			3.1
Other		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Change in valuation allowance		(37.0	)		(37.0	)		(37.0	)
Effective income tax rate		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%

Note 14. Concentrations

Concentration of Credit Risk

On November 9, 2010, the FDIC issued a Final Rule implementing section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that provides for unlimited insurance coverage of noninterest-bearing transaction accounts. Beginning December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the balance of the account, at all FDIC-insured institutions. The unlimited insurance coverage is available to all depositors, including consumers, businesses, and governmental entities. This unlimited insurance coverage is separate from, and in addition to, the insurance coverage provided to a depositor’s other deposit accounts held at an FDIC-insured institution. A noninterest-bearing transaction account is a deposit account where interest is neither accrued nor paid; depositors are permitted to make an unlimited number of transfers and withdrawals; and the bank does not reserve the right to require advance notice of an intended withdrawal.

The Company maintains its cash in bank and financial institution deposits that at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts through April 30, 2013. On January 1, 2013, the aforementioned additional federal insurance provision expired and accordingly, the standard insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor, per bank, became effective. Had this provision expired by December 31, 2012, cash amounts in excess of FDIC limits would have been approximately $583,000. As of April 30, 2013 the company’s bank balances exceed FDIC insurance by approximately $592,000.

Note 15. Related Party Transactions

On September 21, 2011, the Company loaned $238,210 to its CEO in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 40,000 shares of common stock of interclick, Inc. (a publicly-traded company) owned personally by the CEO. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on June 21, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $1,867 was recognized. On December 20, 2011, the note along with accrued interest of $1,867 was paid in full (See Note 4).

On December 14, 2011, Aspen loaned $150,000 to an Aspen officer in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 500,000 shares of Aspen’s common stock owned personally by the officer. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on September 14, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $210 was recognized on the note receivable and is included in other current assets. As of December 31, 2011, the balance due on the note receivable was $150,000, all of which is short-term. During the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income of $594 was recognized on the note receivable. On February 16, 2012, the note receivable from an officer was repaid along with accrued interest (See Note 4).

F-34

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, Aspen sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to HEMG, a related party and principal stockholder of Aspen whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of Aspen, in the amount of $455,000 and $600,000, respectively; UCC filings were filed accordingly. Under the marketing agreements, the receivables were due net 60 months. On September 16, 2011, HEMG pledged 772,793 Aspen Series C preferred shares (automatically converted to 654,850 shares of common stock on March 13, 2012) as collateral for this account receivable. On March 8, 2012, due to the impending reduction in the value of the collateral as the result of the Series C conversion ratio and Aspen’s inability to engage Mr. Spada in good faith negotiations to increase HEMG’s pledge, Michael Mathews, Aspen’s CEO, pledged 117,943 shares of common stock of Aspen, owned personally by him, valued at $1.00 per share based on recent sales of capital stock as additional collateral to the accounts receivable, secured – related party. On March 13, 2012, Aspen deemed the receivables stemming from the sale of courseware curricula to be in default.

On April 4, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with: (i) an individual, (ii) HEMG, and (iii) Mr. Spada. Under the agreement, (a) the individual purchased and HEMG sold to the individual 400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share; (b) the Company guaranteed it would purchase at least 600,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 90 days of the agreement and the Company would use its best efforts to purchase from HEMG and resell to investors an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 180 days of the agreement; (c) provided HEMG and Mr. Spada fulfilled their obligations under (a) and (b) above, the Company shall consent to additional private transfers by HEMG and/or Mr. Spada of up to 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company on or before March 13, 2013; (d) HEMG agreed to not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer 142,500 shares of common stock of the Company pending resolution of a dispute regarding the Company’s claim that HEMG sold 131,500 shares of common stock of the Company without having enough authorized shares and a stockholder did not receive 11,000 shares of common stock of the Company owed to him as a result of a stock dividend; and (e) the Company waived any default of the accounts receivable, secured - related party and extend the due date to September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2012, third party investors purchased 336,000 shares for $168,000 and the Company purchased 264,000 shares for $132,000 per section (b) above. Based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per Unit (consisting of one common share and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share), the value of the aforementioned collateral decreased. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recognized an allowance of $502,315 for this account receivable. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the balance of the account receivable, net of allowance, was $270,478 and $772,793 and is shown as accounts receivable, secured – related party, net (See Notes 4 and 12). At April 30, 2013, $270,478 remained due.

In June 2009, Aspen borrowed an aggregate of $45,000 from an individual, who was an officer of Aspen at that time, in exchange for notes payable bearing interest at 18% per annum. The notes were due in October 2009 and became demand notes at that time. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest expense of $2,393 was recognized on the notes. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the remaining principal balance of $25,000 due on the notes payable was repaid and no further amount is due (See Note 9).

Prior to 2011, Aspen received $22,000 from a director of Aspen in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on demand. On November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan stock options of the Company exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Notes 9, 12 and 16).

On March 6, 2011, Aspen authorized the issuance of up to $350,000 of convertible notes that were convertible into Series B preferred shares at $0.95 per share, bearing interest of 6% per annum. The notes were convertible beginning after the closing of the EGC Merger (See Note 1). As of May 13, 2011, Aspen had received an aggregate of $328,000 (of which $73,000 was received from related parties) from the sale of convertible notes. Aspen evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record. In addition, Aspen issued an aggregate of $22,000 (of which $16,000 was to related parties) of convertible notes for services rendered. In May 2011, $350,000 of the convertible notes were converted into 368,411 Series B preferred shares (See Notes 9 and 12).

On March 13, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note due March 31, 2013, bearing interest at 0.19% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share upon five days written notice to the Company. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014. There was no accounting effect for these two modifications (See Note 9).

F-35

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On August 14, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note, payable on demand, bearing interest at 5% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.35 per share (based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit). The Company evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014 (See Note 9).

During 2005 through 2011, Aspen advanced funds without board authority to both Patrick Spada (former Chairman of Aspen) and HEMG, of which Patrick Spada is President. The amount of unauthorized borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $14,876, which has been expensed as loss due to unauthorized borrowing, a non-operating item (See Note 10). HEMG and Mr. Spada have denied receiving advances.

On September 16, 2011, Aspen entered into a two-year consulting agreement with Mr. Spada the former Chairman of Aspen in which Aspen was obligated to pay $11,667 per month. On September 28, 2011, Aspen prepaid 13 months of the consulting agreement, or $151,667, which was then amortized until December 31, 2011, at which time the consulting agreement was terminated and the remaining unamortized prepaid expense was recognized immediately as consulting expense. No additional amounts are due under the consulting agreement (See Note 10).

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 850,395 Series A preferred shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $809,900 (of which $230,000 was received from then related parties). The Series A shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time of the SEC Reporting Date; (iii) a conversion ratio of 1 share of common for each share of Series A; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; (v) until the SEC Reporting Date, price protection should any common stock or equivalents be issued with a lower conversion ratio; (vi) 5% cumulative accruing dividends whether or not declared (payable only upon redemption per vii); and (vii) shall be redeemed by Aspen if: (a) Michael Mathews is no longer the CEO, or (b) the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before January 31, 2012 (on February 29, 2012, this was extended to March 15, 2012), but (c) only to the extent the Company has EBITDA. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series A preferred shares amounted to $34,500 (See Note 11).

Note 16. Subsequent Events

On May 14, 2013, in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President, Corporate Development, the Company issued Mr. David Garrity 200,000 five year stock options, exercisable at $0.35 per share and vesting in two equal annual increments with the first vesting date being June 16, 2014, subject to Mr. Garrity providing services as an employee or as a consultant under a consulting agreement on each applicable vesting date. The options were valued at a fair value of $24,000. The cost associated will be recognized over 2 years as compensation expense. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

On June 1, 2013, the Company entered into an Addendum to Employment Agreement with David Garrity, reducing his salary to $100,000 per year and amending the severance terms so that Mr. Garrity is guaranteed at least $125,000 unless he terminates his employment, becomes disabled or dies, in which case the Company shall not owe any severance. Should the Company terminate the Employment Agreement after Mr. Garrity has received $125,000, the Company shall pay Mr. Garrity $50,000.

On May 14, 2013, in connection with the approval of his Employment Agreement, the Company issued Mr. Michael Matte 500,000 five-year stock options, exercisable at $0.35 per share which shall vest in three equal increments on April 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, subject to continued service as an employee on each applicable vesting date. The Company also issued Mr. Matte 791,211 five-year stock options, exercisable at $0.35 per share valued at $154,945 which shall vest in seven equal monthly increments on the last calendar day of each month with the first vesting date being June 30, 2013, subject to continued service as an employee on each applicable vesting date. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

On May 16, 2013, the Company entered into a three year Employment Agreement with Michael Matte to serve as its Chief Financial Officer. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, from May 16, 2013 until December 31, 2013, Mr. Matte will be paid a base salary at a rate of $100,000 per year and thereafter will be paid $250,000 per year. 

F-36

ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APRIL 30, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

On May 16, 2013, the Company entered into a new three year Employment Agreement with Michael Mathews. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, Mr. Mathews will receive a base salary of $250,000 per year; however, his base salary will be $100,000 per year until the Compensation Committee determines that the Company’s cash position permits an increase to $250,000 a year. In contrast to his old Employment Agreement, the new Employment Agreement does not include any guaranteed annual bonus.

Effective July 29, 2013, the Company entered into a new three year Employment Agreement with the President of Aspen University.  In accordance with the Employment Agreement, he will receive a base salary of $150,000. In contrast to his old Employment Agreement, the new Employment Agreement does not include any guaranteed annual bonuses.

Each of the new Employment Agreements mentioned in the previous paragraphs provide that, upon a change of control, the executive will receive 18 months’ severance and benefits as well as 100% of target bonuses.

On June 27, 2013, the Company issued 317,143 shares of its common stock valued at $0.35 per share (based on recent sales of shares by the Company) to an investor relations firm pursuant to a 12 month service agreement. The $110,000 of expense will be recognized over the life of the contract. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

On July 1, 2013, the CEO loaned the Company $1,000,000 in the form of a promissory note bearing 10% per annum interest with principal and interest payable on December 31, 2013.

On July 24, 2013, the Company issued 300,000 shares of its common stock valued at $0.35 per share (based on recent sales of shares by the Company) to a business development consultant pursuant to a six month consulting agreement. The $105,000 of expense will be recognized over the life of the contract. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

F-37

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereunder. All of the amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC Registration Fees.

SEC registration fees	$	7,838
Printing expenses	$	8,500
Accounting fees and expenses	$	12,000
Legal fees and expenses	$	58,000
Blue sky fees	$	2,850
Miscellaneous	$	812
Total	$	90,000

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that none of our directors will be personally liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

● For any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;

● For acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

● Under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law for the unlawful payment of dividends; or

● For any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

These provisions eliminate our rights and those of our shareholders to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of his fiduciary duty of care as a director except in the situations described above. The limitations summarized above, however, do not affect our ability or that of our shareholders to seek non-monetary remedies, such as an injunction or rescission, against a director for breach of his fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides a corporation with the power to indemnify any officer or director acting in his capacity as our representative who is or is threatened to be made a party to any lawsuit or other proceeding for expenses, judgment and amounts paid in settlement in connection with such lawsuit or proceeding. The indemnity provisions apply whether the action was instituted by a third party or was filed by one of our shareholders. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. We have provided for this indemnification in our Certificate of Incorporation because we believe that it is important to attract qualified directors and officers. We have also entered into Indemnification Agreements with our directors and officers which agreements are designed to indemnify them to the fullest extent permissible by law, subject to one limitation described in the next sentence. We have further provided in our Certificate of Incorporation that no indemnification shall be available, whether pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, arising from any lawsuit or proceeding in which we assert a direct claim, as opposed to a shareholders’ derivative action, against any directors and officers. This limitation is designed to insure that if we sue a director or officer we do not have to pay for his defense.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

In September 2012, we sold $2,757,000 of units containing a total of 7,877,144 shares of common stock and 3,938,570 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share to 14 investors including four directors of Aspen Group. The investors acquired the securities for investment and were all accredited investors. Each investor had a pre-existing relationship with Aspen Group or its placement agent. As a result of this private placement, on September 28, 2012, 202,334 shares of common stock and 50,591 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.3325 per share were issued in connection with the conversion of accumulated interest on convertible notes. Additionally, 4,516,917 shares were issued in connection with price protection rights provided to certain shareholders who invested prior to the September offering. The interest shares were exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and the warrants issued to the investors as well as the price protection shares were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

II-1

In December 2012, we sold $715,000 of units containing a total of 2,042,857 shares of common stock and 1,021,432 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share in a private placement offering to 15 accredited investors including an executive officer of Aspen Group. The investors acquired the securities for investment, there was no general solicitation and all investor were accredited. Each investor had a pre-existing relationship with Aspen Group or its placement agent. The securities were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

In February 2013, we sold $315,000 of units containing a total of 900,000 shares of common stock and 450,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share in a private placement offering to two accredited investors. The investors acquired the securities for investment, there was no general solicitation and all investor were accredited. Each investor had a pre-existing relationship with Aspen Group or its placement agent. The securities were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

In March 2013, we sold $250,000 of units containing a total of 714,286 shares of common stock and 357,143 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share in a private placement offering to one accredited investor. The investor acquired the securities for investment, there was no general solicitation and the investor was accredited. The investor had a pre-existing relationship with Aspen Group or its placement agent. The securities were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

In April 2013, we sold $600,328 of units containing a total of 1,715,217 shares of common stock and 857,606 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share in a private placement offering to 16 accredited investors. The investors acquired the securities for investment, there was no general solicitation and the investors were accredited. The investors had a pre-existing relationship with Aspen Group or its placement agent. The securities were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

In May 2013, Aspen Group issued 1,394,047 warrants to two placement agents for placement agent services in connection with private placement offerings. Of these warrants, 279,021 are exercisable at $0.50 per share, 581,714 are exercisable at $0.35 per share and 533,312 are exercisable at $0.3325 per share. The securities were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

In July 2013, Aspen Group issued a $1 million Promissory Note to an executive officer in consideration for a $1 million loan. The Promissory Note is due December 31, 2013 and bears 10% interest per annum, payable monthly in arrears. The issuance of the Promissory Note was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The Exhibits provided for under the Exhibit Index are incorporated herein.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)

To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement.

(iii)

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

II-2

(2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(b)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3

SIGNATURES

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on August 8, 2013.

ASPEN GROUP, INC.
By:	/s/ Michael Mathews
	Michael Mathews,
	Chief Executive Officer

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Michael Mathews	Principal Executive Officer and Director	August 8, 2013
Michael Mathews
/s/ Michael Matte	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	August 8, 2013
Michael Matte
/s/ Dr. Michael D’Anton	Director	August 7, 2013
Dr. Michael D’Anton
/s/ C. James Jensen	Director	August 6, 2013
C. James Jensen
/s/ David E. Pasi	Director	August 7, 2013
David E. Pasi
/s/ Sanford Rich	Director	August 7, 2013
Sanford Rich
/s/ Dr. John Scheibelhoffer	Director	August 7, 2013
Dr. John Scheibelhoffer
/s/ Paul Schneier	Director	August 7, 2013
Paul Schneier

II-4

EXHIBIT INDEX

		Incorporated by Reference			Filed or Furnished
Exhibit #	Exhibit Description	Form	Date	Number	Herewith
2.1	Certificate of Merger	8-K	3/19/12	2.1
2.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger	8-K	3/19/12	2.2
2.3	Agreement and Plan of Merger – DE Reincorporation	8-K	3/19/12	2.3
2.4	Articles of Merger – DE Reincorporation	8-K	3/19/12	2.4
2.5	Certificate of Merger – DE Reincorporation	8-K	3/19/12	2.5
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation, as amended	8-K	3/19/12	2.6
3.2	Bylaws	8-K	3/19/12	2.7
3.3	Certificate of Incorporation – Acquisition Sub	8-K	3/19/12	2.8
3.4	Articles of Amendment to FL Articles of Incorporation	8-K	3/19/12	2.9
3.5	Articles of Amendment to FL Articles of Incorporation	8-K	6/20/11	3.3
3.6	FL Articles of Incorporation	S-1/A	5/5/10	3.1
5.1	Opinion Regarding Legality				Filed
10.1	Employment Agreement dated as of May 19, 2011 – Mathews**	8-K	3/19/12	10.1
10.2	Employment Agreement – Garrity **	8-K	3/19/12	10.2
10.3	Employment Agreement – Powers**	8-K	3/19/12	10.3
10.4	Amendment to Mathews Employment Agreement**	8-K	3/19/12	10.14
10.5	Amendment of Powers Employment Agreement**	8-K	3/19/12	10.15
10.6	Employment Agreement dated as of May 16, 2013 – Mathews**	S-1	7/3/13	10.6
10.7	Employment Agreement – Matte**	S-1	7/3/13	10.7
10.8	September 16, 2011 Spada Agreement	8-K	3/19/12	10.6
10.9	Consulting Agreement – Spada	8-K	3/19/12	10.7
10.10	Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreement – Spada	8-K	3/19/12	10.8
10.11	Form of Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreement – Officers and Directors	8-K	3/19/12	10.9
10.12	Spada / HEMG April 2012 Agreement	8-K/A	5/7/12	10.19
10.13	Spada - Indemnification Agreement	8-K/A	5/7/12	10.20
10.14	Form of Directors Indemnification Agreement	8-K/A	5/7/12	10.21
10.15	Stock Pledge Agreement - Mathews dated March 8, 2012	8-K	3/19/12	10.12
10.16	Stock Pledge Agreement - Mathews dated March 16, 2012	8-K	3/19/12	10.16
10.17	Form of Convertible Note – Mathews - $1.00	S-1	2/11/13	10.17
10.18	Form of Convertible Note – Mathews	S-1	2/11/13	10.18
10.19	Form of Convertible Note – Private Placement	10-Q	8/20/12	10.5
10.20	Form of Warrant – Private Placement	10-Q	8/20/12	10.6
10.21	2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended				Filed
10.22	Form of Stock Option Agreement	8-K	3/19/12	10.14
10.23	Form of Siegel Stock Option Agreement**	8-K	3/19/12	10.15
10.24	Form of Warrant – September Private Placement	8-K	10/1/12	10.3
10.25	Form of Registration Rights Agreement – September Private Placement	8-K	10/1/12	10.2
10.26	Form of Registration Rights Agreement – Whalehaven	S-1	10/1/12	10.26
10.27	Form of Salary Reduction Agreement	S-1	10/1/12	10.27
10.28	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement – September Private Placement	8-K	10/1/12	10.1
10.29	Form of Subscription Agreement – December Private Placement	S-1	4/8/13	10.29
10.30	Form of Registration Rights Agreement – December Private Placement	S-1	4/8/13	10.30
10.31	Form of Warrant – December and February Private Placement	8-K	12/17/12	10.3
10.32	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement – February Private Placement	S-1	4/8/13	10.32

10.33	Form of Registration Rights Agreement – February Private Placement	S-1	4/8/13	10.33
10.34	D’Anton Agreement – Loan Cancellation	S-1	2/11/13	10.34
10.35	Powers Consulting Agreement	10-K	3/18/13	10.35
10.36	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement – April Private Placement	8-K	4/19/13	10.1
10.37	Form of Registration Rights Agreement – April Private Placement	8-K	4/19/13	10.2
10.38	Form of Warrant – April Private Placement	8-K	4/19/13	10.3
10.39	Addendum to Employment Agreement – Garrity	S-1	7/3/13	10.39
10.40	Mathews’ Promissory Note dated July 1, 2013	S-1	7/3/13	10.40
21.1	Subsidiaries	S-1	2/11/13	21.1
23.1	Consent of Salberg & Company, P.A.				Filed
23.2	Consent of Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A.***				Filed

———————

** Management contract or compensation plan.

*** Contained in Exhibit 5.1.

EX-5.1

EXHIBIT 5.1

 





MICHAEL D. HARRIS
E-MAIL ADDRESS: mharris@nasonyeager.com NASONYEAGERGERSON WHITE&LIOCE, P.A.
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
SABADELL UNITED  BANK TOWER
1645 PALM BEACH LAKES BOULEVARD
SUITE 1200
WEST PALM BEACH, FLORIDA 33401 ———— TELEPHONE (561) 686-3307 FACSIMILE (561) 686-5442 www.nasonyeager.com  





  DIRECT DIAL: (561) 471-3507
FAX NUMBER: (561) 686-5442

August 8, 2013

Aspen Group, Inc.

720 South Colorado Blvd. Ste. 1150N

Denver, CO 80246

Attention: Mr. Michael Mathews, CEO

Re: Aspen Group, Inc. / Post-Effective Amendment on Form S-1

Dear Mr. Mathews:

At your request, we have examined the Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by Aspen Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) of up to 28,540,649 shares of the Company’s common stock of which 20,582,633 have been issued and 7,958,016 will be issued upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

In rendering this opinion, we have examined such matters of fact as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth herein, which included examination of: the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, minutes of meetings and actions by written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors, the financial statements contained in the Prospectus, information supplied by the Company and its stock transfer agent and other information we deemed appropriate for purposes of this opinion.  In our examination of documents for purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed and certified or reproduced copies.

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as currently in effect, and we express no opinion as to the effect of any other law of the State of Delaware or the laws of any other jurisdiction.

In connection with our opinions expressed below, we have assumed that, at or prior to the time of the issuance and the delivery of any shares, the Registration Statement will have been declared effective under the Act, that the shares will have been registered under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement and that such registration will not have been modified or rescinded, and that there will not have occurred any change in law affecting the validity of the issuance of such shares.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that of the 28,540,649 shares of common stock being registered, 20,582,633 are validly issued, duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable, and 7,958,016 shares, when issued, sold and delivered in the manner and for the consideration stated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to being named in the Registration Statement, to the use of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus that is a part of the Registration Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are acting within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

This opinion is solely for your benefit and may not be relied upon by any person without our prior written consent.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A.

Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A.

EX-10.21

EXHIBIT 10.21

ASPEN GROUP, INC.

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, As Amended

1.

Scope of Plan; Definitions.

(a)

This 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to advance the interests of Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Related Corporations by enhancing the ability of the Company to attract and retain qualified employees, consultants, Officers and directors, by creating incentives and rewards for their contributions to the success of the Company and its Related Corporations. This Plan will provide to (a) Officers and other employees of the Company and its Related Corporations opportunities to purchase common stock (“Common Stock”) of the Company pursuant to Options granted hereunder which qualify as incentive stock options (“ISOs”) under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), (b) directors, Officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations opportunities to purchase Common Stock in the Company pursuant to options granted hereunder which do not qualify as ISOs (“Non-Qualified Options”); (c) directors, Officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations opportunities to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company which normally are subject to restrictions on sale (“Restricted Stock”); (d) directors, Officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations opportunities to receive grants of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); and (e) directors, Officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations opportunities to receive grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”). ISOs, Non-Discretionary Options and Non-Qualified Options are referred to hereafter as “Options.” Options, Restricted Stock, RSUs and SARs are sometimes referred to hereafter collectively as “Stock Rights.” Any of the Options and/or Stock Rights may in the Compensation Committee’s discretion be issued in tandem to one or more other Options and/or Stock Rights to the extent permitted by law.

(b)

For purposes of the Plan, capitalized words and terms shall have the following meaning:

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Bulletin Board” shall mean the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.

“Chairman” means the chairman of the Board.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in a transaction which requires shareholder approval under applicable state law; or (ii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

“Code” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Company” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Compensation Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, if any, which shall consist of two or more members of the Board, each of whom shall be both an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.  All references in this Plan to the Compensation Committee shall mean the Board when (i) there is no Compensation Committee or (ii) the Board has retained the power to administer this Plan.

“Disability” means “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or successor statute.

“Disqualifying Disposition” means any disposition (including any sale) of Common Stock underlying an ISO before the later of (i) two years after the date of employee was granted the ISO or (ii) one year after the date the employee acquired Common Stock by exercising the ISO.

“Exchange Act” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Fair Market Value” shall be determined as of the last Trading Day before the date a Stock Right is granted and shall mean:

(1)

the closing price on the principal market if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or the Bulletin Board.

(2)

if the Company’s shares are not listed on a national securities exchange or the Bulletin Board, then the closing price if reported or the average bid and asked price for the Company’s shares as published by Pink Sheets LLC;

(3)

if there are no prices available under clauses (1) or (2), then Fair Market Value shall be based upon the average closing bid and asked price as determined following a polling of all dealers making a market in the Company’s Common Stock; or

(4)

if there is no regularly established trading market for the Company’s Common Stock or if the Company’s Common Stock is listed, quoted or reported under clauses (1) or (2) but it trades sporadically rather than every day, the Fair Market Value shall be established by the Board or the Compensation Committee taking into consideration all relevant factors including the most recent price at which the Company’s Common Stock was sold.

“ISO” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Non-Discretionary Options” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Non-Qualified Options” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Officers” means a person who is an executive officer of the Company and is required to file ownership reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

“Options” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Plan” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Related Corporations” shall mean a corporation which is a subsidiary corporation with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 425(f) of the Code.

“Restricted Stock” shall have the meaning contained in Section 1(a).

“RSU” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“SAR” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

“Stock Rights” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).

“Trading Day” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

This Plan is intended to comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 (“Rule 16b-3”) and its successor rules as promulgated under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) for participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Plan administrators fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Plan administrators. Provided, however, such exercise of discretion by the Plan administrators shall not interfere with the contract rights of any grantee. In the event that any interpretation or construction of the Plan is required, it shall be interpreted and construed in order to ensure, to the maximum extent permissible by law, that such grantee does not violate the short-swing profit provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and that any exemption available under Rule 16b-3 or other rule is available.

2.

Administration of the Plan.

(a)

The Plan may be administered by the entire Board or by the Compensation Committee. Once appointed, the Compensation Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board. A majority of the members of the Compensation Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Compensation Committee shall be made by the majority of its members present at a meeting. Any determination of the Compensation Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Compensation Committee by a writing signed by all of the Compensation Committee members. Subject to ratification of the grant of each Stock Right by the Board (but only if so required by applicable state law), and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to (i) determine the employees of the Company and Related Corporations (from among the class of employees eligible under Section 3 to receive ISOs) to whom ISOs may be granted, and to determine (from among the class of individuals and entities eligible under Section 3 to receive Non-Qualified Options, Restricted Stock, RSUs and SARs) to whom Non-Qualified Options, Restricted Stock, RSUs and SARs may be granted; (ii) determine when Stock Rights may be granted; (iii) determine the exercise prices of Stock Rights other than Restricted Stock and RSUs, which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value; (iv) determine whether each Option granted shall be an ISO or a Non-Qualified Option; (v) determine when Stock Rights shall become exercisable, the duration of the exercise period and when each Stock Right shall vest; (vi) determine whether restrictions such as repurchase options are to be imposed on shares subject to or issued in connection with Stock Rights, and the nature of such restrictions, if any, and (vii) interpret the Plan and promulgate and rescind rules and regulations relating to it. The interpretation and construction by the Compensation Committee of any provisions of the Plan or of any Stock Right granted under it shall be final, binding and conclusive unless otherwise determined by the Board. The Compensation Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best.

No members of the Compensation Committee or the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Stock Right granted under it. No member of the Compensation Committee or the Board shall be liable for any act or omission of any other member of the Compensation Committee or the Board or for any act or omission on his own part, including but not limited to the exercise of any power and discretion given to him under the Plan, except those resulting from his own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(b)

The Compensation Committee may select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold meetings at such time and places as it may determine. All references in this Plan to the Compensation Committee shall mean the Board if no Compensation Committee has been appointed. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Compensation Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused or remove all members of the Compensation Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

(c)

Stock Rights may be granted to members of the Board, whether such grants are in their capacity as directors, Officers or consultants. All grants of Stock Rights to members of the Board shall in all other respects be made in accordance with the provisions of this Plan applicable to other eligible persons. Members of the Board who are either (i) eligible for Stock Rights pursuant to the Plan or (ii) have been granted Stock Rights may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of any Stock Rights pursuant to the Plan.

(d)

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as he may have as a member of the Board, and with respect to administration of the Plan and the granting of Stock Rights under it, each member of the Board and of the Compensation Committee shall be entitled without further act on his part to indemnification from the Company for all expenses (including advances of litigation expenses, the amount of judgment and the amount of approved settlements made with a view to the curtailment of costs of litigation) reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeal thereof, with respect to the administration of the Plan or the granting of Stock Rights under it in which he may be involved by reason of his being or having been a member of the Board or the Compensation Committee, whether or not he continues to be such member of the Board or the Compensation Committee at the time of the incurring of such expenses; provided, however, that such indemnity shall be subject to the limitations contained in any Indemnification Agreement between the Company and the Board member or Officer. The foregoing right of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or administrators of each such member of the Board or the Compensation Committee and shall be in addition to all other rights to which such member of the Board or the Compensation Committee would be entitled to as a matter of law, contract or otherwise.

(e)

The Board may delegate the powers to grant Stock Rights to Officers to the extent permitted by the laws of the Company’s state of incorporation.

3.

Eligible Employees and Others. ISOs may be granted to any employee of the Company or any Related Corporation. Those Officers and directors of the Company who are not employees may not be granted ISOs under the Plan. Subject to compliance with Rule 16b-3 and other applicable securities laws, Non-Qualified Options, Restricted Stock, RSUs and SARs may be granted to any director (whether or not an employee), Officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any Related Corporation. The Compensation Committee may take into consideration a recipient’s individual circumstances in determining whether to grant an ISO, a Non-Qualified Option, Restricted Stock, RSUs or a SAR. Granting of any Stock Right to any individual or entity shall neither entitle that individual or entity to, nor disqualify him from participation in, any other grant of Stock Rights.

4.

Common Stock. The Common Stock subject to Stock Rights shall be authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001, or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner, including purchase, forfeiture or otherwise. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 9,300,000, less any Stock Rights previously granted or exercised subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14. Any such shares may be issued under ISOs, Non-Qualified Options, Restricted Stock, RSUs or SARs, so long as the number of shares so issued does not exceed the limitations in this Section. If any Stock Rights granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if the Company shall reacquire any unvested shares, the unpurchased shares subject to such Stock Rights and any unvested shares so reacquired by the Company shall again be available for grants under the Plan.

5.

Granting of Stock Rights.

(a)

The date of grant of a Stock Right under the Plan will be the date specified by the Board or Compensation Committee at the time it grants the Stock Right; provided, however, that such date shall not be prior to the date on which the Board or Compensation Committee acts to approve the grant. The Board or Compensation Committee shall have the right, with the consent of the optionee, to convert an ISO granted under the Plan to a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to Section 17.

(b)

The Board or Compensation Committee shall grant Stock Rights to participants that it, in its sole discretion, selects. Stock Rights shall be granted on such terms as the Board or Compensation Committee shall determine except that ISOs shall be granted on terms that comply with the Code and regulations thereunder.

(c)

A SAR entitles the holder to receive, as designated by the Board or Compensation Committee, cash or shares of Common Stock, value equal to (or otherwise based on) the excess of: (a) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock at the time of exercise over (b) an exercise price established by the Board or Compensation Committee. The exercise price of each SAR granted under this Plan shall be established by the Compensation Committee or shall be determined by a method established by the Board or Compensation Committee at the time the SAR is granted, provided the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of the grant of the SAR, or such higher price as is established by the Board or Compensation Committee. A SAR shall be exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions and during such periods as may be established by the Board or Compensation Committee. Shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to the exercise of a SAR shall be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Board or Compensation Committee may establish in the applicable SAR agreement or document, if any. The Board or Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may impose such conditions, restrictions and contingencies with respect to shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of each SAR as the Board or Compensation Committee determines to be desirable. A SAR under the Plan shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Board or Compensation Committee shall, in its discretion, prescribe. The terms and conditions of any SAR to any grantee shall be reflected in such form of agreement as is determined by the Board or Compensation Committee. A copy of such document, if any, shall be provided to the grantee, and the Board or Compensation Committee may condition the granting of the SAR on the grantee executing such agreement.

(d)

An RSU gives the grantee the right to receive a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock on applicable vesting or other dates. Delivery of the RSUs may be deferred beyond vesting as determined by the Board or Compensation Committee. RSUs shall be evidenced by an RSU agreement in the form determined by the Board or Compensation Committee. With respect to an RSU, which becomes non-forfeitable due to the lapse of time, the Compensation Committee shall prescribe in the RSU agreement the vesting period. With respect to the granting of the RSU, which becomes non-forfeitable due to the satisfaction of certain pre-established performance-based objectives imposed by the Board or Compensation Committee, the measurement date of whether such performance-based objectives have been satisfied shall be a date no earlier than the first anniversary of the date of the RSU. A recipient who is granted an RSU shall possess no incidents of ownership with respect to such underlying Common Stock, although the RSU agreement may provide for payments in lieu of dividends to such grantee.

(e)

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, the Board or Compensation Committee may impose conditions and restrictions on any grant of Stock Rights including forfeiture of vested Options, cancellation of Common Stock acquired in connection with any Stock Right and forfeiture of profits.

(f)

The Options and SARs shall not be exercisable for a period of more than 10 years from the date of grant.  

6.

Sale of Shares. The shares underlying Stock Rights granted to any Officers, director or a beneficial owner of 10% or more of the Company’s securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act shall not be sold, assigned or transferred by the grantee until at least six months elapse from the date of the grant thereof.

7.

ISO Minimum Option Price and Other Limitations.

(a)

The exercise price per share relating to all Options granted under the Plan shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of such grant. For purposes of determining the exercise price, the date of the grant shall be the later of (i) the date of approval by the Board or Compensation Committee or the Board, or (ii) for ISOs, the date the recipient becomes an employee of the Company. In the case of an ISO to be granted to an employee owning Common Stock which represents more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Related Corporation, the price per share shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant and such ISO shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(b)

In no event shall the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time an ISO is granted) of Common Stock for which ISOs granted to any employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and any Related Corporation) exceed $100,000.  

8.

Duration of Stock Rights. Subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 3, 5, 9, 10 and 11, each Option and SAR shall expire on the date specified in the original instrument granting such Stock Right (except with respect to any part of an ISO that is converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to Section 17), provided, however, that such instrument must comply with Section 422 of the Code with regard to ISOs and Rule 16b-3 with regard to all Stock Rights granted pursuant to the Plan to Officers, directors and 10% shareholders of the Company.

9.

Exercise of Options and SARs; Vesting of Stock Rights. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3 and 9 through 13, each Option and SAR granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

(a)

The Options and SARs shall either be fully vested and exercisable from the date of grant or shall vest and become exercisable in such installments as the Board or Compensation Committee may specify.

(b)

Once an installment becomes exercisable it shall remain exercisable until expiration or termination of the Option and SAR, unless otherwise specified by the Board or Compensation Committee.

(c)

Each Option and SAR or installment, once it becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number of shares with respect to which it is then exercisable.

(d)

The Board or Compensation Committee shall have the right to accelerate the vesting date of any installment of any Stock Right; provided that the Board or Compensation Committee shall not accelerate the exercise date of any installment of any Option granted to any employee as an ISO (and not previously converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to Section 17) if such acceleration would violate the annual exercisability limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code as described in Section 7(b).

10.

Termination of Employment. Subject to any greater restrictions or limitations as may be imposed by the Board or Compensation Committee or by a written agreement, if an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations other than by reason of death or Disability, no further installments of his Options shall vest or become exercisable, and his Options shall terminate as provided for in the grant or on the day 12  months after the day of the termination of his employment (except three months for ISOs), whichever is earlier, but in no event later than on their specified expiration dates. Employment shall be considered as continuing uninterrupted during any bona fide leave of absence (such as those attributable to illness, military obligations or governmental service) provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days or, if longer, any period during which such optionee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed by statute. A leave of absence with the written approval of the Board shall not be considered an interruption of employment under the Plan, provided that such written approval contractually obligates the Company or any Related Corporation to continue the employment of the optionee after the approved period of absence. ISOs granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment within or among the Company and Related Corporations so long as the optionee continues to be an employee of the Company or any Related Corporation.

11.

Death; Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Board or Compensation Committee or by a written agreement:

(a)

If the holder of an Option or SAR ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations by reason of his death, any Options or SARs held by the optionee may be exercised to the extent he could have exercised it on the date of his death, by his estate, personal representative or beneficiary who has acquired the Options or SARs by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, at any time prior to the earlier of: (i) the Options’ or SARs’ specified expiration date or (ii) one year (except three months for an ISO) from the date of death.

(b)

If the holder of an Option or SAR ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations, or a director or Director Advisor can no longer perform his duties, by reason of his Disability, any Options or SARs held by the optionee may be exercised to the extent he could have exercised it on the date of termination due to Disability until the earlier of (i) the Options’ or SARs’ specified expiration date or (ii) one year from the date of the termination.

12.

Assignment, Transfer or Sale.

(a)

No ISO granted under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable by the grantee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the grantee, each ISO shall be exercisable only by him, his guardian or legal representative.

(b)

Except for ISOs, all Stock Rights are transferable subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and Section 6 of this Plan.

13.

Terms and Conditions of Stock Rights. Stock Rights shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical) in such forms as the Board or Compensation Committee may from time to time approve. Such instruments shall conform to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 5 through 12 hereof and may contain such other provisions as the Board or Compensation Committee deems advisable which are not inconsistent with the Plan. In granting any Stock Rights, the Board or Compensation Committee may specify that Stock Rights shall be subject to the restrictions set forth herein with respect to ISOs, or to such other termination and cancellation provisions as the Board or Compensation Committee may determine. The Board or Compensation Committee may from time to time confer authority and responsibility on one or more of its own members and/or one or more Officers of the Company to execute and deliver such instruments. The proper Officers of the Company are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

14.

Adjustments Upon Certain Events.

(a)

Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Stock Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Stock Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of a Stock Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock (or cash, as applicable) covered by each such outstanding Option or SAR, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increases or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company or the voluntary cancellation whether by virtue of a cashless exercise of a derivative security of the Company or otherwise shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board or Compensation Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Right. No adjustments shall be made for dividends or other distributions paid in cash or in property other than securities of the Company.

(b)

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board or Compensation Committee shall notify each participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, a Stock Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)

In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change of Control, each outstanding Stock Right shall be assumed (as defined below) or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Stock Rights, the participants shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise their Stock Rights as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable.  If a Stock Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Board or Compensation Committee shall notify the participant in writing or electronically that the Stock Right shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of at least 15 days from the date of such notice, and any Options or SARs shall terminate one minute prior to the closing of the merger or sale of assets.   

For the purposes of this Section 14(c), the Stock Right shall be considered “assumed” if, following the merger or Change of Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Right immediately prior to the merger or Change of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change of Control by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change of Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Board or Compensation Committee may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Stock Right, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change of Control.

(d)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 14(a), (b) or (c) with respect to ISOs shall be made only after the Board or Compensation Committee, after consulting with counsel for the Company, determines whether such adjustments would constitute a “modification” of such ISOs (as that term is defined in Section 425(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of such ISOs.  If the Board or Compensation Committee determines that such adjustments made with respect to ISOs would constitute a modification of such ISOs it may refrain from making such adjustments.

(e)

No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and the optionee shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

15.

Means of Exercising Stock Rights.

(a)

An Option or SAR (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company at its principal office address. Such notice shall identify the Stock Right being exercised and specify the number of shares as to which such Stock Right is being exercised, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price therefor (to the extent it is exercisable in cash) either (i) in United States dollars by check or wire transfer; or (ii) at the discretion of the Board or Compensation Committee, through delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Stock Right; or (iii) at the discretion of the Board or Compensation Committee, by any combination of (i) and (ii)  above. If the Board or Compensation Committee exercises its discretion to permit payment of the exercise price of an ISO by means of the methods set forth in clauses (ii) or  (iii)  of the preceding sentence, such discretion need not  be exercised in writing at the time of the grant of the Stock Right in question. The holder of a Stock Right shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by his Stock Right until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares. Except as expressly provided above in Section 14 with respect to changes in capitalization and stock dividends, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is before the date such stock certificate is issued.

(b)

Each notice of exercise shall, unless the shares of Common Stock are covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act, contain the holder’s acknowledgment in form and substance satisfactory to the Company that (i) such shares are being purchased for investment and not for distribution or resale (other than a distribution or resale which, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, may be made without violating the registration provisions of the Securities Act), (ii) the holder has been advised and understands that (1) the shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and are subject to restrictions on transfer and (2) the Company is under no obligation to register the shares under the Securities Act or to take any action which would make available to the holder any exemption from such registration, and (iii) such shares may not be transferred without compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Notwithstanding the above, should the Company be advised by counsel that issuance of shares should be delayed pending registration under federal or state securities laws or the receipt of an opinion that an appropriate exemption therefrom is available, the Company may defer exercise of any Stock Right granted hereunder until either such event has occurred.

16.

Term, Termination and Amendment.  

(a)

This Plan was adopted by the Board.  This Plan may be approved by the Company’s shareholders, which approval is required for ISOs.

(b)

The Board may terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on March __, 2022 [or 10 years from the date the Board adopts the Plan].  No Stock Rights may be granted under the Plan once the Plan is terminated.  Termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Right granted while the Plan is in effect, except with the written consent of the grantee.

(c)

The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan.  Provided, however, except as provided in Section 14 relating to adjustments in Common Stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company to the extent (i) shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or (ii) required by the rules of the principal national securities exchange or trading market upon which the Company’s Common Stock trades. Rights under any Stock Rights granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan, except with the written consent of the grantee.

(d)

The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Rights; provided, however, that the rights under the Stock Right shall not be impaired by any such amendment, except with the written consent of the grantee.

17.

Conversion of ISOs into Non-Qualified Options; Termination of ISOs. The Board or Compensation Committee, at the written request of any optionee, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert such optionee’s ISOs (or any installments or portions of installments thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs, regardless of whether the optionee is an employee of the Company or a Related Corporation at the time of such conversion.  Provided, however, the Board or Compensation Committee shall not reprice the Options or extend the exercise period or reduce the exercise price of the appropriate installments of such Options without the approval of the Company’s shareholders. At the time of such conversion, the Board or Compensation Committee (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such conditions on the exercise of the resulting Non-Qualified Options as the Board or Compensation Committee in its discretion may determine, provided that such conditions shall not be inconsistent with this Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any optionee the right to have such optionee’s ISOs converted into Non-Qualified Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless the Board or Compensation Committee takes appropriate action. The Compensation Committee, with the consent of the optionee, may also terminate any portion of any ISO that has not been exercised at the time of such termination.

18.

Application of Funds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares pursuant to Options or SARS (if cash settled) granted under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

19.

Governmental Regulations. The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver shares of the Common Stock under this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

20.

Withholding of Additional Income Taxes. In connection with the granting, exercise or vesting of a Stock Right or the making of a Disqualifying Disposition the Company, in accordance with Section 3402(a) of the Code, may require the optionee to pay additional withholding taxes in respect of the amount that is considered compensation includable in such person’s gross income.

To the extent that the Company is required to withhold taxes for federal income tax purposes as provided above, if any optionee may elect to satisfy such withholding requirement by (i) paying the amount of the required withholding tax to the Company; (ii) delivering to the Company shares of its Common Stock (including shares of Restricted Stock) previously owned by the optionee; or (iii) having the Company retain a portion of the shares covered by an Option exercise. The number of shares to be delivered to or withheld by the Company times the Fair Market Value of such shares shall equal the cash required to be withheld.

21.

Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition. Each employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. If the employee has died before such stock is sold, the holding periods requirements of the Disqualifying Disposition do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

22.

Continued Employment. The grant of a Stock Right pursuant to the Plan shall not be construed to imply or to constitute evidence of any agreement, express or implied, on the part of the Company or any Related Corporation to retain the grantee in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, as a member of the Company’s Board or in any other capacity, whichever the case may be.

23.

Governing Law; Construction. The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing Stock Rights shall be governed by the laws of the Company’s state of incorporation. In construing this Plan, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, unless the context otherwise requires.

24.

(a)

Forfeiture of Stock Rights Granted to Employees or Consultants. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, and unless otherwise provided for in a Stock Rights Agreement, all vested or unvested Stock Rights granted to employees or consultants shall be immediately forfeited at the discretion of the Board if any of the following events occur:

(1)

Termination of the relationship with the grantee for cause including, but not limited to, fraud, theft, dishonesty and violation of Company policy;

(2)

Purchasing or selling securities of the Company in violation of the Company’s insider trading guidelines then in effect;

(3)

Breaching any duty of confidentiality including that required by the Company’s insider trading guidelines then in effect;

(4)

Competing with the Company;

(5)

Being unavailable for consultation after leaving the Company’s employment if such availability is a condition of any agreement between the Company and the grantee;

(6)

Recruitment of Company personnel after termination of employment, whether such termination is voluntary or for cause;

(7)

Failure to assign any invention or technology to the Company if such assignment is a condition of employment or any other agreements between the Company and the grantee; or

(8)

A finding by the Board that the grantee has acted disloyally and/or against the interests of the Company.

(b)

Forfeiture of Stock Rights Granted to Directors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, and unless otherwise provided for in a Stock Rights Agreement, all vested or unvested Stock Rights granted to directors shall be immediately forfeited at the discretion of the Board if any of the following events occur:

(1)

Purchasing or selling securities of the Company in violation of the Company’s insider trading guidelines then in effect;

(2)

Breaching any duty of confidentiality including that required by the Company’s insider trading guidelines then in effect;

(3)

Competing with the Company;

(4)

Recruitment of Company personnel after ceasing to be a director;

or

(5)

A finding by the Board that the grantee has acted disloyally and/or against the interests of the Company.

The Company may impose other forfeiture restrictions which are more or less restrictive and require a return of profits from the sale of Common Stock as part of said forfeiture provisions if such forfeiture provisions and/or return of provisions are contained in a Stock Rights Agreement.

(c)

Profits on the Sale of Certain Shares; Redemption. If any of the events specified in Section 24(a) or (b) of the Plan occur within one year from the date the grantee last performed services for the Company in the capacity for which the Stock Rights were granted (the “Termination Date”) (or such longer period required by any written agreement), all profits earned from the sale of the Company’s securities, including the sale of shares of common stock underlying the Stock Rights, during the two-year period commencing one year prior to the Termination Date shall be forfeited and immediately paid by the grantee to the Company.  Further, in such event, the Company may at its option redeem shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the Stock Right by payment of the exercise price to the grantee.  To the extent that another written agreement with the Company extends the events in Section 24(a) or (b) beyond one year following the Termination Date, the two-year period shall be extended by an equal number of days.  The Company’s rights under this Section 24(c) do not lapse one year form the Termination Date but are contract rights subject to any appropriate statutory limitation period.

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use of our report dated July 30, 2013 on the consolidated financial statements of Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, included herein on the registration statement of Aspen Group, Inc. on Post Effective Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ Salberg & Company, P.A.

SALBERG & COMPANY, P.A.

Boca Raton, Florida

August 8, 2013

XML

Temporary Equity

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

11. Temporary Equity

Note 11. Temporary Equity

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 850,395 Series A preferred shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $809,900 (of which $230,000 was received from then related parties). The Series A shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time Aspen is required to file Forms 10-Q and 10-K with the SEC (the "SEC Reporting Date"); (iii) a conversion ratio of 1 share of common stock for each share of Series A; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; (v) until the SEC Reporting Date, price protection should any common stock or equivalents be issued with a lower conversion ratio; (vi) 5% cumulative accruing dividends whether or not declared (payable only upon redemption per vii); and (vii) shall be redeemed by Aspen if: (a) Michael Mathews is no longer the CEO, or (b) the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before January 31, 2012 (on February 29, 2012, this was extended to March 15, 2012), but (c) only to the extent Aspen has EBITDA. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series A preferred shares amounted to $34,500 (See Note 15).

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 1,176,750 Series D preferred shares and a warrant to purchase 400,000 Series D shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $1,109,268, net of offering costs of $67,482. The warrants are exercisable at $1.00 per share for five years beginning June 28, 2011 and, after the SEC Reporting Date, are exercisable into shares of common stock of Aspen. The Series D shares have the same features as the Series A shares (see above) except for 550,000 of the Series D shares for which the price protection is for a period of 36 months following the SEC Reporting Date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series D preferred shares amounted to $30,632.

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 1,700,000 Series E preferred shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $1,550,817, net of offering costs of $149,183 and a warrant to purchase 56,000 Series E shares. The warrants are exercisable at $1.00 per share for five years beginning September 28, 2011 and, after the SEC Reporting Date, are exercisable into shares of common stock of Aspen. The Series E shares had the same features as the Series A shares (see above) except item (v) the price protection is for a period of 36 months following the SEC Reporting Date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series E preferred shares amounted to $22,194.

On October 28, 2011, Aspen filed a First Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby a liquidation preference equal to the original issue price ($1.00) was added to both the Series D and Series E shares. In addition, the liquidation preferences of the Series D shares became pari passu with the liquidation preferences of the Series E shares and the liquidation preferences of both the Series D and Series E shares became senior to the liquidation preferences of the Series C shares. On January 23, 2012, Aspen filed a Second Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares shall be redeemed if the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before February 29, 2012. On February 29, 2012, Aspen filed a Third Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares shall be redeemed if the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before March 15, 2012. The SEC Reporting Date occurred on March 13, 2012.

Prior to their conversion to shares of common stock on March 13, 2012, the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares were classified as temporary equity. During 2012 through March 13, 2012, the preferred shares accumulated additional dividends of $37,379 and as of March 13, 2012, total cumulative preferred dividends were $124,705. On March 13, 2012, all preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock and, based on the terms of the preferred shares, none of the cumulative dividends shall ever be paid (See Note 12).

XML

9. Notes Payable (Details Narrative) (USD $)	4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Notes Payable Details Narrative [Abstract]
Interest Expense		$ 2,393	$ 2,393
Notes payable remaining principal balance			$ 25,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenues	$ 1,229,096	$ 745,656	$ 2,684,931	$ 2,346,238
Operating expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)	749,930	865,408	2,342,037	1,041,269
General and administrative	1,670,812	2,123,685	5,235,282	3,593,956
Receivable collateral valuation service			502,315
Depreciation and amortization	159,269	121,812	397,923	264,082
Total operating expenses	2,580,011	3,110,905	8,477,557	4,899,307
Operating loss from continuing operations	(1,350,915)	(2,365,249)	(5,792,626)	(2,553,069)
Other income (expense):
Interest income	330	672	4,592	2,656
Interest expense	(6,737)	(2,934)	(364,889)	(27,850)
Gain on disposal of property and equipment		5,879	5,879
Other Income	66,267
Loss due to unauthorized borrowing				(14,876)
Total other expense, net	59,860	3,617	(354,418)	(40,070)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes	(1,291,055)	(2,361,632)	(6,147,044)	(2,593,139)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Loss from continuing operations	(1,291,055)	(2,361,632)	(6,147,044)	(2,593,139)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	(111,927)	148,513	136,310	457,566
Net loss	(1,402,982)	(2,213,119)	(6,010,734)	(2,135,573)
Cumulative preferred stock dividends		(37,379)	(37,379)	(87,326)
Net loss allocable to common stockholders	$ (1,402,982)	$ (2,250,498)	$ (6,048,113)	$ (2,222,899)
Loss per share from continuing operations - basic and diluted	$ (0.02)	$ (0.11)	$ (0.17)	$ (0.17)
Income per share from discontinued operations - basic and diluted	$ 0.00	$ 0.01	$ 0.00	$ 0.03
Net loss per share allocable to common stockholders - basic and diluted	$ (0.03)	$ (0.11)	$ (0.17)	$ (0.14)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic and diluted	56,089,884	21,135,361	35,316,681	15,377,413

XML

Secured Accounts and Notes Receivable - Related Parties

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

4. Secured Note and Accounts Receivable-Related Parties

Note 4. Secured Accounts and Notes Receivable - Related Parties

On September 21, 2011, the Company loaned $238,210 to its CEO in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 40,000 shares of common stock of Interclick, Inc. (a publicly-traded company) owned personally by the CEO. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on June 21, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $1,867 was recognized. On December 20, 2011, the note along with accrued interest of $1,867 was paid in full (See Note 15).

On December 14, 2011, the Company loaned $150,000 to an officer of the Company in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 500,000 shares of the Company's common stock owned personally by the officer. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on September 14, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $210 was recognized on the note receivable and is included in other current assets. As of December 31, 2011, the balance due on the note receivable was $150,000, all of which is short-term. During the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income of $594 was recognized on the note receivable. On February 16, 2012, the note receivable from an officer was repaid along with accrued interest (See Note 15).

On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, the Company sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to HEMG, a related party and principal stockholder of the Company whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of the Company, in the amount of $455,000 and $600,000, respectively; UCC filings were filed accordingly. Under the marketing agreements, the receivables were due net 60 months. On September 16, 2011, HEMG pledged 772,793 Aspen Series C preferred shares (automatically converted to 654,850 shares of common stock on March 13, 2012) of the Company as collateral for this account receivable. On March 8, 2012, due to the impending reduction in the value of the collateral as the result of the Series C conversion ratio and Aspen's inability to engage Mr. Spada in good faith negotiations to increase HEMG's pledge, Michael Mathews, Aspen's CEO, pledged 117,943 shares of common stock of Aspen, owned personally by him, valued at $1.00 per share based on recent sales of capital stock as additional collateral to the accounts receivable, secured - related party. On March 13, 2012, Aspen deemed the receivables stemming from the sale of courseware curricula to be in default. On April 4, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with: (i) an individual, (ii) HEMG, a related party and principal stockholder of the Company whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of the Company and (iii) Mr. Patrick Spada. Under the agreement, (a) the individual purchased and HEMG sold to the individual 400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share; (b) the Company guaranteed it would purchase at least 600,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 90 days of the agreement and the Company would use its best efforts to purchase from HEMG and resell to investors an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 180 days of the agreement; (c) provided HEMG and Mr. Patrick Spada fulfilled their obligations under (a) and (b) above, the Company shall consent to additional private transfers by HEMG and/or Mr. Patrick Spada of up to 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company on or before March 13, 2013; (d) HEMG agreed to not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer 142,500 shares of common stock of the Company pending resolution of a dispute regarding the Company's claim that HEMG sold 131,500 shares of common stock of the Company without having enough authorized shares and a stockholder did not receive 11,000 shares of common stock of the Company owed to him as a result of a stock dividend; and (e) the Company waived any default of the accounts receivable, secured - related party and extend the due date to September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2012, third party investors purchased 336,000 shares for $168,000 and the Company purchased 264,000 shares for $132,000 per section (b) above. Based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit (consisting of one share of common stock and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share), the value of the aforementioned collateral decreased. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recognized an allowance of $502,315 for this account receivable. As of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011, the balance of the account receivable, net of allowance, was $270,478, $270,478 and $772,793, respectively and is shown as accounts receivable, secured - related party, net (See Notes 12 and 15).

XML

Nature of Operations and Going Concern (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Nature Of Operations And Going Concern Tables [Abstract]

Acquisition costs

The net purchase price, including acquisition costs paid, was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:

Current assets (including cash of $3,200)	$	3,200
Intangible assets		-
Liabilities assumed		-
Net purchase price	$	3,200

Schedule of income from discontinued operations

The following table shows the results of the "Smart Home Integration Certificate" program component included in the income from discontinued operations:

	For the Four Months Ended					For the Year Ended
	April 30,					December 31,
	2013			2012		2012		2011
				(Unaudited)
Revenues	$	140,732		$	1,077,875	$	2,332,283	$	2,131,693
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues		126,659			929,362		2,026,928		1,674,127
General and administrative		126,000			-		169,045		-
Total costs and expenses		252,659			929,362		2,195,973		1,674,127
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	(111,927	)	$	148,513	$	136,310	$	457,566

The major classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the balance sheet are as follows:

	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	-	$	67,750	$	-
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $295,045, $169,045 and $0, respectively		113,822		322,026		632,135
Other current assets		-		3,438		-
Net assets from discontinued operations	$	113,822	$	393,214	$	632,135
Liabilities
Accounts payable	$	1,178	$	1,178	$	679,882
Accrued expenses		70,201		185,395		39,225
Deferred revenue		53,125		39,857		-
Net liabilities from discontinued operations	$	124,504	$	226,430	$	719,107

XML

11. Temporary Equity (Details Narrative) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Cumulative dividends	$ 34,500
Series D Preferred Stock [Member]
Cumulative dividends	30,632
Series E Preferred Stock [Member]
Cumulative dividends	$ 22,194

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)

Note 12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)

Stock Dividends and Reverse Split

On May 17, 2011, Aspen declared a stock dividend of 1.1 new shares of common stock of the Company for each share presently held as of the close of business on May 20, 2011. All references to the Company's outstanding shares, warrants and per share information have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock dividend.

On February 23, 2012, Aspen approved a stock dividend of one new share of Aspen for each share presently held. Following the stock dividend, Aspen approved a one-for-two reverse stock split as of the close of business on February 24, 2012 in which each two shares of common stock shall be combined into one share of common stock. This was done in order to reduce the conversion ratio of the Aspen convertible preferred stock for all Series to 1 for 1 except for Series C, which then had a conversion ratio of 0.8473809.

Authorized and Designated Shares

On May 17, 2011, Aspen amended its certificate of incorporation whereby the total number of authorized shares was increased from 10,000,000 shares to: (i) 60,000,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $0.001 per share, and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock having a par value of $0.001 per share.

On May 17, 2011, Aspen designated 850,500 Series A preferred shares, 368,421 Series B preferred shares, 11,411,400 Series C preferred shares, and 3,700,000 Series D preferred shares.

On September 9, 2011, Aspen filed its second amended certificate of incorporation whereby Aspen designated 2,000,000 Series E preferred shares.

Preferred Stock

In May 2011, $350,000 of Aspen convertible notes were converted into 368,411 Series B preferred shares (See Notes 9 and 15). The Series B shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time the Company is required to file Forms 10-Q and 10-K with the SEC Reporting Date; (iii) a conversion ratio of 1 share of common stock for each share of Series B; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; and (v) until the SEC Reporting Date, price protection should any common stock or equivalents be issued with a lower conversion ratio.

On May 20, 2011, as part of a post-closing transaction of the merger with EGC, Aspen's largest stockholder exchanged all 11,307,450 shares of common stock owned into 11,307,450 Series C shares. The Series C shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time the Company is required to file Forms 10-Q and 10-K with the SEC Reporting Date; (iii) a conversion ratio of 0.8473809 shares of common for each share of Series C; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; (v) exclusion from the two-for-one stock split effectuated immediately prior to the SEC Reporting Date (See Note 15); and (vi) a liquidation preference of $0.001 per share.

On March 13, 2012, all preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock and, based on the terms of the preferred shares (See below).

Common Stock

On May 11, 2011, pursuant to a rescission offer, Aspen repurchased an aggregate of 170,100 shares of common stock and returned to investors an aggregate of $165,000 as a result of Blue Sky violations. The treasury shares were subsequently retired.

On May 19, 2011, Aspen issued 3,200,000 shares of common stock of Aspen in order to acquire all of the outstanding shares of EGC as part of a merger (See Note 1).

On May 20, 2011, as part of a post-closing transaction of the merger with EGC and a settlement with a certain group of investors, Aspen repurchased an aggregate of 850,500 shares of common stock and returned to investors an aggregate of $740,000. The treasury shares were subsequently retired.

On December 28, 2011, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 34,020 shares of common stock and returned to investors an aggregate of $21,200. The treasury shares were subsequently retired.

On March 13, 2012, all of the outstanding preferred shares of the Company were automatically converted into 13,677,274 shares of common stock of Aspen Group, Inc. (See Note 11).

Pursuant to the recapitalization discussed below, the Company is deemed to have issued 9,760,000 shares of common stock to the original stockholders of the publicly-held entity.

In April 2012, the Company issued 20,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $20,000 of convertible notes payable (See Note 9).

On September 28, 2012, the Company raised $2,494,899 (net of offering costs of $262,101) from the sale of 78.77 Units (including 7,877,144 shares of common stock and 3,938,570 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share) through Laidlaw. Of the amount raised, $212,000 or 605,716 shares of common stock were from directors of the Company. Also, on September 28, 2012, as a result of this financing, all of the $1,706,000 (face value) of Convertible Notes from the Phase One financing automatically converted into 5,130,795 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.3325 per share. In addition, 202,334 shares of common stock and 50,591 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.3325 per share were issued to settle $67,276 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Notes. Accordingly, a loss of $3,339 was recognized upon settlement (See Note 9).

On September 28, 2012, as a result of the aforementioned financing, a $49,825 (face value) Convertible Note was automatically converted into 142,357 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.35 per share. In addition, 112 shares of common stock were issued to settle $39 of accrued interest on the aforementioned convertible note. No gain or loss was recognized upon settlement (See Note 9).

On September 28, 2012, as a result of the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, 4,516,917 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 915,429 shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share were issued to the former owners of Aspen Series D and Series E shares under the price protection provision. This resulted in an increase in stock of common stock of $4,517 with a corresponding decrease in additional paid-in capital. 550,000 of the former Series D shares and all 1,700,000 of the former Series E shares continue to have price protection through March 13, 2015.

On October 1, 2012, the Company purchased 264,000 shares of common stock for $132,000, from the Company's former chairman (see Notes 4 and 15). On November 13, 2012, these shares were retired.

On December 7, 2012, the Company purchased 200,000 shares of common stock for $70,000, from the Company's former chairman. The shares are being held as treasury shares.

On October 1, 2012, the Company retained two investor relations firms agreeing to pay one firm $50,000 a year for two years and issuing it 200,000 shares of common stock , having a fair value of $70,000 based on recent sales of common stock. The second firm was retained for one year with a fee of $5,000 per month. The second firm also received 100,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $43,000 based on recent sale of Units.

On October 10, 2012, the Company entered into a non-exclusive agreement with Global Arena Capital Corp. ("GAC"), a broker-dealer, through which GAC agreed to use its best efforts to raise up to $2,030,000 from the sale of Units of common stock and warrants that are identical to those Units sold on September 28, 2012. The Company agreed to compensate GAC from sales of Units by paying it compensation equal to 10% of the gross proceeds sold by it. The Company also agreed to issue GAC five-year warrants to purchase 10% of the same Units it sells to investors with an exercise price equal to the purchase price paid by investors ($35,000 per Unit). In addition, the Company agreed to pay GAC a 3% non-accountable expense allowance from the proceeds of Units sold by it.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company raised $530,337 (net of offering costs of $184,663 and five-year warrants to purchase: (i) 100,000 shares of common stock at $0.35 per share and (ii) 98,000 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share.) from the sale of 20.43 Units (including 2,042,856 shares of common stock and 1,021,432 warrants) under the offering.

During the period from February 13, 2013 through March 1, 2013, the Company raised $519,370 (net of offering costs of $45,630) from the sale of 16.14 Units (including 1,614,286 shares of common stock and 807,143 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share) on its own behalf without the use of a broker. The warrants have cashless exercise provisions. On March 14, 2013, and based on the Company having increased the remainder of the Offering by $20,000, the Company entered into an exclusive engagement with Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. under which Laidlaw agreed to use its best effort to sell up to $770,000 of Units with the same terms as the Units the Company sold in 2012 and 2013 to date. Laidlaw received cash commissions of 10% based on the number of Units sold and five-year warrants equal to 10% of the securities sold exercisable at $0.50 per share.

On April 18, 2013, the Company raised $522,170 (net of offering costs of $78,158 and five-year warrants to purchase 169,021 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share) from the sale of 17.15 Units (comprised of 1,715,217 shares of common stock and 857,609 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share). All of the Units were sold with the assistance of Laidlaw except $8,750, which the Company raised on its own behalf and was not subject to a commission. Cash commissions of $59,158 and five-year warrants to purchase 169,021 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share are due to Laidlaw as offering fees. The Laidlaw engagement terminated after these transactions.

Recapitalization

On March 13, 2012 (the "recapitalization date"), Aspen University was acquired by Aspen Group, Inc., an inactive publicly-held company, in a reverse merger transaction accounted for as a recapitalization of Aspen University (the "Recapitalization" or the "Reverse Merger"). The common and preferred stockholders of the Company received 25,515,204 shares of common stock of Aspen Group, Inc. in exchange for 100% of the capital stock of Aspen University Inc. For accounting purposes, Aspen University Inc. is the acquirer and Aspen Group, Inc. is the acquired company because the stockholders of Aspen University Inc. acquired both voting and management control of the combined entity. The Company is deemed to have issued 9,760,000 shares of common stock to the original stockholders of the publicly-held entity. Accordingly, after completion of the recapitalization, the historical operations of the Company are those of Aspen University Inc. and the operations since the recapitalization date are those of Aspen University Inc. and Aspen Group, Inc. The assets and liabilities of both companies are combined at historical cost on the recapitalization date. As a result of the recapitalization and conversion of all Company preferred shares into shares of common stock of the public entity, all redemption and dividend rights of preferred shares were terminated. As a result of the recapitalization, the Company now has 120,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share authorized. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the publicly-held company were as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents	$	337
Liabilities assumed		(21,206	)
Net	$	(20,869	)

Stock Warrants

On September 28, 2012, as a result of the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, (i) warrants to purchase 915,429 shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share were issued to the former owners of Aspen Series D and Series E shares under full-ratchet price protection provisions and (ii) the exercise price of the original 456,000 warrants held by the former owners of Series D and Series E shares changed from $1.00 per share to $0.3325 per share. In addition, the exercise price of 426,500 warrants held by the former holders of Convertible Notes (sold during March through June of 2012 with the assistance of Laidlaw) changed from $1.00 per share to $0.3325 per share under price protection provisions. As the aforementioned issuances and changes in exercise price of warrants stemmed from price protection provisions in the original contracts, no expense was recognized.

On October 1, 2012, the Company retained an investor relations firm. As part of its compensation, the investor relations firm received 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $8,000. As the warrants vested immediately, the entire $8,000 was recognized as a prepaid expense and is being amortized over the term of the agreement.

On October 23, 2012, the Company issued 150,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share, having a fair value of $15,000. As the warrants vested immediately and were for prior services, the entire $15,000 was expensed immediately. On December 17, 2012, the warrants were repriced to have an exercise price of $0.35 per share, resulting in additional expense of $4,500, which was expensed immediately.

During the 4 months ended April 30, 2013, the Company issued 1,833,770 warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share. (See "Common Stock" above)

All other outstanding warrants issued by the Company to date have been related to capital raises. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized any additional stock-based compensation for other warrants issued during the years presented. A summary of the Company's warrant activity during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

					Weighted
			Weighted		Average
			Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of		Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Warrants	Shares		Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		7,256,522	$	0.45
Granted		1,833,770		0.50
Exercised		-		-
Forfeited		-		-
Expired		-		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		9,090,292	$	0.46		4.4	$	32,349
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		9,090,292	$	0.46		4.4	$	32,349

Certain of the Company's warrants contain price protection. The Company evaluated whether the price protection provision of the warrant would cause derivative treatment. In its assessment, the Company determined that since its shares are not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market, through April 30, 2013 the warrants are excluded from derivative treatment.

Stock Incentive Plan and Stock Option Grants to Employees and Directors

Immediately following the closing of the Reverse Merger, on March 13, 2012, the Company adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") that provides for the grant of 2,500,000 shares (increased to 5,600,000 shares effective September 28, 2012, to 8,000,000 effective January 16, 2013, and to 9,300,000 effective May 2013) in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units to employees, consultants, officers and directors. As of December 31, 2012, no shares were remaining under the Plan for future issuance (See Note 16).

On October 23, 2012, the Company issued non-Plan stock options to its executive officers as compensation for salary deferrals through August 31, 2012. Messrs. Michael Mathews, Brad Powers and David Garrity received 288,911, 255,773, and 136,008 five-year stock options, respectively, exercisable at $0.35 per share which options are fully vested. In aggregate, 680,692 stock options were issued to settle $238,562 of accrued salaries. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Note 16).

On October 23, 2012, the Company issued additional non-Plan options to executive officers who reduced their salaries for the period September 1 through December 31, 2012. The Company granted Messrs. Mathews, Powers and Garrity each 166,666 five-year options, respectively, and Dr. Gerald Williams 47,620 five-year options, all exercisable at $0.35 per share with 25% of these options vesting on the last day of September, October, November and December 2012, subject to the applicable executive remaining employed on each applicable vesting date. In aggregate, 547,618 stock options were issued as part of the reduced salaries. All stock options or shares granted are valued on the appropriate measurement date and the related expense shall be recognized over the requisite service period. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Note 16).

Prior to 2011, the Company received $22,000 from a director of the Company in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on demand. On November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan stock options exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Notes 9, 15 and 16).

On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced 1,705,000 stock options from having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to $0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value due to the repricing is being recognized over the remaining service period of the stock options.

During the four months ended April 30, 2013, the Company granted to employees 658,914 stock options, all of which were under the Plan, having an exercise price of $0.35 per share. The options vest pro rata over three to four years on each anniversary date; all options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was $79,070, which is being recognized over the respective vesting periods.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, including the aforementioned stock option issuances in this section, the Company granted to employees 6,777,967 stock options, net of cancellations (including repriced stock options), all of which were under the Plan, having an exercise price of $0.35 per share. While most of the options vest pro rata over three to four years on each anniversary date, 910,214 vested immediately; all options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $79,070 and $1,747,007, respectively. In connection with employee stock options, the Company recorded compensation expense of $153,818, $81,605 and $252,057 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Company estimates the fair value of share-based compensation utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is dependent upon several variables such as the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company's stock price over the expected term, expected risk-free interest rate over the expected option term, expected dividend yield rate over the expected option term, and an estimate of expected forfeiture rates. The Company believes this valuation methodology is appropriate for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors which are subject to ASC Topic 718 requirements. These amounts are estimates and thus may not be reflective of actual future results, nor amounts ultimately realized by recipients of these grants. The Company recognizes compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each award. The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation expense for stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 and during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,	December 31,
Assumptions	2013	2012	2011
Expected life (years)	3.5 - 3.75	2.5 - 3.8	N/A
Expected volatility	46.3%- 46.5%	44.2% - 50.9%	N/A
Weighted-average volatility	46.5%	49.0%	N/A
Risk-free interest rate	.36%-.44%	0.31% - 0.60%	N/A
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	N/A
Expected forfeiture rate	3.9%	1.7%	N/A

The Company utilized the simplified method to estimate the expected life for stock options granted to employees. The simplified method was used as the Company does not have sufficient historical data regarding stock option exercises. The expected volatility is based on the average of the expected volatilities from the most recent audited financial statements available for comparative public companies that are deemed to be similar in nature to the Company. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields with terms equivalent to the expected life of the related option at the time of the grant. Dividend yield is based on historical trends. While the Company believes these estimates are reasonable, the compensation expense recorded would increase if the expected life was increased, a higher expected volatility was used, or if the expected dividend yield increased.

A summary of the Company's stock option activity for employees and directors during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

						Weighted
				Weighted		Average
				Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of			Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Options	Shares			Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		6,777,967		$	0.35
Granted		658,914		$	0.35
Exercised		-
Forfeited		(92,500	)	$	0.35
Expired		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		7,344,381		$	0.35		4.4	$	-
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		2,056,998		$	0.35		4.4	$	-

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was $0.12.

As of April 30, 2013, there was $911,782 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

Stock Option Grants to Non-Employees

On March 15, 2012, the Company granted 175,000 stock options to non-employees, all of which were under the Plan, having an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The options vest pro rata over three years on each anniversary date; all options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of the stock options granted was $57,750, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior services rendered. On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced the stock options issued from having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to $0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value of $15,750 was recognized immediately.

On October 23, 2012, under the Plan, the Company issued to a consultant 20,000 five-year stock options exercisable at $0.50 per share vesting in equal annual increments over a three-year period subject to the consultant continuing to provide services for the Company. The total fair value of the stock options granted was $2,000, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior services rendered. On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced the stock options issued from having an exercise price of $0.50 per share to $0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value of $600 was recognized immediately.

The total fair value of 75,000 stock options granted to a faculty member during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was $9,000, which will be recognized over 3 years as this contract employee provides services to Aspen.

The Company recorded compensation expense of $244 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 in connection with this particular non-employee grant. The Company recorded compensation expense of $95,600 for the year ended December 31, 2012, in connection with non-employee stock options. The total fair value of stock options granted to non-employees during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $95,600, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior services rendered.

The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation expense for stock options granted to non-employees during the four month ended April 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,	December 31,
Assumptions	2013	2012	2011
Expected life (years)	4	2.7 - 5.0	N/A
Expected volatility	46.5%	44.2% - 50.0%	N/A
Weighted-average volatility	46.5%	47.4%	N/A
Risk-free interest rate	.38%	0.37% - 0.60%	N/A
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	N/A

A summary of the Company's stock option activity for non-employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

			Weighted		Average
			Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of		Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Options	Shares		Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		195,000	$	0.35
Granted		75,000	$	0.35
Exercised		-
Forfeited
Expired		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		270,000	$	0.35		4.0	$	-
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		-		N/A		N/A		N/A

XML

6. Courseware (Details Narrative) (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Courseware Details Narrative [Abstract]
Courseware Costs Capitalized			$ 25,300	$ 54,090
Courseware Amortization Expense	$ 45,476	$ 48,094	$ 141,560	$ 178,420

XML

12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) (Details) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2012
Stockholders Equity Details [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	337
Liabilities Assumd	$ (21,206)
Net	$ (20,869)

XML

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Details Narrative) (USD $)	4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Significant Accounting Policies Details Narrative [Abstract]
Restricted cash	$ 265,173	$ 264,992
Accrued interest	508	327
Letter of credit interest rate	0.25%
Options to purchase common shares	7,614,381	6,972,967
Warrants to purchase common shares	9,090,295	8,112,696
Convertible Debt Amount	$ 800,000	$ 800,000
Convertible Debt Shares	1,357,143	1,357,143
Warrants To Purchase Common Shares Outstanding			456,000
Convertible Preferred Shares			15,403,006
Preferred Shares Converted To Common Shares			13,677,274

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Property And Equipment [Abstract]

Property and equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Call center equipment	$	121,313		$	121,313		$	121,313
Computer and office equipment		61,036			45,718			38,577
Furniture and fixtures		32,914			11,336			-
Library (online)		100,000			100,000			100,000
Software		1,518,142			1,388,824			927,455
Vehicle		-			-			39,736
		1,833,405			1,667,191			1,227,081
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(569,665	)		(455,871	)		(229,972	)
Property and equipment, net	$	1,263,740		$	1,211,320		$	997,109

Amortization expense

Software consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Software	$	1,518,142		$	1,388,824		$	927,455
Accumulated amortization		(386,599	)		(286,744	)		(60,290	)
Software, net	$	1,131,543		$	1,102,080		$	867,165

Schedule of estimated future amortization expense

Estimated future amortization expense of software as of April 30, 2013, is as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	303,629
2015		303,629
2016		302,782
2017		180,050
2018		41,453
Total	$	1,131,543

XML

Accounts Receivable (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Accounts Receivable Tables [Abstract]

Accounts Receivables

Accounts receivable consisted of the following at April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Accounts receivable	$	437,323		$	275,206		$	262,694
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts		(72,535	)		(35,535	)		(47,595	)
Accounts receivable, net	$	364,788		$	239,671		$	215,099

XML

6. Courseware (Details) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Intangible Assets Details [Abstract]
Courseware	$ 2,097,538	$ 2,097,538	$ 2,072,238
Accumulated amortization	(1,889,443)	(1,843,967)	(1,702,407)
Courseware, net	$ 208,095	$ 253,571	$ 369,831

XML

Nature of Operations and Going Concern (Details) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013
Nature Of Operations And Going Concern Details [Abstract]
Current assets (including cash of $3,200)	$ 3,200
Intangible assets
Liabilities assumed
Net purchase price	$ 3,200

XML

3. Accounts Receivable (Details Narrative) (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accounts Receivable Details Narrative [Abstract]
Bad debt expense	$ 37,000	$ 32,955	$ 133,907	$ 21,200

XML

7. Accrued Expenses (Details) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accrued Expenses Details [Abstract]
Accrued compensation	$ 44,692	$ 50,923	$ 33,930
Accrued settlement payable			40,000
Other accrued expenses	83,877	24,989	54,373
Accrued expenses	$ 128,569	$ 75,912	$ 128,303

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Commitments And Contingencies Tables [Abstract]

Minimum rental payment for lease

The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of April 30, 2013:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	141,051
2015		144,332
2016		72,427
2017		-
Total minimum payments required	$	357,810

XML

13. Income Taxes (Details 1) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Taxes Details 1 [Abstract]
Net operating loss	$ 4,256,530	$ 3,649,651	$ 2,064,725
Allowance for doubtful accounts		261,946	17,637
Intangible assets	238,259	118,740
Deferred rent	11,809	7,883	9,473
Stock-based compensation	185,916	128,827
Contributions carryfoward	93	93
Total deferred tax assets	4,716,555	4,167,140	2,091,835
Property and equipment	(31,714)	(630)	(805)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(31,714)	(630)	(149,150)
Deferred tax assets, net	4,684,841	4,166,510	1,942,685
Beginning of year	(4,166,510)	(1,942,685)	(1,152,977)
(Increase) decrease during year	(518,331)	(2,223,825)	(789,708)
Ending balance	(4,684,841)	(4,166,510)	(1,942,685)
Net deferred tax asset

XML

13. Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current:
Federal
State
Current Income tax expense (benefit)
Deferred:
Federal
State
Deferred Income tax expense (benefit)
Total Income tax expense (benefit)

XML

5. Property and Equipment (Details 1) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property and equipment, gross	$ 1,833,405	$ 1,667,191		$ 1,227,081
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(569,665)	(455,871)	(229,972)	(229,972)
Property and equipment, net	1,263,740	1,211,320		997,109
Computer software [Member]
Property and equipment, gross	1,518,142	1,388,824		927,455
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(386,599)	(286,744)		(60,290)
Property and equipment, net	$ 1,131,543	$ 1,102,080		$ 867,165

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Significant Accounting Policies Tables [Abstract]

Depreciation and amortization over estimated useful lives

Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets per the following table.

Category	Depreciation Term
Call center equipment	5 years
Computer and office equipment	5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Library (online)	3 years
Software	5 years
Vehicle	5 years

Reclassifications to the consolidated statements of operations

Certain amounts in the 2012 and 2011 Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to this new presentation as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	2,342,037		$	2,342,037
Instructional costs and services		899,909		(899,909	)		-
Marketing and promotional		1,442,128		(1,442,128	)		-
General and administrative		5,235,282		-			5,235,282
Receivable collateral valuation reserve		502,315					502,315
Depreciation and amortization		397,923					397,923
Total costs and expenses	$	8,477,557	$	-		$	8,477,557

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	1,041,269		$	1,041,269
Instructional costs and services		525,907		(525,907	)		-
Marketing and promotional		515,362		(515,362	)		-
General and administrative		3,593,956		-			3,593,956
Depreciation and amortization		264,082		-			264,082
Total costs and expenses	$	4,899,307	$	-		$	4,899,307

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$ (1,402,982)	$ (2,213,119)	$ (6,010,734)	$ (2,135,573)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	(111,927)	148,513	136,310	457,566
Loss from continuing operations	(1,291,055)	(2,361,632)	(6,147,044)	(2,593,139)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Bad debt expense	37,000	32,955	133,907	21,200
Receivable collateral valuation service			502,315
Amortization of debt issuance costs			266,473
Gain on disposal of property and equipment		(5,879)	(5,879)
Depreciation and amortization	159,269	121,812	397,923	264,082
Loss on settlement of accrued interest		3,339	3,339
Issuance of convertible notes in exchange for services rendered		38,175	38,175	22,000
Stock-based compensation	154,062	81,605	347,657
Common shares and warrants issued for services rendered			113,000
Changes in operating assets and libilities, net of effects of acquisition:
Accounts receivable	(288,117)	(30,001)	(327,524)	468,424
Accounts receivable, secured - related party				7,376
Prepaid expenses	27,107	(44,683)	(89,265)	(97,474)
Other current assets	69,000	210	(68,790)	(210)
Other assets			(18,622)
Accounts payable	97,609	727,214	(186,701)	390,628
Accrued expenses	52,658	191,532	252,771	(123,338)
Deferred rent	10,593	(1,073)	(4,291)	(2,324)
Deferred revenue	121,933	114,162	200,846	(36,555)
Other current liabilities	(69,000)		69,000
Net cash used in operating activities	(918,941)	(1,132,264)	(4,522,710)	(1,679,330)
Cash flow from investing activities:
Cash acquired as part of merger		(378)	337	3,200
Purchases of property and equipment	(166,214)	(200,933)	(479,846)	(1,060,887)
Purchases of courseware		(8,200)	(25,300)	(54,090)
Increase in restricted cash	(181)		(264,992)
Advances to officer for note receivable				(388,210)
Proceeds received from officer loan repayment		150,000	150,000	238,210
Net cash used in investing activities	(166,395)	(59,511)	(619,801)	(1,261,777)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from (repayments on) line of credit, net		(8,215)	16,785	(10,284)
Proceeds from issuance of common shares and warrants, net	1,041,540		3,025,236
Principal payment on note payable				(30,871)
Proceeds received from issuance of convertible notes and warrants		1,059,000	1,706,000	255,000
Proceeds from related party for convertible notes			600,000	73,000
Disbursemenents for debt issuance costs		(112,020)	(266,473)
Proceeds from issuance of series A, D and E preferred stock				3,469,985
Payments for stockholder rescissions				(165,000)
Proceeds from note payable			22,000
Disbursements to purchase treasury shares			(202,000)	(761,200)
Net cash provided by financing activities	1,041,540	938,765	4,901,548	2,830,630
Cash flows from discontinued operations:
Cash flows from operating activities	191,540	78,398	51,599	582,241
Net cash provided by discontinued operations	191,540	78,398	51,599	582,241
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	147,744	(174,612)	(189,364)	471,764
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	577,238	766,602	766,602	294,838
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	724,982	591,990	577,238	766,602
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	1,494	2,681	273,718	34,804
Cash paid for income taxes
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Conversion of all preferred shares into common shares		3,469,985	3,469,985
Conversion of convertible notes payable into common shares		20,000	1,775,825
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle accrued payroll			238,562
Conversion of loans payable to convertible notes payable		200,000	200,000
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest			70,654
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle note payable		22,000	22,000
Liabilities assumed in recapitalization		21,206	21,206
Settlement of notes payable by disposal of property and equipment		15,151	15,151
Issuance of convertible notes payable to pay for accounts payable		11,650	11,650
Conversion of convertible notes payable into Preferred Series B shares				$ 350,000

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aspen Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the allowance for doubtful accounts and other receivables, the valuation of collateral on certain receivables, amortization periods and valuation of courseware and software development costs, valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation of net assets and liabilities from discontinued operations and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents amounts pledged as security for letters of credit for transactions involving Title IV programs.

Consistent with the Higher Education Act, Aspen's certification to participate in Title IV programs terminated after closing of the reverse merger, and Aspen applied to DOE to reestablish its eligibility and certification to participate in the Title IV programs. However, in order to avoid significant disruption in disbursements of Title IV funds, the DOE may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution, like Aspen, that is seeking approval of a change in ownership under certain circumstances while the DOE reviews the institution's application. In response to DOE requests, the Company pledged a $105,865 letter of credit to the DOE on March 27, 2012 and on August 31, 2012, the Company pledged an additional $158,800 to the letter of credit and extended the due date to December 31, 2013. The Company considers $265,173 (includes accrued interest of $508) and $264,992 (includes accrued interest of $327) as restricted cash (shown as a current asset as of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) until such letter of credit expires. As of April 30, 2013, the account bears interest of 0.25%.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Company classifies assets and liabilities recorded at fair value under the fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

·

Level 1-Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;

·

Level 2-Observable inputs, other than quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities; and

·

Level 3-Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of assets or liabilities.

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due for tuition, technology fees and other fees for students who are in the course of completing a degree or certificate program. Students generally fund their education through personal funds, grants and/or loans under various DOE Title IV programs, or tuition assistance from military and corporate employers. Accounts receivable also includes secured amounts presented as non-current due from the sale of courseware to a former related party.

All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to the Company for tuition, fees and other expenses. The most common payment option for the Company's students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer. In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or she often selects personal cash as the secondary option. If a student who has selected financial aid as his or her primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that the Company's institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or her financial aid, the Company will have to return all or a portion of the funds to the DOE and the student will owe the Company all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the student earned and that the Company is entitled to retain. In this case, the Company must collect the receivable using the student's second payment option.

For accounts receivable from students, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of its students to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for amounts in excess of the student's cost of tuition and related fees. The Company determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts using a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts receivable and student status. The Company applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the receivables and student status. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. The Company continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection.

For accounts receivable from primary payors other than students, the Company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy proceedings and receivable amounts outstanding for an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, the Company uses assumptions and judgment, based on the best available facts and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amount of the allowance. The Company may also record a general allowance as necessary.

Direct write-offs are taken in the period when the Company has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate other circumstances that indicate that the Company should abandon such efforts.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets per the following table.

Category	Depreciation Term
Call center equipment	5 years
Computer and office equipment	5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Library (online)	3 years
Software	5 years
Vehicle	5 years

Costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage, which is after: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed; and (ii) management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable the project will be completed and used to perform the function intended. Capitalization ceases at the point the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, and after all substantial testing is completed. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that those expenditures will result in additional functionality. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years of the internal-use software development costs and related upgrades and enhancements. When existing software is replaced with new software, the unamortized costs of the old software are expensed when the new software is ready for its intended use.

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed and a gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Courseware

The Company records the costs of courseware in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 350 "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other".

Generally, costs of courseware are capitalized whereas costs for upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred. Courseware is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances considered by the Company in determining whether the carrying value of identifiable intangible assets and other long-lived assets may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to: significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the Company's stock price for a sustained period of time, and changes in the Company's business strategy. An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results.

Leases

The Company enters into various lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capital lease. Leases may contain initial periods of free rent and/or periodic escalations. When such items are included in a lease agreement, the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as a deferred rent liability. The Company expenses any additional payments under its operating leases for taxes, insurance or other operating expenses as incurred.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by the Company online as well as from related educational resources that the Company provides to its students, such as access to our online materials and learning management system. Tuition revenue is recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. The Company allows a student to make three monthly tuition payments during each 10-week class. The Company maintains an institutional tuition refund policy, which provides for all or a portion of tuition to be refunded if a student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which override the Company's policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a time when a portion or none of the tuition is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, the Company recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since the Company recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund is never greater than the amount of the revenue that has been deferred, under the Company's accounting policies revenue is not recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. The Company's educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred. The Company also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, which are recognized over the related service period. Deferred revenue represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenues may be recognized as sales occur or services are performed.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue - Discontinued Operations

The Company enters into certain revenue sharing arrangements with consultants whereby the consultants will develop course content primarily for technology-related courses, recommend, but not select, faculty, lease equipment on behalf of the Company for instructional purposes for the on-site laboratory portion of distance learning courses and make introductions to corporate and government sponsoring organizations that provide students for the courses. The Company has evaluated ASC 605-45 "Principal Agent Considerations" and determined that there are more indicators than not that the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangements since the Company establishes the tuition, interfaces with the student or sponsoring organization, selects the faculty, is responsible for delivering the course, is responsible for issuing any degrees or certificates, and is responsible for collecting the tuition and fees. The gross tuition and fees are included in revenues while the revenue sharing payments are included in instructional costs and services, an operating expense. As a result of presenting this component as discontinued operations, the revenues are now included in income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes for all periods presented (See Note 1).

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of two categories of cost, instructional costs and services, and marketing and promotional costs.

Instructional Costs and Services

Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for faculty and administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students.

Marketing and Promotional Costs

Marketing and promotional costs include costs associated with purchasing leads, producing marketing materials, and advertising. Such costs are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of the Company's marketing and recruiting efforts, and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Advertising costs consists primarily of marketing leads and other branding and promotional activities. Non-direct response advertising activities are expensed as incurred, or the first time the advertising takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, bad debt expense related to accounts receivable, financial aid processing costs, non-capitalizable courseware and software costs, travel and entertainment expenses and facility costs.

Reclassifications

For the four months ended April 30, 2013, the Company changed its presentation in the Statement of Operations to present a cost of revenues line item. Certain amounts in the 2012 and 2011 Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to this new presentation as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	2,342,037		$	2,342,037
Instructional costs and services		899,909		(899,909	)		-
Marketing and promotional		1,442,128		(1,442,128	)		-
General and administrative		5,235,282		-			5,235,282
Receivable collateral valuation reserve		502,315					502,315
Depreciation and amortization		397,923					397,923
Total costs and expenses	$	8,477,557	$	-		$	8,477,557

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	1,041,269		$	1,041,269
Instructional costs and services		525,907		(525,907	)		-
Marketing and promotional		515,362		(515,362	)		-
General and administrative		3,593,956		-			3,593,956
Depreciation and amortization		264,082		-			264,082
Total costs and expenses	$	4,899,307	$	-		$	4,899,307

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial amounts. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income.

The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition, occurs when the Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Step two, measurement, is only addressed if the position is more likely than not to be sustained. Under step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the requisite service period. For employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent the Company's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. For non-employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant in the same manner as employee awards, however, the awards are revalued at the end of each reporting period and the prorata compensation expense is adjusted accordingly until such time the non-employee award is fully vested, at which time the total compensation recognized to date shall equal the fair value of the stock-based award as calculated on the measurement date, which is the date at which the award recipient's performance is complete. The estimation of stock-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from original estimates, such amounts are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

Net Loss Per Share

Net loss per share of common stock is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year. Options to purchase 7,614,381 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 9,090,292 shares of common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the four months ended April 30, 2013, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. Options to purchase 6,972,967 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 8,112,696 shares of common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2012, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. Warrants to purchase 456,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2011, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. The options, warrants and convertible debt are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per shares of common stock when their effect is dilutive.

In addition to the above common stock equivalents, Aspen had outstanding preferred shares (Series A through E) that were contingently convertible into shares of common stock upon it becoming an SEC reporting company. There were an aggregate of 15,403,006 preferred shares contingently convertible into 13,677,274 shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2011 that could have been potentially dilutive in the future. As a result of its merger with Aspen Group, Inc., on March 13, 2012 (the SEC Reporting Date), all of the preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock on that date (See Notes 11 and 12).

Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of its online students regardless of geography. The Company's chief operating decision makers, its CEO and President, manage the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating income information is evaluated by the chief operating decision makers on any component level.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB, issued ASU 2011-05, which amends ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The ASU does not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified to net income. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2012, and such adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which amends ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, to defer certain aspects of ASU 2011-05. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this guidance, along with ASU 2011-05, on January 1, 2012, and such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, which amends ASC Topic 350 to allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. An entity would not be required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible unless the entity determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this ASU and does not expect the adoption will have an impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

We have implemented all new accounting standards that are in effect and that may impact our consolidated financial statements and do not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that might have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

XML

Property and Equipment

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Property and equipment:

5. Property and Equipment

Note 5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Call center equipment	$	121,313		$	121,313		$	121,313
Computer and office equipment		61,036			45,718			38,577
Furniture and fixtures		32,914			11,336			-
Library (online)		100,000			100,000			100,000
Software		1,518,142			1,388,824			927,455
Vehicle		-			-			39,736
		1,833,405			1,667,191			1,227,081
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(569,665	)		(455,871	)		(229,972	)
Property and equipment, net	$	1,263,740		$	1,211,320		$	997,109

Depreciation and amortization expense for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $113,794, $73,718, $256,363 and $85,662, respectively. Accumulated depreciation amounted to $569,665, $455,871 and $229,972 as of April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Amortization expense for software, included in the above amounts, for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $99,855, $64,192, $226,454 and $60,290, respectively. Software consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Software	$	1,518,142		$	1,388,824		$	927,455
Accumulated amortization		(386,599	)		(286,744	)		(60,290	)
Software, net	$	1,131,543		$	1,102,080		$	867,165

Estimated future amortization expense of software as of April 30, 2013, is as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	303,629
2015		303,629
2016		302,782
2017		180,050
2018		41,453
Total	$	1,131,543

XML

Accounts Receivable

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

3. Accounts Receivable

Note 3. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consisted of the following at April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Accounts receivable	$	437,323		$	275,206		$	262,694
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts		(72,535	)		(35,535	)		(47,595	)
Accounts receivable, net	$	364,788		$	239,671		$	215,099

Bad debt expense was $37,000, $32,955, $133,907 and $21,200 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

XML

4. Secured Note and Accounts Receivable-Related Parties (Details Narrative) (USD $)				12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2011 CEO [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Officer [Member]
Interest Income Recognized				$ 1,867	$ 594
Allowance for account receivable		502,315
Account receivable, net of allowance	$ 270,478	$ 270,478	$ 772,793

XML

Courseware (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Courseware Tables [Abstract]

Intangible Assets

Courseware consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Courseware	$	2,097,538		$	2,097,538		$	2,072,238
Accumulated amortization		(1,889,443	)		(1,843,967	)		(1,702,407	)
Courseware, net	$	208,095		$	253,571		$	369,831

Schedule of Courseware Future Amortization Expense

Estimated future amortization expense of course curricula as of April 30, 2013 is as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	105,246
2015		65,017
2016		27,730
2017		9,095
2018		1,007
Total	$	208,095

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Stockholders Equity Deficiency Tables [Abstract]

Assets and Liabilities acquired

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the publicly-held company were as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents	$	337
Liabilities assumed		(21,206	)
Net	$	(20,869	)

Warranty Activity

A summary of the Company's warrant activity during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

					Weighted
			Weighted		Average
			Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of		Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Warrants	Shares		Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		7,256,522	$	0.45
Granted		1,833,770		0.50
Exercised		-		-
Forfeited		-		-
Expired		-		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		9,090,292	$	0.46		4.4	$	32,349
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		9,090,292	$	0.46		4.4	$	32,349

Compensation Expense for Stock Options Granted

The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation expense for stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 and during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,	December 31,
Assumptions	2013	2012	2011
Expected life (years)	3.5 - 3.75	2.5 - 3.8	N/A
Expected volatility	46.3%- 46.5%	44.2% - 50.9%	N/A
Weighted-average volatility	46.5%	49.0%	N/A
Risk-free interest rate	.36%-.44%	0.31% - 0.60%	N/A
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	N/A
Expected forfeiture rate	3.9%	1.7%	N/A

Stock Options Activity to Employees

A summary of the Company's stock option activity for employees and directors during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

						Weighted
				Weighted		Average
				Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of			Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Options	Shares			Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		6,777,967		$	0.35
Granted		658,914		$	0.35
Exercised		-
Forfeited		(92,500	)	$	0.35
Expired		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		7,344,381		$	0.35		4.4	$	-
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		2,056,998		$	0.35		4.4	$	-

Stock options grants to non employees

The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation expense for stock options granted to non-employees during the four month ended April 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,	December 31,
Assumptions	2013	2012	2011
Expected life (years)	4	2.7 - 5.0	N/A
Expected volatility	46.5%	44.2% - 50.0%	N/A
Weighted-average volatility	46.5%	47.4%	N/A
Risk-free interest rate	.38%	0.37% - 0.60%	N/A
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	N/A

Share based compensation stock options activity for non employees

A summary of the Company's stock option activity for non-employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 is presented below:

			Weighted		Average
			Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of		Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
Options	Shares		Price		Term		Value
Balance Outstanding, December 31, 2012		195,000	$	0.35
Granted		75,000	$	0.35
Exercised		-
Forfeited
Expired		-
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013		270,000	$	0.35		4.0	$	-
Exercisable, April 30, 2013		-		N/A		N/A		N/A

XML

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Details 1) (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)	$ 749,930	$ 865,408	$ 2,342,037	$ 1,041,269
General and adminstrative	1,670,812	2,123,685	5,235,282	3,593,956
Depreciation and amortization	159,269	121,812	397,923	264,082
Total costs and expenses			8,477,557	4,899,307
As Previously Reported [Member]
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
Instructional costs and services			899,909	525,907
Marketing and promotional			1,442,128	515,362
General and adminstrative			5,235,282	3,593,956
Depreciation and amortization			397,923	264,082
Total costs and expenses			8,477,557	4,899,307
Cost of Revenue [Member]
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)			2,342,037	1,041,269
Instructional costs and services			(899,909)	(525,269)
Marketing and promotional			(1,442,128)	(515,362)
General and adminstrative
Depreciation and amortization
Total costs and expenses
As Reclassified [Member]
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)			2,342,037	1,041,269
Instructional costs and services
Marketing and promotional
General and adminstrative			5,235,282	2,663,017
Depreciation and amortization			397,923	264,082
Total costs and expenses			$ 8,477,557	$ 4,899,307

XML

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Details Narrative) (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Rent expense	$ 64,724	$ 44,828	$ 140,783	$ 114,511
Amount of unauthorized borrowings				$ 14,876
Minimum [Member]
Annual performance bonus	50.00%
Maximum [Member]
Annual performance bonus	100.00%

XML

7. Accrued Expenses (Details Narrative) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accrued settlement payable			$ 40,000
Glen Oaks [Member]
Accrued settlement payable			$ 40,000

XML

5. Property and Equipment (Details Narrative) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property And Equipment Details Narrative [Abstract]
Depreciation and amortization expense	$ 113,794	$ 256,363	$ 73,718	$ 85,662
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	569,665	455,871	229,972	229,972
Amortization expense for software	$ 99,855	$ 64,192	$ 226,454	$ 60,290

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Assets
Current accounts receivables, allowance for doubtful accounts allowance	$ 72,535	$ 35,535	$ 47,595
Noncurrent accounts receivables, allowance for doubtful accounts allowance	502,315	502,315
Temporary equity:
Preferred stock, par value series A	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, designated shares series A	850,500	850,500	850,500
Preferred stock, shares issued A			850,395
Preferred stock, shares outstanding A			850,395
Preferred stock, par value Series D	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, designated shares Series D	3,700,000	3,700,000	3,700,000
Preferred stock, shares issued D			1,176,750
Preferred stock, shares outstanding D			1,176,750
liquidation value, Series D	1,176,750	1,176,750	1,176,750
Preferred stock, par value Series E	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, designated shares Series E	2,000,000	2,000,000	2,000,000
Preferredstock, shares issued E			1,700,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding E			1,700,000
liquidation value, Series E	1,700,000	1,700,000	1,700,000
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, authorized shares	10,000,000	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, par value Series C	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, designated shares Series C	11,411,400	11,411,400	11,411,400
Preferred stock, shares issued C			11,307,450
Preferred stock, shares outstanding C			11,307,450
liquidation value, Series C	$ 11,307	$ 11,307	$ 11,307
Preferred stock, par value Series B	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, designated shares Series B	368,421	368,421	368,421
Preferred stock, shares issued B			368,411
Preferred stock, shares outstanding B			368,411
Commont Stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, authorized shares	120,000,000	120,000,000	120,000,000
Common stock, issued shares	58,573,222	55,243,719	11,837,930
Common stock, outstanding shares	58,373,222	55,043,719	11,837,930
Treasury Stock, Shares	200,000	200,000	200,000

XML

Loans Payable

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

8. Loans Payable

Note 8. Loans Payable

During 2009, the Company received advances aggregating $200,000 from three individuals. From the date the funds were received through the date the loans were converted into convertible promissory notes payable, the loans were non-interest bearing demand loans and, therefore, no interest expense was recognized or due. As of December 31, 2011, the entire balance of the loans payable is included in long-term liabilities as the Company, in February 2012, has converted the loans into long-term convertible notes payable (See Note 9).

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY) (USD $)	Preferred Stock Series B [Member]	Preferred Stock Series C [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]	Total
Beginning Balance - Amount at Dec. 31, 2010			$ 21,000	$ 3,850,809		$ (3,190,797)	$ 681,012
Beginning Balance - Shares at Dec. 31, 2010			21,000,000
Rescission of common shares, Shares			(170,100)
Rescission of common shares, Amount			(170)	(164,830)			(165,000)
Common shares issued as part of merger, Shares			3,200,000
Common shares issued as part of merger, Amount			3,200				3,200
Conversion of convertible notes into Series B preferred shares, Shares	368,411
Conversion of convertible notes into Series B preferred shares, Amount	368			349,632			350,000
Conversion of common shares into Series C preferred shares, Shares		11,307,450	(11,307,450)
Conversion of common shares into Series C preferred shares, Amount		11,307	(11,307)
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest, amount
Treasury shares acquired for cash, Shares			(884,520)
Treasury shares acquired for cash, Amount			(885)	(760,315)			(761,200)
Stock-based compensation
Net loss						(2,135,573)	(2,135,573)
Ending Balance, Amount at Dec. 31, 2011	368	11,307	11,838	3,275,296		(5,326,370)	(2,027,561)
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2011	368,411	11,307,450	11,837,930
Conversion of all preferred shares into common shares, Shares	(368,411)	(11,307,450)	13,677,274
Conversion of all preferred shares into common shares, Amount	(368)	(11,307)	13,677	3,467,983			3,469,985
Recapitalization, Shares			9,760,000
Recapitalization, Amount			9,760	(30,629)			(20,869)
Conversion of convertible notes into common shares, Shares			5,293,152
Conversion of convertible notes into common shares, Amount			5,293	1,770,532			1,775,825
Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash, net of offering costs, Shares			9,920,000
Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash, net of offering costs, Amount			9,920	3,015,316			3,025,236
Issuance of common shares and warrants due to price protection, Shares			4,516,917
Issuance of common shares and warrants due to price protection, Amount			4,517	(4,517)
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest, Shares			202,446
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest, amount			203	70,451			70,654
Treasury shares acquired for cash, Shares			(264,000)
Treasury shares acquired for cash, Amount			(264)	(131,736)	(70,000)		(202,000)
Issuance of common shares for services, Shares			200,000
Issuance of common shares for services, Amount			200	69,800			70,000
Issuance of common shares and warrants for services, Shares			100,000
Issuance of common shares and warrants for services, Amount			100	42,900			43,000
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle accrued payroll amount				238,562			238,562
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle note payable amount				22,000			22,000
Stock-based compensation				347,657			347,657
Net loss						(6,010,734)	(6,010,734)
Ending Balance, Amount at Dec. 31, 2012			55,244	12,153,615	(70,000)	(11,337,104)	801,755
Ending Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2012			55,243,719
Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash, net of offering costs, Shares			3,329,503
Issuance of common shares and warrants for cash, net of offering costs, Amount			3,329	1,038,211			1,041,540
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest, amount
Stock-based compensation				154,062			154,062
Net loss						(1,402,982)	(1,402,982)
Ending Balance, Amount at Apr. 30, 2013			$ 58,573	$ 13,345,888	$ (70,000)	$ (12,740,086)	$ 594,375
Ending Balance, Shares at Apr. 30, 2013			58,573,222

XML

12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) (Details 1) (USD $)	4 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013
Number of Options Granted	658,914
Number of Options Exercised
Number of Options Forfeited	(92,500)
Number of Options Expired
Number of Options Outstanding, Ending	6,777,967
Number of Options Exercisable	2,056,998
Weighted Average Exercise Price Issued	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercised
Weighted Average Exercise Price Forfeited	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Expired
Weighted Average Exercise Price Outstanding, Ending	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercisable	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Outstanding	4 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Exercisable	4 years 4 months 24 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Granted
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercised
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Forfeited/canceled
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Outstanding, Ending
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercisable
Warrant [Member]
Number of Options Granted	1,833,770
Number of Options Exercised
Number of Options Forfeited
Number of Options Expired
Number of Options Outstanding, Ending	7,256,522
Number of Options Exercisable	9,090,292
Weighted Average Exercise Price Issued	$ 0.50
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercised
Weighted Average Exercise Price Forfeited
Weighted Average Exercise Price Expired
Weighted Average Exercise Price Outstanding, Ending	$ 0.45
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercisable	$ 0.46
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Outstanding	4 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Exercisable	4 years 4 months 24 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Granted
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercised
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Forfeited/canceled
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Outstanding, Ending
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercisable	$ 32,349

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 724,982	$ 577,238	$ 766,602
Restricted cash	265,173	264,992
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $72,535, $35,535 and $47,595, respectively	364,788	239,671	215,099
Accounts receivable, secured - related party			772,793
Note receivable from officer, secured - related party			150,000
Prepaid expenses	165,426	192,533	103,268
Net assets from discontinued operations (Note 1)	113,822	393,214	632,135
Other current assets		69,000	210
Total current assets	1,634,191	1,736,648	2,640,107
Property and equipment:
Call center equipment	121,313	121,313	121,313
Computer and office equipment	61,036	45,718	38,577
Furniture and fixtures	32,914	11,336
Library (online)	100,000	100,000	100,000
Software	1,518,142	1,388,824	927,455
Vehicle			39,736
Total	1,833,405	1,667,191	1,227,081
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(569,665)	(455,871)	(229,972)
Total property and equipment, net	1,263,740	1,211,320	997,109
Courseware, net	208,095	253,571	369,831
Accounts receivable, secured - related party, net of allowance of $502,315, $502,315 and $0, respectively	270,478	270,478
Other assets	25,181	25,181	6,559
Total assets	3,401,685	3,497,198	4,013,606
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	313,405	215,796	414,147
Accrued expenses	128,569	75,912	128,303
Deferred revenue	1,158,473	1,036,540	835,694
Notes payable, current portion			6,383
Loan payable to stockholder	491	491
Deferred rent, current portion	10,418	6,257	4,291
Convertible notes payable, current portion	200,000
Net liabilities from discontinued operations (Note 1)	124,504	226,430	719,107
Other current liabilities		69,000
Total current liabilities	1,935,860	1,630,426	2,107,925
Line of credit	250,000	250,000	233,215
Loans payable (includes $50,000 to related parties)			200,000
Convertible notes payable (includes $600,000 to related parties)	600,000	800,000
Notes payable			8,768
Deferred rent	21,450	15,017	21,274
Total liabilities	2,807,310	2,695,443	2,571,182
Commitments and contingencies - See Note 10
Temporary equity:
Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 850,500 shares designated, none, none, and 850,395 shares issued and outstanding, respectively			809,900
Series D preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,700,000 shares designated, none, none, and 1,176,750 shares issued and outstanding, respectively (liquidation value of $1,176,750)			1,109,268
Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares designated, none, none, and 1,700,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively (liquidation value of $1,700,000)			1,550,817
Total temporary equity			3,469,985
Stockholders' equity (deficiency):
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized
Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 11,411,400 shares designated, none, none, and 11,307,450 shares issued and outstanding, respectively (liquidation value of $11,307)			11,307
Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 368,421 shares designated, none, none, and 368,411 shares issued and outstanding, respectively			368
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 120,000,000 shares authorized, 58,573,222 issued and 58,373,222 outstanding at April 30, 2013, 55,243,719 issued and 55,043,719 outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 11,837,930 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011	58,573	55,244	11,838
Additional paid-in capital	13,345,888	12,153,615	3,275,296
Treasury stock (200,000 shares)	(70,000)	(70,000)
Accumulated deficit	(12,740,086)	(11,337,104)	(5,326,370)
Total stockholders' equity (deficiency)	594,375	801,755	(2,027,561)
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficiency)	$ 3,401,685	$ 3,497,198	$ 4,013,606

XML

9. Notes Payable (Details) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Total	$ 800,000	$ 800,000	$ 15,151
Less: Current maturities (notes payable)			(6,383)
Less: Current maturities (convertible notes payable)	(200,000)
Subtotal	600,000	800,000	8,768
Less: amount due after one year for notes payable			(8,768)
Amount due after one year for convertible notes payable	600,000	800,000
Note payable - related party originating August 14, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 5%
Total	300,000	300,000
Note payable - related party originating March 13, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%
Total	300,000	300,000
Note payable - originating February 25, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 25, 2014
Total	100,000	100,000
Note payable - originating February 27, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 27, 2014
Total	50,000	50,000
Note payable - originating February 29, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 29, 2014
Total	50,000	50,000
Note payable for vehicle, 72 monthly payments of $618; interest at 8.4% through March 2014
Total			$ 15,151

XML

Accrued Expenses (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Accrued Expenses Tables [Abstract]

Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Accrued compensation	$	44,692	$	50,923	$	33,930
Accrued settlement payable		-		-		40,000
Other accrued expenses		83,877		24,989		54,373
Accrued expenses	$	128,569	$	75,912	$	128,303

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aspen Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the allowance for doubtful accounts and other receivables, the valuation of collateral on certain receivables, amortization periods and valuation of courseware and software development costs, valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation of net assets and liabilities from discontinued operations and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

Cash and cash Equivalent

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted cash

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents amounts pledged as security for letters of credit for transactions involving Title IV programs.

Consistent with the Higher Education Act, Aspen's certification to participate in Title IV programs terminated after closing of the reverse merger, and Aspen applied to DOE to reestablish its eligibility and certification to participate in the Title IV programs. However, in order to avoid significant disruption in disbursements of Title IV funds, the DOE may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution, like Aspen, that is seeking approval of a change in ownership under certain circumstances while the DOE reviews the institution's application. In response to DOE requests, the Company pledged a $105,865 letter of credit to the DOE on March 27, 2012 and on August 31, 2012, the Company pledged an additional $158,800 to the letter of credit and extended the due date to December 31, 2013. The Company considers $265,173 (includes accrued interest of $508) and $264,992 (includes accrued interest of $327) as restricted cash (shown as a current asset as of April 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) until such letter of credit expires. As of April 30, 2013, the account bears interest of 0.25%.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Company classifies assets and liabilities recorded at fair value under the fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

·

Level 1-Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;

·

Level 2-Observable inputs, other than quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities; and

·

Level 3-Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of assets or liabilities.

The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due for tuition, technology fees and other fees for students who are in the course of completing a degree or certificate program. Students generally fund their education through personal funds, grants and/or loans under various DOE Title IV programs, or tuition assistance from military and corporate employers. Accounts receivable also includes secured amounts presented as non-current due from the sale of courseware to a former related party.

All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to the Company for tuition, fees and other expenses. The most common payment option for the Company's students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer. In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or she often selects personal cash as the secondary option. If a student who has selected financial aid as his or her primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that the Company's institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or her financial aid, the Company will have to return all or a portion of the funds to the DOE and the student will owe the Company all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the student earned and that the Company is entitled to retain. In this case, the Company must collect the receivable using the student's second payment option.

For accounts receivable from students, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of its students to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for amounts in excess of the student's cost of tuition and related fees. The Company determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts using a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts receivable and student status. The Company applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the receivables and student status. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. The Company continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of collection.

For accounts receivable from primary payors other than students, the Company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy proceedings and receivable amounts outstanding for an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, the Company uses assumptions and judgment, based on the best available facts and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amount of the allowance. The Company may also record a general allowance as necessary.

Direct write-offs are taken in the period when the Company has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate other circumstances that indicate that the Company should abandon such efforts.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets per the following table.

Category	Depreciation Term
Call center equipment	5 years
Computer and office equipment	5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Library (online)	3 years
Software	5 years
Vehicle	5 years

Costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized during the application development stage, which is after: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed; and (ii) management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable the project will be completed and used to perform the function intended. Capitalization ceases at the point the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, and after all substantial testing is completed. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that those expenditures will result in additional functionality. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years of the internal-use software development costs and related upgrades and enhancements. When existing software is replaced with new software, the unamortized costs of the old software are expensed when the new software is ready for its intended use.

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed and a gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Courseware

Courseware

The Company records the costs of courseware in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 350 "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other".

Generally, costs of courseware are capitalized whereas costs for upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred. Courseware is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years.

Long lived assets

Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances considered by the Company in determining whether the carrying value of identifiable intangible assets and other long-lived assets may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to: significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the Company's stock price for a sustained period of time, and changes in the Company's business strategy. An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results.

Leases

Leases

The Company enters into various lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capital lease. Leases may contain initial periods of free rent and/or periodic escalations. When such items are included in a lease agreement, the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as a deferred rent liability. The Company expenses any additional payments under its operating leases for taxes, insurance or other operating expenses as incurred.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by the Company online as well as from related educational resources that the Company provides to its students, such as access to our online materials and learning management system. Tuition revenue is recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. The Company allows a student to make three monthly tuition payments during each 10-week class. The Company maintains an institutional tuition refund policy, which provides for all or a portion of tuition to be refunded if a student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which override the Company's policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a time when a portion or none of the tuition is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, the Company recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since the Company recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund is never greater than the amount of the revenue that has been deferred, under the Company's accounting policies revenue is not recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. The Company's educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred. The Company also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, which are recognized over the related service period. Deferred revenue represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenues may be recognized as sales occur or services are performed.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue - Discontinued Operations

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue - Discontinued Operations

The Company enters into certain revenue sharing arrangements with consultants whereby the consultants will develop course content primarily for technology-related courses, recommend, but not select, faculty, lease equipment on behalf of the Company for instructional purposes for the on-site laboratory portion of distance learning courses and make introductions to corporate and government sponsoring organizations that provide students for the courses. The Company has evaluated ASC 605-45 "Principal Agent Considerations" and determined that there are more indicators than not that the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangements since the Company establishes the tuition, interfaces with the student or sponsoring organization, selects the faculty, is responsible for delivering the course, is responsible for issuing any degrees or certificates, and is responsible for collecting the tuition and fees. The gross tuition and fees are included in revenues while the revenue sharing payments are included in instructional costs and services, an operating expense. As a result of presenting this component as discontinued operations, the revenues are now included in income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes for all periods presented (See Note 1).

Cost Of Revenues Policy Text Block

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of two categories of cost, instructional costs and services, and marketing and promotional costs.

Instructional Costs and Services

Instructional Costs and Services

Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for faculty and administrative personnel, costs associated with online faculty, technology license costs and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students.

Marketing and Promotional Costs

Marketing and Promotional Costs

Marketing and promotional costs include costs associated with purchasing leads, producing marketing materials, and advertising. Such costs are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of the Company's marketing and recruiting efforts, and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Advertising costs consists primarily of marketing leads and other branding and promotional activities. Non-direct response advertising activities are expensed as incurred, or the first time the advertising takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, bad debt expense related to accounts receivable, financial aid processing costs, non-capitalizable courseware and software costs, travel and entertainment expenses and facility costs.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the accompanying 2011 consolidated financial statements were reclassified in order to conform to the December 31, 2012 presentation.

On the consolidated balance sheet, software has been reclassified to property and equipment.

On the consolidated statement of operations, bad debt expense, courseware development costs and financial aid processing costs have been reclassified from instructional costs and services to general and administrative costs. Consulting expense and training and seminars expense have been reclassified from marketing and promotional costs to general and administrative costs. The following tables show the reclassifications to the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	2,342,037		$	2,342,037
Expenses
Instructional costs and services	$	899,909		(899,909	)		-
Marketing and promotional		1,442,128		(1,442,128	)		-
General and administrative		5,235,282		-			5,235,282
Receivable collateral valuation reserve		502,315					502,315
Depreciation and amortization		397,923					397,923
Total Expenses		8,477,557		(2,342,037	)		6,135,520
Total costs and expenses	$	8,477,557	$	-		$	8,477,557

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Reclassifications
	As Previously		Cost of			As
	Reported		Revenues			Reclassified
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and and amortization shown separately below)	$	-	$	1,972,208		$	1,972,208
Expenses
Instructional costs and services	$	525,907		(525,907	)		-
Marketing and promotional		515,362		(515,362	)		-
General and administrative		3,593,956		(930,939	)		2,663,017
Depreciation and amortization		264,082		-			264,082
Total Expenses	$	4,899,307	$	(1,972,208	)	$	2,927,099
Total costs and expenses	$	4,899,307	$	-		$	4,899,307

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial amounts. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent upon achievement of projected future taxable income.

The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition, occurs when the Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Step two, measurement, is only addressed if the position is more likely than not to be sustained. Under step two, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Stock Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the requisite service period. For employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent the Company's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. For non-employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant in the same manner as employee awards, however, the awards are revalued at the end of each reporting period and the prorata compensation expense is adjusted accordingly until such time the non-employee award is fully vested, at which time the total compensation recognized to date shall equal the fair value of the stock-based award as calculated on the measurement date, which is the date at which the award recipient's performance is complete. The estimation of stock-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from original estimates, such amounts are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

Net Loss Per Share

Net Loss Per Share

Net loss per share of common stock is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year. Options to purchase 7,614,381 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 9,090,292 shares of common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the four months ended April 30, 2013, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. Options to purchase 6,972,967 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 8,112,696 shares of common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2012, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. Warrants to purchase 456,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2011, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. The options, warrants and convertible debt are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per shares of common stock when their effect is dilutive.

In addition to the above common stock equivalents, Aspen had outstanding preferred shares (Series A through E) that were contingently convertible into shares of common stock upon it becoming an SEC reporting company. There were an aggregate of 15,403,006 preferred shares contingently convertible into 13,677,274 shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2011 that could have been potentially dilutive in the future. As a result of its merger with Aspen Group, Inc., on March 13, 2012 (the SEC Reporting Date), all of the preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock on that date (See Notes 11 and 12).

Segment Information

Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of its online students regardless of geography. The Company's chief operating decision makers, its CEO and President, manage the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating income information is evaluated by the chief operating decision makers on any component level.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB, issued ASU 2011-05, which amends ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The ASU does not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified to net income. This ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2012, and such adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which amends ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, to defer certain aspects of ASU 2011-05. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this guidance, along with ASU 2011-05, on January 1, 2012, and such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, which amends ASC Topic 350 to allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. An entity would not be required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible unless the entity determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this ASU and does not expect the adoption will have an impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

We have implemented all new accounting standards that are in effect and that may impact our consolidated financial statements and do not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that might have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

XML

5. Property and Equipment (Details 2) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
2014	$ 105,246
2015	65,017
2016	27,730
2017	9,095
Total	208,095	253,571	369,831
Computer software [Member]
2014	303,629
2015	303,629
2016	302,782
2017	180,050
2018	41,453
Total	$ 1,131,543

XML

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013
Commitments And Contingencies Details [Abstract]
2014	$ 141,051
2015	144,352
2016	72,427
2017
Total minimum payments required	$ 357,810

XML

13. Income Taxes (Details 2)	4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Taxes Details 2 [Abstract]
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate	34.00%	34.00%	34.00%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	3.10%	3.10%	3.10%
Other	(0.10%)	(0.10%)	(0.10%)
Change in valuation allowance	(37.00%)	(37.00%)	(37.00%)
Effective income tax rate	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

3. Accounts Receivable (Details) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Accounts Receivable Details [Abstract]
Accounts receivable	$ 437,323	$ 275,206	$ 262,694
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts	(72,535)	(35,535)	(47,595)
Accounts receivable, net	$ 364,788	$ 239,671	$ 215,099

XML

Nature of Operations and Going Concern (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	4 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Nature Of Operations And Going Concern Details Narrative [Abstract]
Net Loss-Allocable to Common Shareholders	$ 1,402,982	$ 2,250,498	$ 6,048,113	$ 2,222,899
Negative Cash Flows from Operations	$ 918,941	$ 1,132,264	$ 4,522,710	$ 1,679,330

XML

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Details)	4 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013
Call Center Equipment [Member]
Depreciation Term	5 years
Equipment [Member]
Depreciation Term	5 years
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Depreciation Term	7 years
Library [Member]
Depreciation Term	3 years
Computer software [Member]
Depreciation Term	5 years
Vehicle [Member]
Depreciation Term	5 years

XML

Accrued Expenses

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses [Text Block]

Note 7. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Accrued compensation	$	44,692	$	50,923	$	33,930
Accrued settlement payable		-		-		40,000
Other accrued expenses		83,877		24,989		54,373
Accrued expenses	$	128,569	$	75,912	$	128,303

In October 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with Glen Oaks College ("Glen Oaks") whereby Glen Oaks would provide technical training to Aspen students. Under the agreement, the Company received $100,000 from Glen Oaks in order to develop and obtain the necessary approvals to begin the program. On May 20, 2011, Glen Oaks filed suit against the Company to return the $100,000 when the agreement was not performed. On June 23, 2011, the Company agreed to settle the matter and paid Glen Oaks $5,000 on that date. On July 22, 2011, the Company and Glen Oaks entered into a settlement agreement whereby the Company agreed to pay Glen Oaks as follows: (i) $5,000 upon execution of the settlement agreement and (ii) $10,000 per month for nine consecutive months commencing August 1, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the remaining settlement payable to Glen Oaks was $40,000. As of December 31, 2012, the settlement had been paid in full and no further amount was due.

XML

12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) (Details 5) (USD $)	4 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013
Number of Options Granted	658,914
Number of Options Exercised
Number of Options Forfeited	(92,500)
Number of Options Expired
Number of Options Outstanding, Ending	6,777,967
Number of Options Exercisable	2,056,998
Weighted Average Exercise Price Issued	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercised
Weighted Average Exercise Price Forfeited	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Expired
Weighted Average Exercise Price Outstanding, Ending	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercisable	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Outstanding	4 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Exercisable	4 years 4 months 24 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Granted
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercised
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Forfeited/canceled
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Outstanding, Ending
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercisable

XML

Notes Payable (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes Payable Tables [Abstract]

Notes Payable

Notes payable consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Note payable - related party originating August 14, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 5% [A]	$	300,000		$	300,000	$	-
Note payable - related party originating March 13, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19% [A]		300,000			300,000		-
Note payable - originating February 25, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 25, 2014		100,000			100,000		-
Note payable - originating February 27, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 27, 2014		50,000			50,000		-
Note payable - originating February 29, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 29, 2014		50,000			50,000		-
Note payable for vehicle, 72 monthly payments of $618; interest at 8.4% through March 2014		-			-		15,151
Total		800,000			800,000		15,151
Less: Current maturities (notes payable)		-			-		(6,383	)
Less: Current maturities (convertible notes payable)		(200,000	)		-		-
Subtotal		600,000			800,000		8,768
Less: amount due after one year for notes payable		-			-		(8,768	)
Amount due after one year for convertible notes payable	$	600,000		$	800,000	$	-

-------

[A] - effective September 4, 2012, note amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2013. Effective December 17, 2012, note further amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2014.

Future maturities of notes payable

Future maturities of notes payable as of April 30, 2013 are as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	200,000
2015		600,000
	$	800,000

XML

5. Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Property and equipment, gross	$ 1,833,405	$ 1,667,191		$ 1,227,081
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(569,665)	(455,871)	(229,972)	(229,972)
Property and equipment, net	1,263,740	1,211,320		997,109
Call Center [Member]
Property and equipment, gross	121,313	121,313		121,313
Computer and Office Equipment [Member]
Property and equipment, gross	61,036	45,718		38,577
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property and equipment, gross	32,914	11,336
Library [Member]
Property and equipment, gross	100,000	100,000		100,000
Computer software [Member]
Property and equipment, gross	1,518,142	1,388,824		927,455
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(386,599)	(286,744)		(60,290)
Property and equipment, net	1,131,543	1,102,080		867,165
Vehicles [Member]
Property and equipment, gross				$ 39,736

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies

Line of Credit

The Company maintains a line of credit with a bank, up to a maximum credit line of $250,000. The line of credit bears interest equal to the prime rate plus 0.50% (overall interest rate of 3.75% at April 30, 2013). The line of credit requires minimum monthly payments consisting of interest only. The line of credit is secured by all business assets, inventory, equipment, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, documents, instruments and letter of credit rights of the Company. The line of credit is for an unspecified time until the bank notifies the Company of the Final Availability Date, at which time payments on the line of credit become the sum of: (a) accrued interest and (b) 1/60th of the unpaid principal balance immediately following the Final Availability Date, which equates to a five-year payment period. The balance due on the line of credit as of April 30, 2013 was $250,000. Since the earliest the line of credit is due and payable is over a five year period and the Company believes that it could obtain a comparable replacement line of credit elsewhere, the entire line of credit is included in long-term liabilities. The unused amount under the line of credit available to the Company at April 30, 2013 was $0.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space for its corporate headquarters in New York, New York on a month-to-month basis with monthly rent payments of $4,300 per month.

The Company leases office space for its Denver, Colorado location under a seven-year lease agreement commencing September 15, 2008. The operating lease granted four initial months of free rent and had a base monthly rent of $6,526 commencing January 15, 2009. Thereafter, the monthly rent escalates 2.5% annually over the base year.

On October 4, 2012, the Company entered into a three-year lease agreement for its call center in Scottsdale, Arizona. The Company occupied temporary space at this location until moving into the leased space on February 1, 2013, the commencement date of the lease. The lease requires rent payments of $4,491 per month during months 4 through 12, $4,601 per month during the second year, and $4,710 per month during the third year.

The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of April 30, 2013:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	141,051
2015		144,332
2016		72,427
2017		-
Total minimum payments required	$	357,810

Rent expense was $64,724, $44,828 (unaudited), $140,783 and $114,511 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Employment Agreements

From time to time, the Company enters into employment agreements with certain of its employees. These agreements typically include bonuses, some of which were performance-based in nature. As of April 30, 2013, the Company had entered into five employment agreements whereby the Company was obligated to pay an annual performance bonus ranging from 50% to 100% of the employee's base salary based upon the achievement of pre-established milestones. Such annual bonuses are to be paid one-half in cash and the remainder in shares of common stock of the Company. As of April 30, 2013, no performance bonuses have been earned.

Consulting Agreement

On September 16, 2011, the Company entered into a two-year consulting agreement with the former Chairman of the Company in which the Company was obligated to pay $11,667 per month. On September 28, 2011, the Company prepaid 13 months of the consulting agreement, or $151,667, which was then amortized until December 31, 2011, at which time the consulting agreement was terminated and the remaining unamortized prepaid expense was recognized immediately as consulting expense. No additional amounts are due under the consulting agreement (See Note 15).

On October 1, 2012, the Company retained two investor relations firms agreeing to pay one firm $50,000 a year for two years and issuing it 200,000 shares of common stock, having a fair value of $70,000 based on recent sales of Units. The second firm was retained for one year with a fee of $5,000 per month. The second firm also received 100,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $43,000 based on recent sale of Units (See Note 12).

Legal Matters

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. As of April 30, 2013, there were no other pending or threatened lawsuits that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the results of our operations and there are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates, or any registered or beneficial shareholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

On February 11, 2013, HEMG and Mr. Spada sued us, certain senior management members and our directors in state court in New York seeking damages arising from losses and other matters incurred in the operation of the Company's business since May 2011, our filings with the SEC and the DOE where we stated that HEMG and Mr. Spada borrowed $2.2 million without board authority and our failure to use our best efforts to purchase certain shares of common stock from HEMG following an April 2012 agreement. While we have been advised by our counsel that the lawsuit is baseless, we cannot assure you that we will be successful. Defending the litigation will be expensive and divert our management from the Company's business. If we are unsuccessful, the damages we pay may be material.

Regulatory Matters

The Company's subsidiary, Aspen University Inc. ("Aspen University"), is subject to extensive regulation by Federal and State governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act (the "HEA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOE subject Aspen University to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy to participate in the various types of federal student financial assistance programs authorized under Title IV of the HEA. Aspen University has had provisional certification to participate in the Title IV programs. That provisional certification imposes certain regulatory restrictions including, but not limited to, a limit of 1,200 student recipients for Title IV funding for the duration of the provisional certification. During 2011, Aspen University's provisional certification was scheduled to expire, but Aspen University timely filed its application for recertification with the DOE, which extended the term of Aspen University's certification to September 30, 2013. The provisional certification restrictions continue with regard to Aspen University's participation in Title IV programs.

To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant agencies of the State in which it is located, and since July 2011, potentially in the States where an institution offers postsecondary education through distance education. In addition, an institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE and certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an institution to participate in the Title IV programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and the DOE's extensive academic, administrative, and financial regulations regarding institutional eligibility and certification. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance with these requirements to the DOE on an ongoing basis. Aspen University performs periodic reviews of its compliance with the various applicable regulatory requirements.

On March 27, 2012 and on August 31, 2012, Aspen University provided the DOE with letters of credit for which the due date was extended to December 31, 2013. The DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final provisional program participation agreement that it may issue (See Note 2 "Restricted Cash").

The HEA requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an institution's operations in order to ensure that the education offered is of sufficiently high quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes and that the institution is complying with accrediting standards. Failure to demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the imposition of probation, the requirements to provide periodic reports, the loss of accreditation or other penalties if deficiencies are not remediated.

Because Aspen University operates in a highly regulated industry, it may be subject from time to time to audits, investigations, claims of noncompliance or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions or common law causes of action.

Return of Title IV Funds

An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Department regulations, failure to make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years can result in the institution having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its required Title IV returns during its most recently completed fiscal year. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in a timely manner, an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV programs.

Delaware Approval to Confer Degrees

Aspen University is a Delaware corporation. Delaware law requires an institution to obtain approval from the Delaware Department of Education ("Delaware DOE") before it may incorporate with the power to confer degrees. On July 3, 2012, Aspen University received notice from the Delaware DOE that it is granted provisional approval status effective until June 30, 2015. Aspen University is authorized by the Colorado Commission on Education to operate in Colorado as a degree granting institution.

Unauthorized Borrowings

During 2005 through 2011, the Company advanced funds without board authority to both Patrick Spada (former Chairman of the Company) and HEMG, of which Patrick Spada is President. The amount of unauthorized borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $14,876, which has been expensed as a loss due to unauthorized borrowing, a non-operating item (See Note 15). Mr. Spada and HEMG have denied taking any advances (See "Legal Matters" above).

Letter of Credit

The Company maintains a letter of credit under a DOE requirement (See Note 2 "Restricted Cash").

XML

Courseware

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

6. Courseware

Note 6. Courseware

Courseware costs capitalized were $25,300 and $54,090 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. No courseware costs were capitalized for the fours month ended April 30, 2013.

Courseware consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Courseware	$	2,097,538		$	2,097,538		$	2,072,238
Accumulated amortization		(1,889,443	)		(1,843,967	)		(1,702,407	)
Courseware, net	$	208,095		$	253,571		$	369,831

Amortization expense of courseware for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $45,476, $48,094, $141,560 and $178,420, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense of course curricula as of April 30, 2013 is as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	105,246
2015		65,017
2016		27,730
2017		9,095
2018		1,007
Total	$	208,095

XML

Nature of Operations and Going Concern

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

1. Nature of Operations and Going Concern

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Going Concern

Overview 

Aspen Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the "Company" or "Aspen") was founded in Colorado in 1987 as the International School of Information Management. On September 30, 2004, it was acquired by Higher Education Management Group, Inc. ("HEMG") and changed its name to Aspen University Inc. On March 13, 2012, the Company was recapitalized in a reverse merger (See Note 12). All references to the Company or Aspen before March 13, 2012 are to Aspen University, Inc. ("Aspen University").

On April 5, 2013, the Company gave 120-day notice to CLS 123, LLC of its intent to terminate the agreement between the Company and CLS 123, LLC dated November 9, 2011. Moreover, at the end of the 120-day period, the Company shall no longer be offering the "Certificate in Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration" program. Accordingly, the activities related to CLS (or the "Smart Home Integration Certificate" program) are treated as discontinued operations. As this component of the business was not sold, there was no gain or loss on the disposition of this component (see below "Discontinued Operations").

On April 25, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year-end from December 31 to April 30, with the change to the calendar year reporting cycle beginning May 1, 2013. Consequently, we are filing a Transition Report on Form 10-KT for the four-month transition period ended April 30, 2013. References in this report to fiscal 2012 and 2011 indicate the calendar years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Financial information in these notes with respect to the four months ended April 30, 2012 is unaudited.

Aspen's mission is to become an institution of choice for adult learners by offering cost-effective, comprehensive, and relevant online education. One of the key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profit universities is that approximately 87% of our degree-seeking students (as of April 30, 2013) were enrolled in graduate degree programs (Master or Doctorate degree program). Since 1993, we have been nationally accredited by the Distance Education and Training Council ("DETC"), a national accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education (the "DOE").

Merger with Education Growth Corporation

On May 19, 2011, the Company closed an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") wherein the Company acquired Education Growth Corporation, Inc. ("EGC"), a privately-held corporation formed in Delaware on January 21, 2011. EGC merged with and into Aspen University Inc. and Aspen University Inc. was the surviving corporation.

The consideration with respect to the merger with EGC consisted of 3,200,000 shares of common stock of the Company. EGC was not an operating company and it did not meet the definition of a business for business combination accounting. EGC did possess intellectual property and, accordingly, the merger was accounted for as an asset acquisition. Since the stockholders of EGC acquired more than a 10% voting interest in the Company, the asset acquisition was accounted for in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin, Topic 5G, "Transfers of Nonmonetary Assets by Promoters or Shareholders". Accordingly, the assets acquired in the merger have been recorded at the transferors' historical cost basis determined under GAAP. The net purchase price, including acquisition costs paid, was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:

Current assets (including cash of $3,200)	$	3,200
Intangible assets		-
Liabilities assumed		-
Net purchase price	$	3,200

Intangible assets acquired include a proprietary database of education-specific media publishers, a database of key words and performance metrics specific to the internet search channel of the education market, and a proprietary lead database processing architecture.

Discontinued Operations

As of March 31, 2013, the Company decided to discontinue business activities related to its "Certificate in Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration" program so that it may focus on growing its full-time, degree-seeking student programs, which have higher gross margins. On April 5, 2013, the Company gave 120-day notice to CLS 123, LLC of its intent to terminate the agreement between the Company and CLS 123, LLC dated November 9, 2011. Thus, as of August 3, 2013, the Company shall no longer be offering the "Certificate in Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration" program. The termination of the "Smart Home Integration Certificate" program qualifies as a discontinued operation and accordingly the Company has excluded results for this component from its continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. All relevant footnotes have been revised as applicable to conform to the discontinued operations presentation. The following table shows the results of the "Smart Home Integration Certificate" program component included in the income from discontinued operations:

	For the Four Months Ended					For the Year Ended
	April 30,					December 31,
	2013			2012		2012		2011
				(Unaudited)
Revenues	$	140,732		$	1,077,875	$	2,332,283	$	2,131,693
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues		126,659			929,362		2,026,928		1,674,127
General and administrative		126,000			-		169,045		-
Total costs and expenses		252,659			929,362		2,195,973		1,674,127
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes	$	(111,927	)	$	148,513	$	136,310	$	457,566

The major classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the balance sheet are as follows:

	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	-	$	67,750	$	-
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $295,045, $169,045 and $0, respectively		113,822		322,026		632,135
Other current assets		-		3,438		-
Net assets from discontinued operations	$	113,822	$	393,214	$	632,135
Liabilities
Accounts payable	$	1,178	$	1,178	$	679,882
Accrued expenses		70,201		185,395		39,225
Deferred revenue		53,125		39,857		-
Net liabilities from discontinued operations	$	124,504	$	226,430	$	719,107

Going Concern

The Company had a net loss allocable to common stockholders of $1,402,982 and negative cash flows from operations of $918,941 for the four months ended April 30, 2013 and net loss allocable to common stockholders of $6,048,113 and negative cash flows from operations of $4,522,710 for the year ended December 31, 2012. While management expects operating trends to improve over the course of calendar year 2013, the Company's ability to continue as a going concern is contingent on securing additional debt or equity financing from outside investors. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Management plans to continue to implement its business plan and to fund operations by raising additional capital through the issuance of debt and equity securities. During 2012, the Company raised $5,778,000 in gross funding including: (i) $1,706,000 from the sale of convertible notes and warrants under the Laidlaw arrangement (See Note 9), (ii) $600,000 from the sale of convertible notes to the Company's chief executive officer (the "CEO") (See Notes 9 and 15), and (iii) $3,472,000 from Units (consisting of common stock and warrants) (See Note 12). Since the beginning of 2013, the Company has received an additional $1,041,540 in funding from the sale of Units (consisting of shares of common stock and warrants). (See Note 12.) Aspen Group is planning to conduct a future offering in Fall of 2013 to raise up to $7 million from the sale of equity securities with the goal of meeting part of the NASDAQ's initial listing standards. These proceeds will be used to meet cash flow deficits and to accelerate the growth of the business.

The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recovery of the recorded assets or the classification of the liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. 

XML

9. Notes Payable (Details 1) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013
Convertible Notes Payable Details 1 [Abstract]
Year Ending April 30, 2014	$ 200,000
Year Ending April 30, 2015	600,000
Total	$ 800,000

XML

6. Courseware (Details 1) (USD $)	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Intangible Assets Details 1 [Abstract]
2014	$ 105,246
2015	65,017
2016	27,730
2017	9,095
2017	1,007
Total	$ 208,095	$ 253,571	$ 369,831

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Income Taxes Tables [Abstract]

Components of income tax expense (benefit)

The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

	For the
	Four Months		For the
	Ended		Year Ended
	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	-	$	-	$	-
State		-		-		-
		-		-		-
Deferred:
Federal		-		-		-
State		-		-		-
		-		-		-
Total Income tax expense (benefit)	$	-	$	-	$	-

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities

Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss	$	4,256,530		$	3,649,651		$	2,064,725
Allowance for doubtful accounts		23,948			261,946			17,637
Intangible assets		238,259			118,740			-
Deferred rent		11,809			7,883			9,473
Stock-based compensation		185,916			128,827			-
Contributions carryforward		93			93			-
Total deferred tax assets		4,716,555			4,167,140			2,091,835
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		-			-			(148,345	)
Property and equipment		(31,714	)		(630	)		(805	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(31,714	)		(630	)		(149,150	)
Deferred tax assets, net		4,684,841			4,166,510			1,942,685
Valuation allowance:
Beginning of year		(4,166,510	)		(1,942,685	)		(1,152,977	)
(Increase) during period		(518,331	)		(2,223,825	)		(789,708	)
Ending balance		(4,684,841	)		(4,166,510	)		(1,942,685	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	-		$	-		$	-

Presentation in the financial statements:

	For the Four Months Ended		For the Year Ended
	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Deferred taxes, current portion	$	-	$	-	$	-
Deferred taxes, net of current portion		-		-		-
Net deferred tax assets	$	-	$	-	$	-

Reconciliation of income tax

A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

	For the Four Months Ended			For the Year Ended
	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.1			3.1			3.1
Other		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Change in valuation allowance		(37.0	)		(37.0	)		(37.0	)
Effective income tax rate		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%

XML

15. Related Party Transactions (Details Narrative) (USD $)	4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2012
Interest Income		$ 594
Balance due on note receivable		150,000
Third Party Investors Purchased Shares				336,000
Purchase Value Of Shares				168,000
Company Purchased Shares				264,000
Company Purchased Shares Value				132,000
Allowance for related party receivable		502,315
Account receivable, net of allowance	270,478	270,478	772,793
Interest expense on notes		2,393	2,393
Principal balance due on notes payable			25,000
Unauthorized borrowings			14,876
CEO [Member]
Interest Income			1,867
Officer [Member]
Interest Income		$ 594	$ 210

XML

12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) (Details 2)	4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Expected forfeiture rate	3.90%	1.70%	0.00%
Stock Incentive Plan To Employees And Directors [Member]
Expected life (years) minimum	3 years 6 months	2 years 6 months
Expected life (years) maximum	3 years 9 months	3 years 9 months 18 days
Expected volatility minimum	46.30%	44.20%
Expected volatility maximum	46.50%	50.90%
Weighted-average volatility	46.50%	49.00%
Risk-free interest rate, Minimum	0.36%	0.31%
Risk-free interest rate, Maximum	0.44%	0.60%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%
Expected forfeiture rate	3.90%	1.70%

XML

Income Taxes

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

13. Income Taxes

Note 13. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

	For the
	Four Months		For the
	Ended		Year Ended
	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Current:
Federal	$	-	$	-	$	-
State		-		-		-
		-		-		-
Deferred:
Federal		-		-		-
State		-		-		-
		-		-		-
Total Income tax expense (benefit)	$	-	$	-	$	-

Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss	$	4,256,530		$	3,649,651		$	2,064,725
Allowance for doubtful accounts		23,948			261,946			17,637
Intangible assets		238,259			118,740			-
Deferred rent		11,809			7,883			9,473
Stock-based compensation		185,916			128,827			-
Contributions carryforward		93			93			-
Total deferred tax assets		4,716,555			4,167,140			2,091,835
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		-			-			(148,345	)
Property and equipment		(31,714	)		(630	)		(805	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(31,714	)		(630	)		(149,150	)
Deferred tax assets, net		4,684,841			4,166,510			1,942,685
Valuation allowance:
Beginning of year		(4,166,510	)		(1,942,685	)		(1,152,977	)
(Increase) during period		(518,331	)		(2,223,825	)		(789,708	)
Ending balance		(4,684,841	)		(4,166,510	)		(1,942,685	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	-		$	-		$	-

Presentation in the financial statements:

	For the Four Months Ended		For the Year Ended
	April 30,		December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Deferred taxes, current portion	$	-	$	-	$	-
Deferred taxes, net of current portion		-		-		-
Net deferred tax assets	$	-	$	-	$	-

A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recorded a valuation allowance in 2013, 2012 and 2011 due to the uncertainty of realization. Management believes that based upon its projection of future taxable operating income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to realize the tax benefit associated with deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance during the four months ended April 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was an increase of $518,331, $2,223,825 and $789,708, respectively.

At April 30, 2013, the Company had $11,486,812 of net operating loss carryforwards which will expire from 2029 to 2033. The Company believes its tax positions are all highly certain of being upheld upon examination. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for unrecognized tax benefits. As of April 30, 2013, tax years 2004 and 2008 through 2012 remain open for IRS audit. The Company has received no notice of audit from the Internal Revenue Service for any of the open tax years.

A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

	For the Four Months Ended			For the Year Ended
	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate		34.0	%		34.0	%		34.0	%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		3.1			3.1			3.1
Other		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Change in valuation allowance		(37.0	)		(37.0	)		(37.0	)
Effective income tax rate		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%

XML

Notes Payable

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

9. Notes Payable

Note 9. Notes Payable

Notes Payable - Related Party

In June 2009, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $45,000 from an individual, who was an officer of the Company at that time, in exchange for notes payable bearing interest at 18% per annum. The notes were due in October 2009 and became demand notes at that time. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest expense of $2,393 was recognized on the notes. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the remaining principal balance of $25,000 due on the notes payable was repaid and no further amount is due (See Note 15).

During April 2012, the Company received $22,000 from a director of the Company in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on demand. On November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan stock options of the Company exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Notes 12, 15 and 16).

Convertible Notes Payable

On March 6, 2011, Aspen authorized the issuance of up to $350,000 of convertible notes that were convertible into Series B preferred shares at $0.95 per share, bearing interest of 6% per annum. The notes were convertible beginning after the closing of the EGC Merger (See Note 1). As of May 13, 2011, the Aspen had received an aggregate of $328,000 (of which $73,000 was received from related parties) from the sale of convertible notes. Aspen evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record. In addition, Aspen issued an aggregate of $22,000 (of which $16,000 was to related parties) of convertible notes for services rendered. In May 2011, $350,000 of the convertible notes were converted into Aspen 368,411 Series B preferred shares (See Notes 12 and 15).

As part of the recapitalization that occurred on March 13, 2012, the Company assumed from the public entity an aggregate of $20,000 of convertible notes bearing interest at 10% per annum. Each note holder had the right to convert all or a portion of the principal amount of the note into shares of the Company's common stock at the conversion price of the next equity offering of the Company. The notes meet the criteria of stock settled debt under ASC 480, "Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity", and accordingly were presented at their fixed monetary amount of $20,000. The convertible notes were past due as of the date of assumption and, accordingly, the Company was in default. In April 2012, the convertible notes payable of $20,000 were converted into 20,000 shares of common stock of the Company and, accordingly, the default was cured (See Note 12).

On February 25, 2012, February 27, 2012 and February 29, 2012, loans payable to three individuals, of $100,000, $50,000 and $50,000, respectively, were converted into two-year convertible promissory notes, bearing interest of 0.19% per annum. Beginning March 31, 2012, the notes are convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share. The Company evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue dates. These loans (now convertible promissory notes) are due February of 2014 and, have been included in short-term liabilities as of April 30, 2013 (See Note 8).

On March 13, 2012, the Company's CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note due March 31, 2013, bearing interest at 0.19% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share upon five days written notice to the Company. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014. There was no accounting effect for these two modifications (See Note 15).

On February 29, 2012 (the "Effective Date"), the Company retained the investment bank of Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. ("Laidlaw") on an exclusive basis for the purpose of raising up to $6,000,000 (plus up to an additional $1,200,000 million to cover over-allotments at the option of Laidlaw) through two successive best-efforts private placements of the Company's securities following the reverse merger. Each Unit in the Phase One financing consisted of: (i) senior secured convertible notes (the "Convertible Notes"), bearing 10% interest, convertible into the Company's shares of common stock at the lower of (a) $1.00 or (b) 95% of the per share purchase price of any shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) issued on or after the original issue date of the note and (ii) five-year warrant to purchase that number of the Company's shares of common stock equal to 25% of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes. As of June 30, 2012, the Company, without the assistance of any broker-dealer, raised $150,000 from the sale of 3.0 Units. Laidlaw raised $1,289,527 (net of debt issuance costs of $266,473) from the sale of 31.12 Units (including Convertible Notes payable and an estimated 389,000 warrants). Mandatory conversion was to occur on the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, which occurred September 28, 2012. The Convertible Notes (as extended) had a maturity date of September 30, 2012, carried provisions for price protection and contained registration rights. For the Phase One financing, Laidlaw received a cash fee of 10% of aggregate funds raised along with a five-year warrant (the "Laidlaw Warrant") equal to 10% of the common stock reserved for issuance in connection with the Units. Separately, Laidlaw required an activation fee of $25,000. The Phase Two financing consisted of Units offered at $0.35 per Unit (consisting of one share of common stock and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share. The Convertible Notes embedded conversion options did not qualify as derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market and there was no beneficial conversion value since the conversion price equaled the fair value of the shares. As a result of proceeds received on September 28, 2012 in the Phase Two financing, all of the $1,706,000 (face value) of Convertible Notes were automatically converted into 5,130,795 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.3325 per share. Moreover, the warrants issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes became fixed and determinable and caused to be outstanding 1,282,674 warrants (includes an additional 856,174 warrants due to price protection provisions) to acquire shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share. In addition, 202,334 shares of common stock and 50,591 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.3325 per share were issued to settle $67,276 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Notes. Accordingly, a loss of $3,339 was recognized in general and administrative expenses upon settlement (See Note 12).

On May 1, 2012, the Company issued a Convertible Note payable to a consultant in the amount of $49,825 in exchange for past services rendered, of which $38,175 pertains to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The Note bore interest at 0.19% per annum, had a maturity date of September 30, 2012, and was convertible into the Company's shares of common stock at the lower (a) $1.00 or (b) the per share purchase price of any shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) issued on or after the original issue date of the note. The Convertible Note embedded conversion options did not qualify as derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market and there was no beneficial conversion value since the conversion price equaled the fair value of the shares. As a result of the private placement closing on September 28, 2012, the $49,825 (face value) convertible note was automatically converted into 142,357 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.35 per share. In addition, 112 shares of common stock were issued to settle $39 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Note. No gain or loss was recognized upon settlement (See Note 12).

On August 14, 2012, the Company's CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note, payable on demand, bearing interest at 5% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.35 per share (based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit). The Company evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014. There was no accounting effect for these two modifications (See Note 15).

As of April 30, 2013, the aggregate amount of convertible notes payable outstanding was $800,000, of which $200,000 is included in current liabilities and $600,000 is included in long-term liabilities. As of April 30, 2013, the convertible notes embedded conversion options were still not accounted for as bifurcated derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market.

Notes payable consisted of the following at April 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	April 30,			December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Note payable - related party originating August 14, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 5% [A]	$	300,000		$	300,000	$	-
Note payable - related party originating March 13, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19% [A]		300,000			300,000		-
Note payable - originating February 25, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 25, 2014		100,000			100,000		-
Note payable - originating February 27, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 27, 2014		50,000			50,000		-
Note payable - originating February 29, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%; maturing at February 29, 2014		50,000			50,000		-
Note payable for vehicle, 72 monthly payments of $618; interest at 8.4% through March 2014		-			-		15,151
Total		800,000			800,000		15,151
Less: Current maturities (notes payable)		-			-		(6,383	)
Less: Current maturities (convertible notes payable)		(200,000	)		-		-
Subtotal		600,000			800,000		8,768
Less: amount due after one year for notes payable		-			-		(8,768	)
Amount due after one year for convertible notes payable	$	600,000		$	800,000	$	-

-------

[A] - effective September 4, 2012, note amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2013. Effective December 17, 2012, note further amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2014.

Future maturities of notes payable as of April 30, 2013 are as follows:

Year Ending April 30,
2014	$	200,000
2015		600,000
	$	800,000

XML

Subsequent Events

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

16. Subsequent Events

Note 16. Subsequent Events

On May 14, 2013, in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President, Corporate Development, the Company issued Mr. David Garrity 200,000 five year stock options, exercisable at $0.35 per share and vesting in two equal annual increments with the first vesting date being June 16, 2014, subject to Mr. Garrity providing services as an employee or as a consultant under a consulting agreement on each applicable vesting date. The options were valued at a fair value of $24,000. The cost associated will be recognized over 2 years as compensation expense. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

On June 1, 2013, the Company entered into an Addendum to Employment Agreement with David Garrity, reducing his salary to $100,000 per year and amending the severance terms so that Mr. Garrity is guaranteed at least $125,000 unless he terminates his employment, becomes disabled or dies, in which case the Company shall not owe any severance. Should the Company terminate the Employment Agreement after Mr. Garrity has received $125,000, the Company shall pay Mr. Garrity $50,000.

On May 14, 2013, in connection with the approval of his Employment Agreement, the Company issued Mr. Michael Matte 500,000 five-year stock options, exercisable at $0.35 per share which shall vest in three equal increments on April 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, subject to continued service as an employee on each applicable vesting date. The Company also issued Mr. Matte 791,211 five-year stock options, exercisable at $0.35 per share valued at $154,945 which shall vest in seven equal monthly increments on the last calendar day of each month with the first vesting date being June 30, 2013, subject to continued service as an employee on each applicable vesting date. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

On May 16, 2013, the Company entered into a three year Employment Agreement with Michael Matte to serve as its Chief Financial Officer. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, from May 16, 2013 until December 31, 2013, Mr. Matte will be paid a base salary at a rate of $100,000 per year and thereafter will be paid $250,000 per year. 

On May 16, 2013, the Company entered into a new three year Employment Agreement with Michael Mathews. In accordance with the Employment Agreement, Mr. Mathews will receive a base salary of $250,000 per year; however, his base salary will be $100,000 per year until the Compensation Committee determines that the Company's cash position permits an increase to $250,000 a year. In contrast to his old Employment Agreement, the new Employment Agreement does not include any guaranteed annual bonus.

Effective July 29, 2013, the Company entered into a new three year Employment Agreement with the President of Aspen University.  In accordance with the Employment Agreement, he will receive a base salary of $150,000. In contrast to his old Employment Agreement, the new Employment Agreement does not include any guaranteed annual bonuses.

Each of the new Employment Agreements mentioned in the previous paragraphs provide that, upon a change of control, the executive will receive 18 months' severance and benefits as well as 100% of target bonuses.

On June 27, 2013, the Company issued 317,143 shares of its common stock valued at $0.35 per share (based on recent sales of shares by the Company) to an investor relations firm pursuant to a 12 month service agreement. The $110,000 of expense will be recognized over the life of the contract. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

On July 1, 2013, the CEO loaned the Company $1,000,000 in the form of a promissory note bearing 10% per annum interest with principal and interest payable on December 31, 2013.

On July 24, 2013, the Company issued 300,000 shares of its common stock valued at $0.35 per share (based on recent sales of shares by the Company) to a business development consultant pursuant to a six month consulting agreement. The $105,000 of expense will be recognized over the life of the contract. These options were valued using the Black-Sholes option pricing model and the assumptions are the same ones as disclosed in Note 12.

XML

Concentrations

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

14. Concentrations

Note 14. Concentrations

Concentration of Credit Risk

On November 9, 2010, the FDIC issued a Final Rule implementing section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that provides for unlimited insurance coverage of noninterest-bearing transaction accounts. Beginning December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the balance of the account, at all FDIC-insured institutions. The unlimited insurance coverage is available to all depositors, including consumers, businesses, and governmental entities. This unlimited insurance coverage is separate from, and in addition to, the insurance coverage provided to a depositor's other deposit accounts held at an FDIC-insured institution. A noninterest-bearing transaction account is a deposit account where interest is neither accrued nor paid; depositors are permitted to make an unlimited number of transfers and withdrawals; and the bank does not reserve the right to require advance notice of an intended withdrawal.

The Company maintains its cash in bank and financial institution deposits that at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts through April 30, 2013. On January 1, 2013, the aforementioned additional federal insurance provision expired and accordingly, the standard insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor, per bank, became effective. Had this provision expired by December 31, 2012, cash amounts in excess of FDIC limits would have been approximately $583,000. As of April 30, 2013 the company's bank balances exceed FDIC insurance by approximately $592,000.

XML

Document and Entity Information	4 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	ASPEN GROUP, INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0001487198
Document Type	POS AM
Document Period End Date	Apr. 30, 2013
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--04-30
Is Entity a Well-known Seasoned Issuer?	No
Is Entity a Voluntary Filer?	No
Is Entity's Reporting Status Current?	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company

XML

Related Party Transactions

4 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Notes To Financial Statements [Abstract]

15. Related Party Transactions

Note 15. Related Party Transactions

On September 21, 2011, the Company loaned $238,210 to its CEO in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 40,000 shares of common stock of interclick, Inc. (a publicly-traded company) owned personally by the CEO. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on June 21, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $1,867 was recognized. On December 20, 2011, the note along with accrued interest of $1,867 was paid in full (See Note 4).

On December 14, 2011, Aspen loaned $150,000 to an Aspen officer in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral, the note was secured by 500,000 shares of Aspen's common stock owned personally by the officer. The note along with accrued interest was due and payable on September 14, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $210 was recognized on the note receivable and is included in other current assets. As of December 31, 2011, the balance due on the note receivable was $150,000, all of which is short-term. During the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income of $594 was recognized on the note receivable. On February 16, 2012, the note receivable from an officer was repaid along with accrued interest (See Note 4).

On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, Aspen sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to HEMG, a related party and principal stockholder of Aspen whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of Aspen, in the amount of $455,000 and $600,000, respectively; UCC filings were filed accordingly. Under the marketing agreements, the receivables were due net 60 months. On September 16, 2011, HEMG pledged 772,793 Aspen Series C preferred shares (automatically converted to 654,850 shares of common stock on March 13, 2012) as collateral for this account receivable. On March 8, 2012, due to the impending reduction in the value of the collateral as the result of the Series C conversion ratio and Aspen's inability to engage Mr. Spada in good faith negotiations to increase HEMG's pledge, Michael Mathews, Aspen's CEO, pledged 117,943 shares of common stock of Aspen, owned personally by him, valued at $1.00 per share based on recent sales of capital stock as additional collateral to the accounts receivable, secured - related party. On March 13, 2012, Aspen deemed the receivables stemming from the sale of courseware curricula to be in default.

On April 4, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with: (i) an individual, (ii) HEMG, and (iii) Mr. Spada. Under the agreement, (a) the individual purchased and HEMG sold to the individual 400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share; (b) the Company guaranteed it would purchase at least 600,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 90 days of the agreement and the Company would use its best efforts to purchase from HEMG and resell to investors an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 180 days of the agreement; (c) provided HEMG and Mr. Spada fulfilled their obligations under (a) and (b) above, the Company shall consent to additional private transfers by HEMG and/or Mr. Spada of up to 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company on or before March 13, 2013; (d) HEMG agreed to not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer 142,500 shares of common stock of the Company pending resolution of a dispute regarding the Company's claim that HEMG sold 131,500 shares of common stock of the Company without having enough authorized shares and a stockholder did not receive 11,000 shares of common stock of the Company owed to him as a result of a stock dividend; and (e) the Company waived any default of the accounts receivable, secured - related party and extend the due date to September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2012, third party investors purchased 336,000 shares for $168,000 and the Company purchased 264,000 shares for $132,000 per section (b) above. Based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per Unit (consisting of one common share and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share), the value of the aforementioned collateral decreased. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recognized an allowance of $502,315 for this account receivable. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the balance of the account receivable, net of allowance, was $270,478 and $772,793 and is shown as accounts receivable, secured - related party, net (See Notes 4 and 12). At April 30, 2013, $270,478 remained due.

In June 2009, Aspen borrowed an aggregate of $45,000 from an individual, who was an officer of Aspen at that time, in exchange for notes payable bearing interest at 18% per annum. The notes were due in October 2009 and became demand notes at that time. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest expense of $2,393 was recognized on the notes. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the remaining principal balance of $25,000 due on the notes payable was repaid and no further amount is due (See Note 9).

Prior to 2011, Aspen received $22,000 from a director of Aspen in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on demand. On November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan stock options of the Company exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options (See Notes 9, 12 and 16).

On March 6, 2011, Aspen authorized the issuance of up to $350,000 of convertible notes that were convertible into Series B preferred shares at $0.95 per share, bearing interest of 6% per annum. The notes were convertible beginning after the closing of the EGC Merger (See Note 1). As of May 13, 2011, Aspen had received an aggregate of $328,000 (of which $73,000 was received from related parties) from the sale of convertible notes. Aspen evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record. In addition, Aspen issued an aggregate of $22,000 (of which $16,000 was to related parties) of convertible notes for services rendered. In May 2011, $350,000 of the convertible notes were converted into 368,411 Series B preferred shares (See Notes 9 and 12).

On March 13, 2012, the Company's CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note due March 31, 2013, bearing interest at 0.19% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share upon five days written notice to the Company. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014. There was no accounting effect for these two modifications (See Note 9).

On August 14, 2012, the Company's CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note, payable on demand, bearing interest at 5% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.35 per share (based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit). The Company evaluated the convertible notes and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014 (See Note 9).

During 2005 through 2011, Aspen advanced funds without board authority to both Patrick Spada (former Chairman of Aspen) and HEMG, of which Patrick Spada is President. The amount of unauthorized borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $14,876, which has been expensed as loss due to unauthorized borrowing, a non-operating item (See Note 10). HEMG and Mr. Spada have denied receiving advances.

On September 16, 2011, Aspen entered into a two-year consulting agreement with Mr. Spada the former Chairman of Aspen in which Aspen was obligated to pay $11,667 per month. On September 28, 2011, Aspen prepaid 13 months of the consulting agreement, or $151,667, which was then amortized until December 31, 2011, at which time the consulting agreement was terminated and the remaining unamortized prepaid expense was recognized immediately as consulting expense. No additional amounts are due under the consulting agreement (See Note 10).

During 2011, Aspen sold an aggregate of 850,395 Series A preferred shares in exchange for cash proceeds of $809,900 (of which $230,000 was received from then related parties). The Series A shares had the following features: (i) equal voting rights as the shares of common stock; (ii) automatically convert to shares of common stock at the time of the SEC Reporting Date; (iii) a conversion ratio of 1 share of common for each share of Series A; (iv) until the SEC Reporting Date, transfer restricted to permitted transfers; (v) until the SEC Reporting Date, price protection should any common stock or equivalents be issued with a lower conversion ratio; (vi) 5% cumulative accruing dividends whether or not declared (payable only upon redemption per vii); and (vii) shall be redeemed by Aspen if: (a) Michael Mathews is no longer the CEO, or (b) the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before January 31, 2012 (on February 29, 2012, this was extended to March 15, 2012), but (c) only to the extent the Company has EBITDA. During the year ended December 31, 2011, cumulative dividend on the Series A preferred shares amounted to $34,500 (See Note 11).

XML

12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) (Details 4) (Stock Incentive Plan To Non Employees [Member])	4 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stock Incentive Plan To Non Employees [Member]
Expected life (years) minimum	4 years	2 years 8 months 12 days
Expected life (years) maximum	4 years	5 years
Expected volatility minimum	46.50%	44.20%
Expected volatility maximum	46.50%	50.00%
Weighted-average volatility	46.50%	47.40%
Risk-free interest rate, Minimum	0.38%	0.37%
Risk-free interest rate, Maximum	0.38%	0.60%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%

XML

12. Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) (Details 3) (USD $)	4 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013
Stockholders Equity Deficiency Details 3 [Abstract]
Number of Options Granted	658,914
Number of Options Exercised
Number of Options Forfeited	(92,500)
Number of Options Expired
Number of Options Outstanding, Ending	6,777,967
Number of Options Exercisable	2,056,998
Weighted Average Exercise Price Issued	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercised
Weighted Average Exercise Price Forfeited	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Expired
Weighted Average Exercise Price Outstanding, Ending	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercisable	$ 0.35
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Outstanding	4 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Exercisable	4 years 4 months 24 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Granted
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercised
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Forfeited/canceled
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Outstanding, Ending
Aggregate Intrinsic Value Exercisable